aass_GLC_gi_ 
 Book «GrGr 
 
THE MYSTERIES 
 
 OF 
 
 THE GREAT DEEP; 
 
 PHYSICAL, ANIMAL, GEOLOGICAL, AND VEGETABLE 
 
 WONDERS OF THE OCEAN 
 
 P. H. GOSSE, 
 
 AUTHOR OP "AN INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOOT," " THE CANADIAN NATITBALIST," BTO. 
 
 ^_ 2 07,5/ 
 
 PHILADELPHIA: 
 PUBLISHED BY DUANE RULISON, 
 
 No. 927 SANSOM STREET. 
 
 1866, 
 
.G67 
 
 Bntered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1860, by 
 
 DUANE RULISON, 
 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Conrt of the United States, In and for I 
 Easteru District of Pennsylvania. 
 
 By Transfer 
 Geological Survey 
 
 JAN 2 9 193S 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 In the following pages, the Author has endeavoured to describe, 
 "With some minuteness of detail, a few of the many objects of in- 
 terest more or less directly connected with the Sea, and especially 
 to lead youthful readers to associate with the phenomena of Nature, 
 habitual thoughts of God. A subject so vast as the Ocean might 
 be viewed in a variety of aspects, all of them more or less instruc- 
 tive: the one which has been chosen is that in which it presents 
 itself to the mind of a naturalist, desirous of viewing the Almighty 
 Creator in His works. The selections are made chiefly from marine 
 TDotany, zoology, meteorology, the fisheries, the varying aspects of 
 island and coast scenery, incidents of navigation, &c., arranged (if 
 such a word be not inapplicable) in the order of geographical 
 distribution ; as they might be supposed to present themselves to 
 the notice of an observant voyager. 
 
 It may be thought that the Author has touched too frequently, or 
 dwelt with too great prolixity, on objects minute in themselves, and 
 
 A 2 (5) 
 
6 PREFACE. 
 
 by the generality of persons considered insignificant and unworthy 
 of regard. If apology for this be necessary, he presents it in the 
 words of Samuel Purchas;— " Nicostratus in ^lian, finding a 
 curious piece of wood, and being wondered at by one, and asked 
 what pleasm-e he could take to stand, as he did, still gazing on the 
 picture, answered, *Hadst thou mine eyes, my friend, thou wouldst 
 not wonder, but rather be ravished, as I am, at the inimitable art 
 of this rare and admirable piece.' I am" sure no picture can ex- 
 press so much wonder and excellency as the smallest insect, but we 
 want Nicostratus his eyes to behold them. 
 
 ** And the praise of God's wisdom and power lies asleep and dead 
 in every creature, until man actuate and enliven it. I cannot, 
 therefore, altogether conceive it unworthy of the greatest mortals 
 to contemplate the miracles of Nature; and that as they are moi^e 
 visible in the smallest and most contemptible creatures (for there 
 most lively do they express the infinite power and wisdom of the 
 great Creator), and erect and draw the minds of the most intelligent 
 to the first and prime Cause of all things ; teaching them as the 
 power, so the presence, of the Deity in the smallest insects.'* # 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Beauty and Grandeur of the Sea — Commercial Importance — 
 Early Notices of Navigation — Proportion of Sea to Land — Changes 
 in its Outline — Depths of the Ocean — Saltness — Loss by Evapora- 
 tion — Supplied by Rivers — Motions of the Sea — Tides — Currents 
 — The Gulf-Stream — Origin of the Phenomenon — Familiar Illus- 
 tration — Local Currents — Winds — Trade-winds — Monsoons — Land 
 and Sea-Breezes — Waves — Power of God — Man*s Insensibility — 
 Reflections . . t . . . . .13 
 
 I. THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 
 
 Instruction to be gained at Home as well as Abroad — Wisdom in 
 Minutiae of Creation — Habitually Submerged Beetle — Marine Water- 
 fleas — Sea-weeds — Of various Interest — Manufacture of Kelp — Sea 
 and Black Wrack — Knotted Wrack — Sea-lace — Various Provi- 
 sions for securing Buoyancy — Sea-weeds used as Food — Dulse — 
 Tangle — Sea-furbelows — Henware — English Dulse — Laver — Carra- 
 geen Moss — Sea-thong — Peacock's-tail — Delesseria — Landscape — 
 Sea-weeds — Parasitical Sea-weeds — Divine Care for these Produc- 
 tions — Corallines — Uses — Sponge — Animal Flowers — Singular in- 
 stance of Voracity — Aggregate Polypes — Cows^-paps — Corals — Sea- 
 fan — Sea-pen . . . . . . . .35 
 
 II. THE SHORES OF BRITAIN, continued. 
 
 Fisheries — Structure of Fishes — Scales — Fins — Air-bladder — Mo- 
 tion — Spines — Fruitfulness of Fishes — Migrations — The Herring 
 
 (7) 
 
8 CONTENTS. • 
 
 PAoa 
 
 Fishery — Singular stranding of a Shoal — Mackerel — Cod — Cod-pools 
 — Flat-fishes — Crab — Lobster — Shrimp — Prawn — The Crab and the 
 Baillie — Shelled Mollusca — Improperly called Fishes — Interesting 
 Variations of Structure — Cliffs of Orkney — Sea-bird Catching — Peril- 
 ous Enterprises — Gannets . . . . . .77 
 
 III. THE ARCTIC SEAS. 
 
 The Spirit of Geographical Discovery peculiar to Modem Times — 
 Commercial Enterprise — Whale Fishing — Majesty of Polar Seas — 
 Coast of Spitzbergen — Fine contrasts of Hue — Clearness of Atmosphere 
 — Deceptive Distance of Land — Architectural Regularity of Rocks — 
 The Three Crowns — Ice — Icebergs — Beauty — Vast Size — Varying 
 Forms — Overturning — Sudden Rupture — Process of Formation — Ice » 
 Islands — Disruption of One — Marine Ice — Formation — Ice Fields — 
 Irresistible when in Motion — Perpendicular Ice-needles — Continual 
 daylight in Summer — Phenomena of Winter — Aurora — Mock Suns- 
 Fog Bow — Looming — Curious Results — Inversion — Ice-Blink — 
 Effects of Intense Cold — Frost Crystals — Their exceeding Beauty — 
 Snow Stars — Antiseptic Power of Frost — Ship tenanted by a Corpse 
 — Vegetation — Whale — Interesting Peculiarities in its Conformation 
 — Whalebone — Arterial Reservoir of Blood — Blowhole — Windpipe 
 — Eye — Blubber — Reflections on the Goodness of God — Whale Fish- 
 ery — Accidents — Rorqual — Structure of its Mouth — Enemies of the 
 Whales — Arctic Shark — Thresher — Sword-fish — Narwhal — Use of its 
 singular Horn — Torpidity of Mackerel — €ea-Blubber — Arctic Clio — 
 *' Green-water*' — Microscopic Animalcules — Dissecting Crab . . 115 
 
 IV. THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 
 
 Form of the Atlantic — Its Bays and Inland Seas — Extent of Coast 
 — Sight of Land — Azores — Picturesque Appearance — Peak of Pico — 
 The Atlantis of the Ancients — Islands swallowed up in Modern Times 
 — Submarine Volcano — Stormy Petrels — A Shoal of Dolphins — Their 
 Gambols — Capture of One — Gulf-weed — Barnacles — Ocean Crabs — 
 Toad-fish — "Calm Latitudes" — Heat of the Sun — Gorgeous Sunsets 
 — Southern Constellations — The Cross — Tropic Fishes — Coryphene 
 — Pursuit of Flying-fish — White Shark — Bad Physiognomy — Fero- 
 city — Teeth — Structure of its Egg — Hammer-Shark — Saw-fish — Cap- 
 ture of One — Horned Ray — Contact of Ships at Sea — A Breeze — 
 The Pilot-fish— Rudder-fish— Sucking-fish— Possible use of its Disk 
 — West India Isles — Their varied Beauty — Mangrove Tree — Green 
 Hue of shallow Water — Deceptive Effect^ — Bottom of the Sea — Green 
 Turtle — Peculiar Structure of the Heart — Brilliance of the Fishes — 
 Yellow-fin— Market-fish— Hog-fish— Cat-fish—Cow-Whale . . 169 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 V. THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 Discovery of the Pacific — Voyage of Magellan — Sea-weeds — 
 Elephant-seal — Fur-seal— Sea-lious — Sea-bear — Penguins — Sperm 
 Whale — Adventurous Character of the Fishery — Destruction of a Ship 
 by a Whale — Appearfmce and Habits — Regularity of its Motions — Its 
 Enemies — Breaching — Its Food — Description of the Fishery — Narra- 
 tive of a Chase — Strange Sail — Speaking at Sea — Amusing Mistake . 225 
 
 VI. THE PACIFIC OCEAN, continued. 
 
 Islands of the South Sea — Coral Islands — Reef — Lagoon — Forma- 
 tion of Coral — Animals — Structure of a Coral Island — Various Species 
 of Corals — Rate of Activity — Lines from Montgomery — Crystal Island 
 — Caverns — Interesting Legend — Volcanic Island — Natural and 
 Moral Beauty — Advanced Civilization — Reef — Islands at Openings 
 — Beauty of Lagoon — Moonlight — Night at Sea — Natives swimming 
 in the Surf — Sharks — Canoes — Origin of the Population — Various 
 modes of Fishing — Pens — Rafts-pPoison — Nets — Spear — Fishing by 
 Torchlight — Hooks — Angling — Albacore — Sword-fish — Predaceous 
 Habits of Fishes — Crabs — Animal-flowers — Cuttle — Oceanic Birds — 
 Tropic-bird — Albatross — Booby — Frigate-bird — Immense Assem- 
 blage of Birds ........ 265 
 
 VIL THE INDIAN OCEAN. 
 
 Indian Archipelago — Proa of the Ladrones — Malay Pirates — 
 Number and Beauty of small Islands — Houses over the Sea — Chinese 
 Junks — Typhoon — Waterspouts — A Chinese Wreck — Esculent Birds'- 
 nests — Their Nature — Modes of obtaining them — Value — Use — Sea- 
 weeds — Trepang — Change of the Monsoon — Coming in of the Bore — 
 Beauty and singularity of Fishes — Curious Mode of Fishing — Violet- 
 snail — Portuguese Man-of-war — Sallee-man — Glass-sh ells — Clamp — 
 Pearls — Fishery — Floating-weeds — Pelicans — Luminosity of the Sea 
 — Various kinds of Luminous Animals — Conclusion • . . 328 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 *^Longsliip*s Lighthouse — Frontispiece, PAGE 
 
 Whale Fishery 5 
 
 Marine Entomostraca {Cythere albo-maculata and Cyclops cheli/er) 38 
 The Sea-girdle [Laminaria digitata) ....... 4T 
 
 The Sea-furbelows {Laminaria bulbosa) .*•.., 49 
 
 The Peacock's Tail (Padina pavonia) 56 
 
 Bryopsis plumosa 58 
 
 CoTalVme { Cor all ina officinalis) 61 
 
 Sea-fan {Gorgonia Jlahellum), and Sea-pen (Pennatula plioaphorea) 75 
 
 Scales of Fishes 80 
 
 Yarmouth Jetty in the Herring Fishery 89 
 
 Mackerel Boat off Hastings 91 
 
 Turbot Boat off Scarborough 94 
 
 Crab-pots • . . 100 
 
 The Shrimper 102 
 
 Fowling in Orkney 108 
 
 Guillemot and Gannet 110 
 
 The Bass-Rock Ill 
 
 Iceberg seen in Baffin's Bay 120 
 
 Swell among Ice 121 
 
 Ships beset in Ice 122 
 
 Aurora Borealis .... • • . . 131 
 
 Mock-Suns 135 
 
 Distortions of Irregular Refraction 138 
 
 \/ Sperm Whale attacked by Sword-fish 159 
 
 Spearing the Narwhal 163 
 
 Food of the Whale: 1, Limacina helicina: 2, 3, 4, Medusce: 5, Clio 
 borealis .... 166 
 
 (11) 
 
12 ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 ' PAGE 
 Pico 172 
 
 Submarine Volcano . 176 
 
 The Southern Cross 193 
 
 Coryphene (Coryphccna) . . . . . . . . 191 
 
 Vpursuit of Flying-fish 197 
 
 Hammer-Shark (Zi/gcena malleus), and Saw-fish {Pristis antiquorum) 206 
 
 Balboa discovers the Pacific 226 
 
 Elephant-Seals, fighting 230 
 
 Penguins 237 
 
 Coral Island 266 
 
 Section of Coral Island 274 
 
 Crystal Islands 281 
 
 Volcanic Islands 286 
 
 Bolabola 290 
 
 White Shark 300 
 
 Fishing by Torchlight 309 
 
 Polynesian Fishing-tackle 311 
 
 Angling in a Double Canoe 313 
 
 Proas of the Ladrones 332 
 
 i'Chinese Junks 339 
 
 Ship under bare poles 343 
 
 Waterspouts 345 
 
 Sea-Cucumbers [Holothiirice) 355 
 
 Glass Shells {Hyalea tridentata and Cleodora pyramidata , . 364 
 Noctiluca miliaris, greatly magnified .377 
 
THE OCEAN. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Who ever gazed upon the broad sea without 
 emotion? Whether seen in stern majesty, hoary 
 with the tempest, rolling its giant waves upon the 
 rocks, and dashing with resistless fury some gallant 
 bark on an iron-bound coast; or sleeping beneath 
 the silver moon, its broad bosom broken but by a 
 gentle ripple, just enough to reflect a long line of 
 light, a path of gold upon a pavement of sapphire ; 
 who has looked upon the sea without feeling that it 
 has power 
 
 " To stir the soul with thoughts profound ?" 
 
 Perhaps there is no earthly object, not even the 
 cloud-cleaving mountains of an alpine country, so 
 sublime as the sea in its severe and naked simplicity. 
 Standing on some promontory whence the eye roams 
 far out upon the unbounded ocean, the soul expands, 
 and we conceive a nobler idea of the majesty of that 
 God, who holdeth "the waters in the hollow of His 
 hand." But it is only when on a long voyage, 
 climbing day after day to the giddy elevation of the 
 
 B (13) 
 
14 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Giast-head, one still discerns nothing in the wide cir- 
 cumference but the same boundless waste of waters, 
 that the mind grasps anything approaching an ade- 
 quate idea of the grandeur of the Ocean. There is 
 a certain indefiniteness and mystery connected with 
 it in various aspects that gives it a character widely 
 different from that of the land. At times, in pecu- 
 liar states of the atmosphere, the boundary of the 
 horizon becomes undistinguishable, and the surface, 
 perfectly calm, reflects the pure light of heaven in 
 every part, and we seem alone in infinite space, with 
 nothing around that appears tangible and real save the 
 ship beneath our feet. At other times, particularly 
 in the clear waters of the tropical seas, we look down- 
 ward unmeasured fathoms beneath the vessel's keel, 
 but still find no boundary ; the sight is lost in one 
 uniform transparent blueness. Mailed and glitter- 
 ing creatures of strange forms suddenly appear, play 
 a moment in our sight, and with the velocity of 
 thought have vanished in the boundless depths. The 
 very birds that we see in the Avide waste are mys- 
 terious ; we wonder whence they come, whither they 
 go, how they sleep, homeless, and shelterless as they 
 seem to be. The breeze, so fickle in its visitings, 
 rises and dies SLwaj ; " but thou knowest not whence 
 it Cometh and whither it goeth;" the night- wind 
 moaning by, soothes the watchful helmsman with 
 gentle sounds that remind him of the voices of be- 
 loved ones far away ; or the tempest shrieking and 
 groaning among the cordage turns him pale with the 
 idea of agony and death. But God is there ; lonely 
 though the mariner feel, and isolated in his separa- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 15 
 
 tion from home and friends, God is with him, often 
 unrecognized and forgotten, but surrounding him 
 with mercy, protecting him and guiding him, and 
 willing to cheer him by the visitations of His grace, 
 and the assurance of His love. " If I take the wings 
 of the morning and dwell in the utmost parts of 
 the sea ; even there shall Thy hand lead me, and 
 Thy right hand shall hold me." 
 
 The Ocean is the highway of commerce. God 
 seems wisely and graciously to have ordained, that 
 man should not be independent, but under pei^petaal 
 obligation to his fellow-man ; and that distant coun- 
 tries should ever maintain a mutually-beneficial de- 
 pendence on each other. He might with ease have 
 made every land to produce every necessary and com- 
 fort of life in ample supply for its own population ; 
 in which case, considering the fallen nature of man, 
 it is probable the only intercourse between foreign 
 nations would have been that of mutual aggression 
 and bloodshed. But he has ordered otherwise ; and 
 the result has been, generally, that happy inter- 
 change of benefits which constitutes commerce. It is 
 lamentably true, that the evil passions of men have 
 often perverted the facilities of communication for 
 purposes of destruction; yet the sober verdict of 
 mankind has for the most part been, that the sub- 
 stantial blessings of friendly commerce are prefer- 
 able to the glare of martial glory. But the trans- 
 port of goods of considerable bulk and weight, or 
 of such as are of a very perishable nature, would be 
 so difficult by land, as very materially to increase 
 their cost; while land communication between coun- 
 
]fi THE OCEAN. 
 
 tries many thousand miles apart would be attended 
 Avitli difficulties so great as to be practically insur- 
 mountable. Add to this the natural barriers pre- 
 sented by lofty mountain ranges and impassable 
 rivers, as well as the dangers arising from ferocious 
 animals and from hostile nations, and we shall see 
 that with the existing power and skill of man, com- 
 merce in such a condition would be almost unknown, 
 and man would be little removed from a state of bar- 
 barism. The Ocean, however, spreading itself over 
 three-fourths of the globe, and penetrating with in- 
 numerable sinuosities into the land, so as to bring, 
 with the aid of the great rivers, the facilities of navi- 
 gation comparatively near to every country, affords 
 a means of transport nnrivalle^i for safet}^, speed, and 
 convenience. In very early ages men availed them- 
 selves of naval con^munication. We find repeated 
 mention made of ships by Moses ;^ and in the 
 djdng address of the patriarch Jacob to his sons, he 
 speaks of "a haven for ships ;"t while Job, who 
 was probably contemporary with Abraham, alludes 
 to them as an emblem of swiftness,:}: which would 
 seem to imply that na^dgation had then attained 
 considerable perfection, nearly four thousand years 
 ago. In profane history the earliest mention of 
 navigation is that of the voyage of the ship Argo 
 into* the Euxine, which took place probably about 
 three thousand years ago. What a contrast be- 
 tween her timorous and creeping course, and the 
 arrowy speed and precision of a modern Atlantic 
 
 * Numb. xxiv. 24; and Deut. xxviii. 68. f Gen. xlix. KJ. 
 
 . i Jub ix. 26. 
 
INTRODUCTION. lY 
 
 steam-ship, rushing to her destination without asking 
 aid from wind or tide! 
 
 The proportion which the sea bears to the land 
 in extent of surface has been ascertained with to- 
 lerable accnracy, by carefully cutting out the one 
 from the other, as represented on the gores of a 
 large terrestrial globe, and weighing the two por- 
 tions of paper separately in a very delicate balance. 
 The ratio of the water to the land is found to be 
 about 2f to 1: the surface of the former being 
 about one hundred and forty-four millions of square 
 miles, and that of the latter about fifty-two niil- 
 lions. Vast, however, as is the sea, and mighty in its 
 rage, it is restrained by the hand of Him that made 
 it. Water was once the instrument of vengeance 
 upon a guilty world, but he hath made a cove- 
 nant with man, that never again shall the waters 
 become a flood to destroy the earth. He "shut up 
 the sea with doors, when it brake forth as if it had 
 issued out of the womb; when He made the cloud * 
 the garment thereof, and thick darkness a swad- 
 dling-band for it; and brake up for it His decreed 
 place, and set bars and doors, and said. Hither- 
 to shalt thou come, but no further, and here shall 
 thy proud waves be stayed!"^* Slight changes are, 
 it is true, going on in the course of ages, in the 
 relative positions of the land and sea, but these are 
 minute in their extent and slow in their operation. 
 By the sand and mud, which are continually brought 
 down by the rivers and deposited in the sea, banks 
 and points of land are formed and perpetually in- 
 
 * Job xxxviii. 8-11. 
 2 b2 
 
18 THE OCEAN. 
 
 creased, as is particularly the case at the mouths of 
 the Ganges and Mississippi; while from the same 
 cause the bottoms of inland seas being gradually 
 raised, the water rises in the same proportion and 
 encroaches on the land. The port of Ravenna, once 
 a rendezvous for the Roman fleets, has been filled 
 •up by the deposition of the Montone, a small river, 
 so that now it is four miles from the sea. On the 
 other hand the palace of the Emperor Tiberius at 
 Capraea, on the opposite shore of Italy, is now wholly 
 covered by the water: nor are our own coasts, and 
 especially those of Holland, deficient in examples of 
 once fertile fields, which are now rolled over by the 
 tide. 
 
 Much ignorance prevails respecting the depth of 
 the Ocean: in many places no length of sounding 
 line has yet been able to. reach the bottom, and, 
 therefore, our conclusions must be formed from in- 
 ference or indirect evidence. Generally, where a 
 coast is flat and low, the water is shallow for a con- 
 siderable distance, slowly deepening; on the other 
 hand, a high and mountainous coast usually is 
 washed by deep water, and a ship may lie almost 
 close to the rocks. From these circumstances, as 
 well as from the various depths actually observed by 
 sounding, it is probable that the average depth of 
 the sea is, not greater than the height of the land, 
 in proportion to its extent. If we were to place 
 a thick coating of wax over the bottom of a dish, 
 taking care to make a very irregular surface, wdth 
 cavities and prominences of all forms and sizes, we 
 should probably have a fair idea of the solid surface 
 
INTRODUCTIOlSr. 19 
 
 of the globe. Let us then pour water upon it until 
 the surface of the water should equal that part which 
 is exposed, and it is clear the average depth of the 
 one would be equal to the average height of the 
 other. But if we increase the quantity of water 
 until the proportion is as three to one, it is evident 
 the depth will have increased in the same ratio. We 
 may, therefore, with high probability, conclude that, 
 as the greatest height of the land is about five miles, 
 the greatest depth of the water does not much 
 exceed twelve or thirteen ; while the average depth 
 may be about two or three. 
 
 Every one is aware of the saltness of the sea. 
 It has been assumed that its object is to prevent 
 stagnation and putrescence. But this reason does 
 not appear to be the correct one, for large" masses 
 of fresh water, such as inland lakes, do not stag- 
 nate. Strictly speaking, however, water cannot 
 putrefy; when a small body of it becomes offensive, 
 it is on account of the. decomposition of vegetable 
 or animal matters contained in it. But organized 
 substances will decompose, and consequently becom-e 
 offensive in salt water as well as in fresh, as may 
 be easily proved by experiment. Perhaps the 
 reason for the Ocean's saltness may be the increase 
 of its weight without the increase of its bulk; for 
 the decrease of specific gravity of so large a portion 
 of the globe would materially affect the motions 
 of the earth, and perhaps derange the whole con- 
 stitution of things. The increase of its specific 
 gravity makes it more buoyant, and every one is 
 aware with how much less effort a bather swims in 
 
20 THE OCEAN. 
 
 the sea than in a river. Now, superior buoyancy 
 seems an important advantage in a fluid which bears 
 on its bosom the commerce of the world. It is 
 highly probable, then, that our gracious God had 
 ther convenience and benefit of man in view when 
 he ordained the sea to be salt. The Ocean contains 
 three parts in every hundred of saline matter, chiefly 
 muriate of soda, or the common salt of the table, 
 which is a chemical compound of muriatic acid and 
 soda. The proportion is rather large in the vicinity 
 of the equator. If we considered only the immense 
 amount of evaporation which is daily going on from 
 the sea, we might suppose that, like a vessel of the 
 fluid exposed to the sun, it would diminish in 
 volume and increase in saltness, until at length 
 nothing would be left but a dry crust of salt upon 
 the bottom; on the other hand, looking alone at 
 the many millions of tons of fresh water which 
 are every moment poured into its bosom from the 
 rivers of the earth, we might apprehend a speedy 
 overflow, and a second destruction by a flood. But 
 these two are exactly balanced ; the water taken up 
 by evaporation is with scrupulous exactness restored 
 again, either directly, in rain which falls into the sea, 
 or circuitously, in the rain and snow, which falling 
 on the land, feed the mountains, streams and rivers, 
 and hurry back to their source. This interesting 
 circulation had been long ago observed by the wisest 
 of men: "All the rivers run into the sea; yet the 
 sea is not full; unto the place from whence the 
 rivers come, thither they return again." "^ A'^d a 
 
 * Eccles. i. 7. 
 
INTRODUCTION. , 2l 
 
 very beautiful and instructive instance it is of that 
 unerring skill and wisdom with which the whole 
 constitution is ordered and kept in order, by Him, 
 who, with minute accuracy, ^' weigheth the mountains 
 in scales, and the hills in a balance."^ 
 
 The Ocean is never perfectly at rest: even be- 
 tween the tropics, in what are called the calm 
 latitudes, where the impatient seaman for weeks 
 together looks wistfully but vainly for the welcome 
 breeze; and where he realizes the scene so gra- 
 phically described in "The Eime of the Ancient 
 Mariner:" — 
 
 " Day after day, day after day, 
 
 We stuck, nor breath nor motion ; 
 As idle as a painted ship. 
 Upon a painted ocean -/* 
 
 even here the smooth and glittering surface is not 
 at rest: for long, gentle undulations, which cause 
 the taper mast-head to describe lines and angles 
 upon the sky, are sufficiently perceptible to tan- 
 talize the mariner with the thought that the breeze 
 which mocks his desires, is blowing freshly and gal- 
 lantly elsewhere. The most remarkable of the mo- 
 tions observable in the sea, are the tides, periodical 
 risings and fallings in the height of the surface, 
 which take place twice every twenty- four hours, or 
 nearly. It is now well ascertained that these mo- 
 tions are caused by the attraction of the sun and 
 moon, but more particularly the latter, upon the 
 particles of water, which moving freely among them- 
 selves with little force of cohesion, readily yield to 
 
 * Isa. xl. 12. 
 
22 THE OCEAN. 
 
 the attracting influence, and move towards it. The 
 time of high water in the open sea is about two 
 hours after the moon passes the meridian, owing 
 to the impetus which the waters have been receiving 
 not ceasing immediately; just as the hottest part of 
 the day is not noon, but about two hours after it ; 
 and the hottest month of the year is not June, but 
 July. On the coast, however, high water is delayed 
 to a greater or less extent by the obstructions of 
 straits, mouths of rivers, harbors, &c. It appears 
 strange that the sea should be elevated, not only on 
 the side next the moon, but also on the side which 
 is diametrically opposite; so that it is high water at 
 the same moment on two opposite points of the 
 globe, each of which points follows, so to speak, 
 the moon in the daily revolution, and, consequently, 
 every part of the surface of the Ocean is raised twice 
 in each day. The singular phenomenon is thus 
 explained: the attraction of the moon elevates the 
 particles of water on the nearest side, by slightly 
 separating them from each other, which their im- 
 perfect cohesion readily admits ; it also affects the 
 earth itself; but this being a solid body, the cohe- 
 sion of its parts cannot be overcome, and the whole 
 mass is therefore moved towards the moon, while the 
 particles of water on the farther side remain, owing 
 to their freedom, nearly in the some position as be- 
 fore. The fact is, that the earth is drawn away from 
 the water on the remote side, and then the water is 
 drawn away from the earth on the near side. The 
 sun is greatly larger than the moon, but his attrac- 
 tion, owing to his great distance, does not affect the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 23 
 
 tides to more than one-fourtli of the moon's extent. 
 "When the power of these luminaries is exerted in 
 the same direction, the result is a higher elevation, 
 called the spring- tide: and for the reason already- 
 explained, the same occurs when they are in oppo- 
 site quarters of the heavens. On the other hand, 
 when they are in quadrature, that is, when appa- 
 rently separated by just one-fourth of the heavens, 
 the influence of the sun neutralizes, in the ratio of 
 one-fourth, that of the moon ; and hence we have 
 the lowest tides, called neap-tides, soon after the 
 first and third quarters of the moon. 
 
 Local circumstances greatly affect not only the 
 time, but also the height of the tides. In some long 
 bays, which grow gradually narrower, in the form of 
 a funnel, the whole of the increased water which en- 
 tered the mouth of the bay, being confined within 
 very narrow limits, rises rapidly to a great height. 
 Near Chepstow, in the Bristol Channel, for example, 
 the tide rises from 45 to 60 feet, and on one oc- 
 casion, after a strong westerly gale, it even reached 
 to 70 feet. Again, in the Bay of Fundy, in North 
 America, the spring-tides sometimes rise to the 
 astonishing elevation of 120 feet. At the mouths 
 of some large rivers, where the shore is very level to 
 a considerable distance inland, the tide rolls in under 
 the form of one vast wave, which is called the bore ; 
 something of this kind occurs in Solway Frith on our 
 own coast; and it is said that if, when the tide is 
 coming in, a man upon a swift horse were placed 
 at the water's edge, and bidden to ride for his life, 
 the utmost efforts of his steed would not preserve 
 
24 THE OCEAN. 
 
 him from the overwhelming wave. Through the 
 Pentland Frith, between Scotland and the Orkney 
 Islands, the spring-tide rushes at the rate of nine 
 miles an hour. The tide in inland seas is so slight 
 as to be scarcely observable, probably owing to the 
 smallness of the volume of w^ater which they con- 
 tain ; and hence the astonishment which the soldiers 
 of Alexander, accustomed to the equable condition 
 of the Mediterranean, felt, when at the mouth of 
 the Indus, they beheld the sea swell to the height 
 of thirty feet. 
 
 That some purpose, important in the constitution 
 of our world, is effected by these periodical ebbings 
 and Sowings of the mighty sea, is highly probable; 
 but our acquaintance with the arcana of nature is 
 too slight to point it out. In navigation they are 
 useful; the flood-tide permitting ships to sail up 
 rivers, even when the wind is adverse, and often 
 admitting deep vessels to pass into harbors, over 
 banks or bars, impassable at the ordinary depth of 
 the water. 
 
 Besides the tides, the sea has other motions of 
 great regularity, called currents. The principal of 
 these is the notable Gulf-stream, a strong and rapid 
 river, as I may say, in the sea, whose banks are 
 almost as well defined as if they were formed of 
 solid earth, instead of the same fickle fluid as the 
 torrent itself. It first becomes appreciable on the 
 western coast of Florida, gently flowing southward 
 •until it reaches the Tortugas, when it bends its 
 course easterly, and runs along the Florida Eeef, 
 increasing in force, till it rushes with amazing 
 
INTRODUCTION. ^5 
 
 rapidity through the confined limits of the Strait of 
 Florida, and pours a vast volume of tepid water into 
 the cold bosom of the Atlantic. Here, unrestrained, 
 it of course widens its bounds and slackens its speed, 
 though such is its impetus that it may be distinctly 
 perceived even as far as the Great Bank of New- 
 foundland. Nor is its .strength then spent; for 
 many curious facts seem to warrant us in con- 
 cluding, that even to the coasts of Scotland and 
 Ireland, and down the shores of Western Europe, 
 this mighty marine river continues to roll its won- 
 derful waters. The temperature of this current is 
 much higher than that of the surrounding water, and 
 this is so uniformly the case that an entrance into 
 it is immediately marked by a sudden rise of the 
 thermometer. Another unfailing token of its pre- 
 sence is the Gulf- weed (Sargassum vulgar e)^ which 
 floats in large fields, or more frequently in long 
 yellow strings in the direction of the wind, upon 
 its surface. The cause of this vast and important 
 current seems to be the daily rotation of the earth. 
 If we turn a glass of water quickly upon its axis, we 
 shall perceive that the glass itself revolves, but that 
 the particles of water remain nearly stationary, owing 
 to the slightness of their cohesion to the glass. To 
 a very minute insect attached to the vessel, it would 
 seem that the water was rushing round in an op- 
 posite dii^ection while the glass remained stationary. 
 Now the earth is whirled round with great rapidity 
 from west to east, and the greatest amount of this 
 rapidity is of course at the equatorial regions, being 
 the part most remote from the axis: but the par- 
 
 c 
 
26 THE OCEAN. 
 
 tides of water, for the same reason as those in 
 the glass, to a certain extent, resist the influence 
 of this rotation, and appear to assume a motion 
 in the opposite direction, from east to west. With 
 respect to all the phenomena to be explained, this 
 apparent motion is exactly the same as if it were 
 real, and we shall consider it so. Now, examine 
 a globe, or a map of the Atlantic, and you will see 
 that this westerly ''set" of the equatorial waters, 
 meeting the coast of South America, is slightly 
 turned through the Caribbean Sea, until it strikes 
 the coast of Mexico, which, like an impregnable 
 rampart, opposes its progress. The stream, impelled 
 by the waves behind, must have an outlet, and the 
 form of the shore drives it round the northern side 
 of the Gulf of Mexico, until it is again bent by the 
 peninsula of Florida. But here the long island of 
 Cuba meets -its southerly course, and, like the hunted 
 deer, headed at every turn, the whole of the broad 
 tide that entered the Gulf, now pent up within the 
 compass of a few leagues, rushes with vast impetus 
 through the only outlet that is open, between Florida 
 and the Bahamas. It is as if we propelled with 
 swiftness against the air a wide funnel, the mouth 
 being outwards, the tube of which was long and 
 tortuous, and which terminated at length nearly at 
 right angles to the mouth: it is easy to imagine 
 that a strong current of air would issue from the 
 tube, exactly as the waters of the Gulf-stream do 
 from their narrow gorge. The waters of the Pa- 
 cific have the same westerly flow, but its force is 
 broken, without being turned, by the vast assem- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 27 
 
 blage of islands which constitute the Eastern Ar- 
 chipelago; it majj however, be recognized in the 
 Indian Ocean, and when bent southward by the 
 African coast, and confined by the island of Mada- 
 gascar, it forms a current of considerable force, 
 which rounds the Cape of Good Hope,' and merges 
 into the Atlantic. Besides these, there are other 
 ^ more local currents, which are not so easily ex- 
 plained, such as that which constantly flows out 
 of the Baltic, and that which flows into the Me- 
 diterranean. In each of these cases, while the 
 main current occupies the middle of the channel, 
 there is a subordinate current on each side close 
 to the shore, which sets in the opposite direction. 
 
 As in the case of the tides, it is obvious how 
 serviceable these motions of the sea often are in 
 aiding navigation, particularly as they are most 
 strong and • regular in latitudes wher6 calms often 
 prevail. 
 
 And this leads us to consider the action of the 
 winds upon the sea, which, though affecting only the 
 surface, are the most powerful agents in producing 
 the irregular motions of this element. By them the 
 freighted bark, with her hardy crew, is wafted to the 
 wished for haven; and by them the crested billows' 
 are roused up, which dash her upon the sharp- pointed 
 rocks, or swallow her up in fathomless depths, leav- 
 ing none to record her destiny. The origin of wind 
 has usually been attributed to the rarefaction of the 
 air by heat: a stratum of air -near the earth being 
 lieated by the su^V rays, or by radiation from the 
 surface, becom^ 'lighter, and consequently rises to a 
 
 ferrn h 
 
28 THE OCEAN. 
 
 higher elevation. The empty space thns left ia in- 
 stantly filled by the surrounding air rushing in, 
 pressed by the weight of the atmosphere above: this 
 motion communicated to the air, has been supposed 
 to constitute a wind blowing in the direction of 
 the spot where the heat was generated. It must 
 be confessed, however, that the cause thus adduced 
 does not seem adequate to produce the effects at- ^ 
 tributed to it; though probably some of the cur- 
 rents of the air are owing to variations of its tem- 
 perature. And as these variations are perpetually 
 occurring, dependent on causes which are difficult 
 to detect, and as the aerial currents resulting from 
 them act and react on each other, variously modi- 
 fying their direction, force, and duration, the or- 
 dinary winds are irregular and inconstant even to 
 a proverb. Some observations, however, recently 
 made, have revealed some particulars of a highly- 
 interesting character, concerning the winds of the 
 temperate zones: one of which is, that they blow 
 in a circular direction ; that is, the course which 
 a storm has taken, if marked out on a map or 
 globe, would describe a circle, often of many de- 
 grees in diameter. The direction of the gale in 
 the circle is not arbitrary, but seems to be inva- 
 riably from north to west, south, and east, in the 
 northern hemisphere, and in the opposite course 
 in the southern. These winds appear to be • inti- 
 mately connected with magnetism : it is a curious 
 fact, tliat, in the midst of the southern Atlantic, 
 where magnetic influence is at the lowest degree 
 of intensity, storms are unknown, while the meri- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 29 
 
 dians of the magnetic poles, that of the American 
 cutting the West Indies, and that of the Siberian 
 the China Sea, are- peculiarly liable to tempests; 
 the hurricanes of the former, and the typhoons of 
 the latter, being well known.^ It is pretty certain, 
 also, that the changes in the atmosphere produced 
 by electricity, which is but another development of 
 the same principle as magnetism, have considerable 
 influence in the production of the variable winds 
 of temperate regions. Our knowledge of these sub- 
 jects, however, is yet in its infancy; and though 
 in all ages until the present, navigation has been 
 entirely dependent on the aid of the Avinds, no laws 
 for their certain prognostication have yet been dis- 
 covered, and much obscurity, at least in detail, still 
 hangs over their production. But w^ithin the tro- 
 pical regions there are winds which possess great 
 regularity, and may be depended upon with nearly 
 the same precision as the great marine currents 
 already noticed, which indeed they very closely re- 
 semble, not only in their direction and their utility, 
 but also in their origin. I refer particularly to the 
 Trade- winds, so named from the facility they afford 
 to commerce, which blow constantly, within the tro- 
 pics, from the north-east on the north side of the 
 equator, and from the south-east on the south side, 
 the two currents merging near the line into one, which 
 takes an easterly direction. The dividing line, how- 
 ever, is not exactly at the equator, but a little to the 
 north of it. The air in the equatorial regions be- 
 comes strongly heated by the rays of the vertical sun, 
 
 *- See Reid on Storms. 
 
30 THE OCEAN. 
 
 and rises; while that from the polar regions moves 
 in to supply its place: thus a nothern and southern 
 current are produced towards the equinoctial. But 
 the earth is revolving from west to east, and the 
 equatorial parts are, as we have before seen, those in 
 which the velocity is greatest: the free air cannot 
 at once acquire this velocity, and is left behind; 
 the effect being that an apparent motion in the 
 contrary direction is given to it, which, combining 
 with the one already possessed by the polar cur- 
 rents, makes the direction of the northern one 
 north-east, and of the southern south-east. The 
 point directly beneath the sun, also, is continually 
 travelling westward, which increases the effect. The 
 heat radiated from the surface of large masses of 
 land being superior to that from the sea, while the 
 former is subject to much Variation from differences 
 of elevation, and other circumstances, the trade- 
 winds are disturbed, and become very irregular in 
 the vicinity of land; but in open sea they blow with 
 much precision. 
 
 A singular deviation from the uniformity of the 
 trade-winds occurs in the Indian Ocean, which it 
 seems difficult to explain. From 30° south lati- 
 tude, to within about 10° of the equator, the 
 trade is pretty constant from the south-east; but 
 to the north of the latter parallel, the wind blows 
 six months from the north-east, namely, from Oc- 
 tober to April, while, during the remainder of the 
 year, from April to October, it blows with equal 
 pertinacity in a direction diametrically opposite. 
 These are called respectively the north-east and 
 
INTRODUCTION. 31 
 
 south-west monsoons ; but the former is the regular 
 trade — the latter alone is the anomaly, and needs 
 explanation. The cause usually assigned is, the 
 rarefaction of the air on the continent of Asia 
 during the summer months, when the sun is north 
 of the equator; the air' from the Indian Ocean 
 flowing in to supply its place. This would suffi- 
 ciently explain why the wind should be southerly, 
 but leaves its westerly inclination entirely unac- 
 counted for ; and this seems the more inexplicable, 
 because one would suppose that the air over the 
 burning deserts of Arabia and North Africa would 
 be much more heated, and that the direction of the 
 supplying current w^ould be south-east. Strange, 
 however, as the fact is, it is perfectly uniform in 
 its occurrence, and is obviously a very gracious 
 ordination of God's beneficent providence, in di- 
 minishing the uncertainties of navigation. 
 
 There is yet another phenomenon connected with 
 the wind, in the climates of which we speak, that 
 requires notice ; it is the alternation of the land 
 and sea-breezes. Every one who has resided near 
 the coast in tropical countries is aware of the eager- 
 ness with which the setting in of the sea-breeze is 
 looked for. Usually about the hour of ten in the 
 forenoon, when the heat of the sun begins to be 
 oppressive, a breeze from the sea springs up, in- 
 vigorating and refreshing the body by its delight- 
 ful coolness, and continues to blow through the 
 whole day, gradually dying away as the sun sinks 
 to the horizon. Then, about eight in the evening, 
 an air blows off the land until near sunrise ; but this 
 
32 THE OCEAN. 
 
 is somewhat variable and irregular, always fainter 
 than the sea-breeze, and dependent on the proximity 
 of mountains. The application of what has been 
 already said of the causes of wind in general will 
 readily be made to these particular cases, the air 
 on the surface of the water being cooler during the 
 day, and that on the mountains during the night. 
 Either is a grateful alleviation of the oppressive 
 sultriness of the climate. 
 
 But for the winds, the surface of the sea would 
 ever present, notwithstanding its intestine motions, 
 an unbroken and glassy smoothness. The playful 
 ripple which breaks the moon's ray into a thousand 
 sparkling diamonds, and the huge billows that rear 
 their curling and cresting summits to the sky, would 
 be alike unknown. If the direction of the breeze 
 were exactly horizontal, it is difl&cult to imagine 
 how the surface could be ruffled at all; but doubt- 
 less the wind exerts an irregular pressure obliquely 
 upon the water, a few particles of which are thus 
 forced out of their level above the surroundinsr ones : 
 these afford a surface, however slight, on which the 
 air can act directly, and the effect now goes on in- 
 creasing every moment, until, if the wind be of suf- 
 ficient velocity, the mightiest waves are produced.* 
 
 * The perpendicular elevation of even the highest waves is, however, 
 much overrated. Viewed from the deck of a vessel, the immense undu- 
 lating surface causes them to appear much higher than they are ; while 
 the ever-changing inclination of the vessel itself produces a deception 
 of the senses, which increases the exaggeration. Experienced practical 
 men have, however, made some observations, which show us their height. 
 Taking their station in the shrouds, they hare proceeded higher and 
 higher, until the summit of the loftiest billow no longer intercepted the 
 
INTRODUCTION. 33 
 
 '* For lie comiTiancleth, and raisctli tlie stormy wind, 
 wliicli liftcth up tlio waves thereof. Tliey [tlie 
 mariners] mount up to the heaven, they go down 
 again to the depths : their soul is melted because 
 of trouble. They reel to and fro, and stagger like 
 a drunken man, and are at their wits' end." The 
 Holy Spirit thus alludes to the terrific raging of 
 the tempest as eminently calculated to draw man's 
 attention to the power and majesty of God, while 
 the wondrous deliverances He has so often Avrought 
 from its fury, are so many claims on man's grateful 
 love and praise. 
 
 Let us, then, in contemplating a few of the in- 
 numerable objects of interest which the ocean pre- 
 sents to us, endeavour in dependence on His own 
 gracious aid, to recognise His hand, to discern the 
 greatness of His power in creating and upholding 
 all things; His unerring skill and wisdom in arrang- 
 ing and carrying out His designs; and the careful 
 and provident benevolence which He continually 
 exercises towards the sentient part of His creation. 
 The varied tribes of living beings that throng the 
 deep, from the wallowing whale to the luminous 
 animalcule, visible but as a sparkling point; the 
 multifarious forms of marine vegetation, displaying 
 
 view of the horizon. After watching for a sufScient Icnj^th of time to 
 verify the deductions, they descended, and measured the height of the 
 point of sight from the ship's water-line; deducting half of this distance 
 for the depression of the hollow below the level of the surface, the remain- 
 der gives the elevation of the highest wave. It is thus found that waves 
 do not usually exceed six feet in height, except when cross-waves over- 
 run each other ; and probably in no case do the very loftiest rise above 
 ten feet above the general level. 
 3 
 
34 THE OCEAN. 
 
 exquisite structure and elaborate contrivance; the 
 golden sands of the smooth shore, the hoary cliffs 
 hollowed into caverns by the restless billows, and 
 not least, the restless billows themselves, speak to 
 us, in language not to be mistaken, of the glorious 
 attributes of the Mighty God, "the Lord of Hosts, 
 which is wonderful in counse' and excellent in 
 working." 
 
THE SHOEES OF BEITAIN. 
 
 Before we launcli forth to investigate the won- 
 ders of the vast Ocean, a little time will not be 
 misspent in observing a few of the curious pro- 
 ductions which it brings to our very doors. We 
 shall greatly err, if we suppose that only in dis- 
 tant parts of the world the works of God can be so 
 studied as to illustrate His infinite power, and skill, 
 and benevolence: we may have to search distant 
 regions to find the giants of the deep, the huge 
 whale, the Indian cuttle, or the island madrepore; 
 but in the most minute crustacean that hops above 
 the retiring wave, or the most fragile shell that 
 lies upon the shingle, there is the indelible im- 
 press of the mind and hand of God. Indeed, it 
 may be asserted, that of two created objects of dif- 
 ferent magnitude, but possessing similar organs, 
 equally adapted to their requirements, that one in 
 which these organs are of minute size is the more 
 calculated to excite our admiration. Our own 
 shores swarm with little creatures of many kinds, 
 some so small as to escape the eye of any one but 
 a naturalist, which yet are well worthy of being 
 examined and studied. Take one example. Walk- 
 ing along a sea-beach, where the loose shingle 
 rattles under the retiring waves, we may find a 
 
 (35) 
 
3g THE OCEAN. 
 
 minute beetle, known to entomologists by the name 
 of Aepits fiilvescens, whose habits may well excite 
 our astonishment. Formed like all other beetles, 
 to breathe air alone, it deserts the haunts of its fel- 
 lows, and betakes itself to the sea, choosing to dwell 
 among the pebbles so low down on the beach that 
 the water covers it constantly, except for a day or 
 two twice every month, when, at the lowest ebb of 
 the spring-tide, it is for a few minutes exposed. 
 Now, during the weeks of its submersion, how does 
 this little creature breathe? Oxygen it must have, 
 or it will assuredly die. Many of the beetles that 
 shoot hither and thither in our fresh-water ponds 
 are clothed with a coat of thick but very fine down, 
 in which air is entangled and carried beneath the 
 surface. But our little Aepiis is not furnished with 
 a coating of down. If we examine it, however, 
 with a magnifier, we shall discover that its whole 
 body and limbs are studded with long, slender 
 hairs, and when it plunges under water, each of 
 these hairs carries with it a little globule of air 
 from the atmosphere, and these, uniting, form a 
 bubble of air surrounding the body of the insect, 
 and serving it for respiration. But, subjected to 
 the rolling of the tide, it would be liable to be 
 perpetually washed away from its dwelling-place, 
 were there not an especial provision graciously made 
 for its stability. For this end the feet are fur- 
 nished with claws of unusual size, to cling firmly 
 to the projections of the stones, and in addition 
 to these the last joint but one of the feet has a 
 long curved spine meeting the claws, giving it an 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 37 
 
 extraordinary power in grasping, as well as aidirig it 
 in .obtaining its prey. In other respects, with regard 
 to its eyes, its antennae, its jaws, we shall find, if 
 we carefully examine it, that, minute as it is, being 
 scarcely an eighth of an inch long, its wants have 
 been accurately remembered and well supplied. A 
 few other British insects, likewise very small, dis- 
 play similar instincts, some of them inhabiting holes 
 in the sand, very near low-water mark, and there- 
 fore entirely submerged a great portion of their 
 time. 
 
 On our rocky shores may be found in abundance 
 creatures still more minute than these, whose man- 
 ners, lively and sportive, are highly interesting. I 
 allude to the marine Entomostraca^ or insects with 
 shells, and particularly to those of the genus Cythere^ 
 scarcely any of which exceed in diameter a large 
 pin's head, and most of them are not equal to that 
 of a small one. Imagine a pair of bivalve shells of 
 this size, irregularly oval, or kidney-shaped, from 
 which, slightly separated, protrude four pairs of little 
 curved claws, or feet, most delicately fringed, and 
 kept in constant motion ; and from one end a pair 
 of jointed antennae. Mr. Baird, who has attentively 
 studied their manners, gives the following pleasing 
 account of them: — ^' These insects are only to be 
 found in sea- water, and may be met with in all the 
 little pools amongst the rocks on the sea-shores. 
 They live amongst the Fad and Covferuce^ &c., which 
 are to be found in such pools; and the naturalist 
 may especially find them in abundance in those 
 beautiful clear little round wells which are so oftea 
 
38 THE OCEAN. 
 
 to 'be met with, hollowed out of the rocks on the 
 shores of our country, which are within reach of 
 the tide, and the water of which is kept sweet and 
 
 Marine Entomostraca {Cythere alho-maculata and Cyclops chelifer). 
 
 wholesome by being thus changed twice during 
 every twenty-four hours. In such delightful little 
 ponds, clear as crystal when left undisturbed by the 
 receding tide, these interesting little creatures may 
 be found often in great numbers, sporting about 
 amongst 'the confervae and corallines which so 
 : elegantly and fancifully fringe their edges and de- 
 corate their sides, and which form such a glorious 
 subaqueous forest for myriads of living creatures 
 to disport themselves in. Sheltered amongst the 
 ■ "umbrageous multitude" of stems and branches, 
 : and nestling in security in their forest glades, they 
 are safe from the fury of the advancing tide, though 
 lashed up to thunder by the opposing rocks which 
 for a moment check its advance; and weak and 
 powerless though such pigmies seem to be, they 
 are yet found as numerous and active in their 
 little wells, after the shores have been desolated 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 39 
 
 by the miglity force of the tide which has been 
 driven in, in thunder, by the power of a fierce 
 tempest, as when the waves have rolled gently and 
 calmly to the shore in their sweetest murmurs. 
 These insects have never been seen to swim, in- 
 variably walking among the branches or leaves of 
 the confervce or fuci^ amongst which they delight 
 to dwell ; and when shook * out from their hiding- 
 places into a bottle or tumbler of water, they may 
 be seen to fall in gyrations to the bottom, without 
 ever attempting to dart through the watery element, 
 as in the case with the Cyprides. Upon reaching 
 the bottom they open their shells, and creep along 
 the surface of the glass ; but when touched or 
 shaken, they immediately again withdraw themselves 
 within their shell, and remain motionless."^ The 
 Cyprides^ here alluded to in comparison, are species 
 very closely resembling these, inhabiting abundantly 
 every stagnant ditch and pool of fresh water. They 
 have their antennae and feet beautifully feathered 
 with long fringed bristles, by aid of which they 
 swim with much vivacity. In exactly similar situ- 
 ations to those above described are found other 
 Entomostraca^ marine species of the gQwis CyclopSy 
 almost equally minute, and equally interesting. 
 Like their kindred of the same genus found in fresh 
 waters, and which are so numerous in the water 
 conveyed into London that we swallow them daily, 
 these swim with ease, progressing by sudden bounds 
 made with great vigour and effect. Mr. Baird no- 
 tices of one marine species ((7. depresses)^ which he 
 
 * Mag. Zool. and Bot. ii. 141. 
 
^Q THE OCEAN. 
 
 found in Berwick Bay, that its motion is peculiar. 
 ''It generally swims on its back, and insfead of 
 datting forward through, the water, as the other 
 species of Cyclops do, it springs with a bound from 
 the bottom of the vessel, where it rests w^hen un- 
 disturbed, up to the surface of the w^ater. For this 
 purpose it curls its body up into the form of a ball, 
 and then, suddenly returning to the straight, posi- 
 tion, springs with a sudden bound from the bottom 
 to the surface, falling gradually down again to the 
 same place from w^hich it sprung." It is a remark- 
 able character of all these pretty little icater-fleas^ 
 that they have but a single eye, which is generally 
 of a bright crimson hue, sparkling like a little ruby, 
 and is set in the front of the head. Any of my 
 inland readers, who may have no opportunity for 
 sea-side researches, may form a very good idea of 
 the form and habits of these agile *' minims of exist- 
 ence" by pulling up a handful of the common duck- 
 weed from a stagnant pool, and putting a pinch of 
 it into a clear glass phial, nearly filled with water : 
 numbers of the fresh-water Entomostraca will be 
 almost certain to swim out; and the sight will amply 
 repay the trouble of procuring them, especially if 
 viewed with a microscope, or even a common magni- 
 fying glass. 
 
 Probably the objects which w^ould first arrest the 
 observation of one who for the first time visited 
 a rocky shore, would be, after the broad element 
 itself, the marine plants wliicli in such abundance 
 and variety clothe the subuierged rock. At a glance 
 we perceive that they arc singular productions; the 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 41 
 
 vast size of some, the strange and uncouth forms 
 of others, and the extreme delicacy and vivid hues 
 of many, cannot fail to attract attention: and it 
 needs not the additional knowledge that many of 
 them are pressed into the service of man to assure 
 us that they are not less worthy of the consideration 
 of rational beings than others of the glorious works 
 of God. "Viewing these tribes," observes Dr. Gre- 
 ville, "in the most careless way, as a system of sub- 
 aqueous vegetation, or even in a merely picturesque 
 light, we see the depths of ocean shadowed with 
 submarine groves, often of vast extent, intermixed 
 with meadows, as it were, of the most lively hues ; 
 while the trunks of the larger species, like the great 
 trees of the tropics, are loaded with innumerable 
 minute kinds, as fine as silk, or transparent as a mem- 
 brane.""^ In stating some particulars of the history 
 of but a few of the species found on our own shores, 
 I hope to show that the contempt which has been,- 
 even to a proverb, cast upon the ^'vile sea-w^eed," 
 is very much misplaced. It is only a contracted 
 mind, governed by debasing selfishness, which mea- 
 sures the esteem in which it holds any object by 
 the degree to which it ministers to the comfort or 
 profit of man; the instructed Christian will feel a 
 higher gratification in the thought that the perfec- 
 tions of God shine forth more luminously the more 
 His handiwork is examined. It was no selfishness 
 that prompted the Sons of God, when they saw this 
 beautiful and glorious world, fresh in its unsullied 
 prime, come from the hands of its Maker, — to sing 
 
 ^- Alga) Britannicae. Intr. 
 d2 
 
42 THE OCEAN. 
 
 together, and all the morning stars to shout for joy. 
 Yet we may, with adoring gratitude, recognise the 
 love which remembers man, and provides many natu- 
 ral objects for his appropriation ; endowing them 
 with qualities which his intelligence discovers to be 
 useful, and which alleviate the privation and toil of 
 bis fallen condition. 
 
 A substance called kelp, an impure carbonate of 
 soda, important in the manufacture of soap and of 
 glass, is the produce of these *' worthless" weeds. 
 Some years ago, the coasts and islands of Scotland 
 yielded 20,000 tons of this valuable substance an- 
 nually, which was worth ten pounds sterling per 
 ton; but through the increased consumption of la- 
 rilla^ an alkali imported from Spain, it has some- 
 what diminished. The autumnal storms detach large 
 quantities of Algoe (a general name applied to all 
 the sea-weeds), which are washed ashore. The 
 •inhabitants of the coast, aware of their value, 
 hurry down to secure the riches thus freely pre- 
 sented, and either cast them on their fields as a va- 
 luable manure, or burn them into kelp. In Scot- 
 land, the kelp-kiln is nothing but a round pit, dug 
 in the sand or earth, on the beach, and surrounded 
 by a few loose stones. In the morning a fire is 
 kindled in this pit, generally with the aid of turf 
 or peat. The fire is gradually fed with sea-weed, 
 in such a state of dryness that it will merely burn. 
 In the course of the day, the furnace becomes 
 nearly full of melted matter, and iron rakes are 
 then drawn rapidly backward and forward through 
 the mass to compact it, or bring the whole into an 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN". 43 
 
 equal state of fusion. It is then allowed to cool, 
 and having been taken out and broken to pieces, 
 it is carried to the storehouse to be shipped for 
 market. The general yield of this alkali is one- 
 fifth of the weight of the ashes from weeds pro- 
 miscuously collected ; but from one species, the 
 Sea- wrack, or Black-tang {Fucus vesiculosus\ one of 
 the most abundant on our coast, the ashes yield 
 half their weight of alkali. The Sea- wrack is of a 
 dark-green hue, bearing long, flat, and narrow 
 fronds, resembling leaves, divided into branches, 
 and having a midrib running through the centre; 
 the leaf-like branches terminate in large yellow 
 oval receptacles, containing many seeds, enveloped 
 in a thick mucus. But its chief peculiarity is, that 
 the substance of the frond swells at irregular in- 
 tervals into oval air-cells, always arranged in pairs, 
 one on each side of the midrib. The Dutch use 
 this sort, and another called Black- wrack {F. ser- 
 ratus\ to pack their lobsters ; the latter, how- 
 ever, is preferred, on account of its containing less 
 mucus, and therefore being less liable to ferment- 
 ation. 
 
 ' Scarcely inferior in its alkaline properties to the 
 Sea-wrack is the Knotted- wrack {F, nodosus). The 
 fronds look like slender stems, swelling at intervals 
 into oval bulbs or- air-vessels. Boys amuse them- 
 selves occasionally by cutting off these nodules in 
 a diagonal direction, to make them into whistles. 
 They are too tough to be burst b}^ the pressure of 
 the fingers, like those of the Sea- wrack; but if 
 stamped on, or put into the fire, they explode 
 
44 THE OCEAN. 
 
 with a loud report. The seed-vessels are large, 
 oval, and yellow, resembling those of the last, placed 
 on foot-stalks. 
 
 One of the most common species of our cdasts is 
 the long, string-like Sea-lace, or, as the Orkney 
 people call it. Sea-catgut {Chorda-filum). It 
 usually grows in water some fathoms deep, attached 
 to stones at the bottom, yet reaching to the sur- 
 face: indeed, it sometimes, attains the length of 
 forty feet; and this is believed to be the growth 
 of a single summer, as it is an annual plant. Its 
 structure is highly curious ; at first sight it appears 
 a simple cylindrical tube, of an olive colour, about 
 as thick as whipcord, but occasionally thicker : on 
 examination, however, this hollow stem is found to 
 be composed of a flat thin ribbon, abouth one-sixth 
 of an inch in width, spirally twisted into a tube, 
 the edges exactly meeting each other, and adhering 
 with sufficient firmness to allow of the whole stem 
 being skinned without separating: in this state it 
 is twisted and dried, when it possesses a strength 
 and toughness that adapt it for fishing-lines. In 
 Norway it is collected as food for the cattle. The 
 upper portion usually floats on the surface, or rather 
 immediately beneath it,, often in such abundance as 
 to form large meadows, as it were, which obstruct 
 the progress of boats. The fructification of this 
 species long defied the investigations of botanists; 
 but it is now ascertained to consist of little pear- 
 shaped capsules, imbedded in the surface, and much 
 crowded, which the gradual melting away of the 
 skin allows to escape. One of the most interesting 
 
 I 
 
. , THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 45 
 
 circumstances connected with the history of the sea- 
 plants is, the beautiful and varied apparatus with 
 which many of them are provided for securing 
 buoyancy. It seems to be essential to their health 
 that they should at least approach the surface, but 
 as their substance is specifically heavier than water, 
 many of them are greatly lengthened, and fur- 
 nished with hollow vessels inflated with air, by 
 which their weight is diminished. These differ 
 much in form and position in the various tribes; 
 in the Sea- wrack {F, vesiculosus\ we saw them take 
 the form of bladders, arranged in pairs on each side 
 of the midrib; in the Knotted-wrack {F, nodosus) 
 the stem swells at intervals into hollow bulb-like 
 dilatations, while in* the long Sea-lace before us, 
 the same end is answered by dividing the hollow 
 tube into chambers, interrupted at short distances 
 by portions of the solid substance of the frond; 
 the cavities being filled in some unknown maimer 
 with air, probably hydrogen generated by the plant 
 itself. 
 
 Many oi the Algoe are rather extensively used as 
 ♦food; and though to one unused to such diet they 
 would in general seem to offer little temptation to 
 the appetite, the poorer natives, not only of our own 
 but of other shores, eat them with much relish. Let 
 us not despise their taste, though differing from our 
 own, but rather adore the beneficence of God, who 
 has supplied in much abundance an additional source 
 of nutriment, and has conferred on the recipients 
 of His bounty the taste requisite for its enjoyment. 
 From the quantity of saccharine matter which they 
 
46 THE OCEAN. 
 
 contain, many of these plants are highly nutritive, 
 and cattle often feed on them with greediness. One 
 of the species most extensively eaten is that known 
 in Scotland by the name of Dulse {Bhodomenia 
 palmata). It exhibits the appearance of a very 
 thin, membranaceous leaf, irregularly oblong, of a 
 purplish colour, or sometimes rosy-red: there is no 
 rib, but the substance is uniform; it grows from 
 three inches to a foot in length. Before the in- 
 troduction of tobacco, this leaf was rolled up and 
 chewed in the same manner as the Virginian leaf is 
 at present. It is an important plant to the inhabit- 
 ants of Iceland; they wash it thoroughly in fresh 
 water, and dry it in the air, when it becomes covered 
 with a white powdery substance, which is sweet and 
 palatable; it is then packed in close casks, and pre- 
 served for eating. It is used in this state with 
 fish and butter, or else, by the higher classes, 
 boiled in milk, with the addition of rye-flour. In 
 Kamschatka, a fermented liquor is produced from it. 
 It is extremely common on all our coasts, and being 
 frequently washed on shore, is sought wilfti avidity 
 by the cattle: sheep sometimes go so far in the pur- < 
 suit of it at low water as .to be drowned by the 
 returning tide. This species, with another which I 
 am about to describe, was, until recently, so much 
 esteemed by our northern countrymen, that it was 
 publicly sold in the cities as an article of regular 
 consumption. The cry of " Buy dulse and tangle," 
 resounded at no very distant period even through 
 the streets of Edinburgh. The latter is the sea- weed, 
 usually called in England the Sea-girdie, and in the 
 
 \ 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 
 
 *1 
 
 The Sea-Girdle (Laminaria digitata). 
 
 Orkneys Red- ware {Lammaria digitata). It is very 
 common, growing chiefly in deep water, where it 
 is protected from the heavy action of the waves. Its 
 appearance is singular : from a number of little root- 
 lets, which grasp with great tenacity the naked 
 rock, springs a straight olive-brown stem, sometimes 
 as thick as a man's wrist, and three or four feet 
 long: at the summit it dilates into a broad car- 
 tilaginous leaf, oblong in form, and palmated, or 
 
48 THE OCEAN. 
 
 divided into numerous irregular strips; it is endowed 
 with the power of renewing its frond if the latter 
 be accidentally destroyed. Mr. Johns observes,^ 
 that of all the various kinds of sea-weeds thrown 
 on shore during a storm, Tangles are the most abun- 
 dant: a fact which he explains by the ravages of 
 a species of limpet {Patella loivis) upon their stems 
 and rootlets. When cooked, the young stalks are 
 said to be not unpleasant, and they are boiled and 
 given to cattle. But, as we are informed by Mr. 
 Neill, ^4n Scotland the stems are sometimes put to 
 rather an unexpected use, the making of knife- 
 handles. A pretty thick stem is selected, and cut 
 into pieces about four inches long. Into these, while 
 fresh, are stuck blades of knives, such as gardeners 
 use for pruning and grafting. As the stem dries, it 
 contracts and hardens, closely and firmly embracing 
 the hilt of the blade. In the course of some months 
 the handles become quite firm, and very hard and 
 shrivelled, so that when tipped with metal "they are 
 hardly to be distinguished from hartshorn." 
 
 Much resembling this species, but immensely 
 larger, is the plant which has received the name 
 of Sea-furbelows (Z. hidhosa). A single specimen, 
 fresh from the sea, is a heavy load for a man's 
 shoulder: and one which was measured by Mrs. 
 Griffiths, when spread out, covered a circular space 
 of twelve feet in diameter. The great weight of the 
 frond in this species requires extraordinary support 
 against the force of the waves, which else, having 
 so strong a purchase, would soon overturn it. To 
 
 * Botanical RambleS; p. 286. 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN, 
 
 49 
 
 guard against this, the ordinary mode of attachment 
 to the rock would be insufficient; and, instead of 
 the primary root, the base of the stem is swollen out 
 into a large hollow bulb, the extended surface of 
 which putting forth powerful rootlets from every 
 
 The Sea-Furbelows (Laminaria hulbosa). 
 
 part enables the plant to defy the violence of the 
 winter storm. It is a fact worthy of our notice and 
 admiration, that nothing of the kind takes place 
 while the plant is young and small ; it is only when 
 it acquires size and weight, or, in other words, it is 
 only when additional support becomes needful, that 
 this extraordinary but most effiective contrivance is 
 resorted to. The English name of the species is 
 
 4 E 
 
50 THE OCEAN. 
 
 derived from the edge of the stem, which is greatlj 
 dilated and curled into tortuous waves or plaits. 
 
 A long, narrow, ribbon-like leaf, with a thick mid- 
 rib, grows on the coast of Scotland, where it is called 
 Hen- ware, as well as on the northern shores of Ire- 
 land, where it receives the appellation of Murlins. 
 It is the Alaria esculenta of botanists. It is of a 
 transparent yellow-green, and in the herbarium dries 
 without any change, and has a very beautiful ap- 
 pearance. The midrib is the part usually selected 
 for eating, but Mr. Johns gives us a somewhat unfa- 
 vourable notion of its quality. "While walking," 
 he observ-es, "round the coast near the Giants 
 Causeway, I once observed a number of men and 
 women busily employed near the water's edge; and 
 on inquiring of my guide, found that they were 
 providing themselves with food for their next meal. 
 Being curious to discover what kind of fare the 
 rocks afforded, I stopped one of the men, who was 
 going home with his bundle, and asked him to give 
 me a bit to taste, prepared in the way in which it 
 was generally eaten. He accordingly stripped off all 
 the expanded part of a long and narrow leaf, and 
 presented me with a stem, or midrib. It was, I 
 must confess, as good as I expected; but at best a 
 very sorry substitute for a raw carrot, combining 
 with the hardness of the latter the fishy and coppery 
 flavour of an oyster. I made a very slight repast, as 
 you may suppose; and, after having given the man a 
 few pence for his civility, continued my walk. My 
 guide, however, seemed to think, that if I did not 
 choose to enjoy to the full the advantage which I had 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 51 
 
 purchased, there was no reason why he should not. 
 He accordingly stayed behind for a minute or two, 
 and when he rejoined me, was loaded with a supply 
 of the same plant, which he continued to munch 
 with much apparent relish as we pursued our walk.''* 
 Mr. Drummond, however, it must not be concealed, 
 gives a somewhat different account, both of the part 
 which is eaten and its flavour, and as his observations 
 refer to the coast of Antrim, it is not easy to account 
 for the conflicing statements, except by supposing 
 some variation of taste in different neighbourhoods 
 or individuals. The latter gentleman says, ''It is 
 often gathered for eating, but the part used is the 
 leaflets, and not the midrib, as is commonly stated. 
 These have a very pleasant taste and flavour, but 
 soon cover the roof of the mouth with a tenacious 
 greenish crust, which causes a sensation somewhat 
 like that of the fat of a heart or kidney. These 
 leaflets are quite membranaceous when young, but 
 in full-grown plants are fleshy, and at their middle 
 a quarter of an inch or more in thickness."f 
 
 The Dulse of the Scottish coast, which was just 
 now described, must not be confounded with the 
 Dulse of the southern shores of England. This is 
 a very different plant [Iridcea edulis\ having little 
 resemblance to it, except in being eatable. It con- 
 sists of a short stem expanding into an oval leaf, 
 without rib or veins, sometimes a foot and a half 
 long, and eight or ten inches wide. It is thick and 
 fleshy, of a deep blood-red hue, the surface smooth 
 and glossy. It is not frequently found, however, ia 
 
 *Bot. Ram. 279. t ^^»g- ^ool. and Bot. ii. 14?. 
 
62 THE OCEAN. 
 
 a perfect state, the specimens being generally torn 
 and perforated in every possible way. These defects 
 have usually been attributed to the munching of 
 crabs, which are said to be fond of it; but Mr. 
 Drummond is of opinion that portions spontaneously 
 separate from the frond and drop out. Like many 
 other Algoe^ it diffuses, when moist, a strong smell 
 of violets. The fishermen pinch the fleshy frond 
 between heated irons, and eat it; its taste is said to 
 resemble that of roasted oysters. Its deep colour 
 may yet be found useful in the arts: Mr. Stack- 
 house observes,"^ *'The most surprising quality of 
 this plant, and one that will probably render it of 
 service in dyeing, I discovered by accident. Having 
 placed some of the leaves to macerate in sea- water, 
 in order to procure seeds from it, I perceived, on 
 the second day, a faint ruby tint, very different from 
 the colour of the plant, which is a dull red, inclining 
 to chocolate colour. Being surprised at this, I con- 
 tinued the maceration, and the tint grew more vivid, 
 till at last it equalled the strongest infusion of cochi- 
 neal. This liquor was mucilaginous, and had a re- 
 markable property of being of a changeable colour; 
 as it appeared a bright ruby when held to the light, 
 and a muddy saffron when viewed in a contrary direc- 
 tion : this probably arose from a mixture of the frond 
 in the liquor. I endeavoured to ascertain its dyeing 
 powers by the usual process without success; as the 
 quanity of tinging matter was not sufficient; though 
 if attempted at large, and properly evaporated, it 
 
 * Nereis Brit. p. 58, as quoted by Turner, Hist. Fucoruin, ii. 113; 
 but I could not find the observation in Stackhouse. 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 53; 
 
 might be made sufficiently strong. However, an 
 ingenious chemical friend (the Eey. W. Gregor) 
 assures me he has procured a fine lake from an 
 infusion of it by means of alum." 
 
 One or two species of the genus Porphyra are 
 brought to our tables, stewed under the name of 
 Laver, and are thought a delicacy. Mr. Drummond 
 informs us that P. laciniata^ called Sloke in Ireland, 
 is gathered during the winter months only, the fronds 
 being too tough in the summer. After being pro- 
 perly cleaned, it is stewed with a little butter, to 
 prevent its getting a burnt flavour, and is brought to 
 Belfast, where it is sold by measure usually at the 
 rate of fivepence per quart. Before being brought 
 to table, it is again heated with an additional quan- 
 tity of butter, and is usually eaten with vinegar and 
 pepper. P, vulgaris is worthy of notice on account 
 of the extreme difficulty with which it is preserved 
 in a herbarium in a complete state: "not that there 
 is any difficulty in spreading and going through the 
 other steps of the process, but because when it has 
 nearly arrived at the last st'age of drying, a moment's 
 exposure to the air will cause it to contract so in- 
 stantaneously, that the edges of the paper are imme- 
 diately drawn towards each other; and if attempted 
 to be restored without the whole being first damped, 
 the specimen tears through the middle, and becomes 
 of little value. The edges of the plant adhere strongly 
 to the paper when dry, or nearly so; but the centre 
 does not adhere at all, and being as fine as gold- 
 beater's leaf, though having considerable strength, 
 it at once loses the little moisture it possesses, on 
 
 £2 
 
54 THE OCEAN. 
 
 coming in contact with the air, and contracts with 
 a force remarkable when we consider its extreme 
 thinness. If the paper be thin, its four corners will 
 in a moment be brought almost in contact with each 
 other." The best method of obviating this incon- 
 venience is said to be, when we suppose it is almost 
 dry, to have a flat book held open, and the pressure 
 being taken off, to remove the specimen along with 
 the drying-paper covering it, as quickly as possible 
 into the book, which must be instantly shut, and not 
 opened till the next day, or till we know that it is 
 thoroughly dry.^^ 
 
 There is a substance which has been lately intro- 
 duced as an article of commercCj intended as a sub- 
 stitute for Iceland moss, and sold by the London 
 druggists by the name of Carrageen moss ; notwith- 
 standing its name, however, it is a trlie Alga^ Ohoii- 
 drus crispus. It is an exceedingly variable species, 
 but its most usual form is that of a flat leaf, spreading 
 somewhat triangularly, or rather so as to give to its 
 outline the figure of one-fourth of a circle: the edge 
 is branched into numerous flat segments overlapping 
 one another. When viewed under Avater, in a grow- 
 ing state, it gives out beautiful prismatic hues. Con- 
 taining a large quantity of gelatine, it has been suc- 
 cessfully applied, instead of isinglass, in the making 
 of blanc-mange and jellies. A fucus, probably allied 
 to this, found at the Cape of Good Hope, is boiled 
 into a jelly, and, being mixed with sugar and the juice 
 of lemons or oranges, makes a very agreeable dish. 
 
 I shall notice a few other Algoe^ remarkable either 
 
 * Drummond. 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 55 
 
 for singularity or beauty, and then dismiss these in- 
 teresting tribes. The common Sea-thong {Himan- 
 thalia lorea\ so generally distributed, is worthy of 
 observation on account of its curious mode of growth. 
 From a shallow cup, affixed to the rock by a short 
 foot-stalk, spring two or three long, olive-coloured 
 straps, each of which becomes divided into two, and 
 each of these into two more, in succession : these 
 attain commonly the length of eight or ten feet, 
 and have been asserted to reach even twenty feet. 
 The thongs have been usually considered the fronds 
 of this species ; 'but Dr. Greville thinks that the sin- 
 gular cup is the true frond, and the thongs the re- ^ 
 ceptacles of the seed greatly lengthened. The surface 
 of the thong is studded with tubercles, from which 
 are discharged the seeds, accompanied with much 
 mucus, through the pores. The cup of this species 
 has been occasionally observed on exposed rocks, 
 swollen into a large hollow smooth black ball, ex- 
 actly round, perhaps caused by the heat of the 
 sun rarefying and expanding the contained air, or 
 being perhaps the indication of a diseased state of 
 the plant. , 
 
 A very remarkable form, and one of singular 
 beauty, is presented by the Peacock's tail (Padina 
 pavonia\ a species not uncommon, attached to 
 rocks at the bottom of still, and generally shallow, 
 marine pools. The fronds rise in form of a rounded 
 fan, of a yellowish-olive tint, elegantly marked with 
 concentric zones or bands, of a dark brown. One 
 side, and sometimes both, is generally hoary, as if 
 dusted with powder, and the outer edge is delicately 
 
66 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 The Peacock's Tail (Padina pavonia). 
 
 fringed with exceedingly minute filaments, which, in 
 a living state, often reflect the prismatic colours of 
 the rainbow. 
 
 Perhaps the most lovely of all the Fuci is the De- 
 lesseria sartguinea^ which is a common species. It 
 consists of several oblong-oval or pointed leaves, of 
 extreme delicacy, with the edges very much waved 
 or plaited, furnished with a midrib and side-veins, 
 which materially increase their leaf-like appearance ; 
 the colour is an exceedingly rich rose-pink. The 
 midrib often throws out smaller leaves, which, if 
 the main frond be destroyed, soon attains its usual 
 size; an interesting provision against the accidents 
 to which these apparently frail plants are neces- 
 sarily exposed. The fructification of this genus is 
 curious, as being of a twofold character : both 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 57 
 
 forms are found in the winter, affixed to the mid- 
 rib, which alone survives that season, the foliaceous 
 part having all decayed away. The one mode is 
 by means of nearly globular capsules attached to 
 the rib by short foot-stalks, and inclosing many ir- 
 regularly-shaped seeds ; the other is by small mem- 
 branaceous, leaf-like processes, likewise containing 
 seeds. These two kinds of fructification occur on 
 distinct individuals. This charming fucus, of which 
 no adequate idea can be formed, by a verbal de- 
 scription, retains much of its beauty when dried, 
 and is very easily preserved. It is a pity that I am 
 obliged to confess that its odour is very unpleasant, 
 being rank and pungent. 
 
 Some of those species, whose fronds are very de- 
 licately and numerously ramified, have been used 
 to form mimic pictures. By skilful arrangement, 
 very pretty landscapes are thus made, the forms and 
 foliage of trees being beautifully imitated. The 
 kinds most commonly appropriated for this purpose 
 are Phcamium coccineum and Gelidmm cartilagi- 
 neum, which have a very beautiful effect if simply 
 expanded on smooth white paper, or on the pearly 
 inner surface of large shells. The whole order Flo- 
 ride(Ey to which these belong, is remarkable for bril- 
 liant hues, and often elegant forms. 
 
 Like their kindred, the plants of the earth and air, 
 the sea- weeds have their parasites. As the Tilland' 
 sia grows on the giants of the tropical forests, and as 
 the mistletoe grows upon the apple-tree of our own 
 orchards, so do some of these draw their nourish- 
 ment, or at least derive their support, from the fronds 
 
58 THE OCEAN. 
 
 or stalks of others. Ptilota plumosa^ for example, a 
 delicately-feathered species, of a pink or purplish 
 hue, is found to be parasitical on the common tan- 
 gle. It is justly considered one of the ornaments of 
 our southern shores, but becomes still finer as we 
 approach a more southern latitude. This must not 
 be confounded with another elegant little plant bear- 
 ing the same specific name, but belonging to a dif- 
 
 Brtopsis Plumosa. 
 
 ferent genus, Bryojms plumosa. The tribe of which 
 the latter is a member is remarkable for its delicacy : 
 in the one now mentioned the main stem is very 
 slender, set with horizontally-spreading branches, 
 like a pine-tree, each of which is most elegantly fea- 
 thered. Its colour is a bright grass-green, and the 
 whole surface shines as if it were varnished. It is 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 59 
 
 SO delicate that in drying, the colouring matter 
 contracts in the stem, leaving interrupted spaces 
 destitute of colour, and perfectly transparent. 
 
 These are but a very few of the multitudinous sea- 
 weeds which would come under the notice of an 
 observant visitor to our own rocky shores ; yet how 
 manifold are the indications of infinite intelligence 
 and goodness even in these things proverbial for 
 their vileness! And while we gratefully acknow- 
 ledge the Divine hand in such species as conduce to 
 man's sustenance or comfort, may we not, from the 
 lavish beauty and elegance of such as are of no direct 
 benefit to us, legitimately draw the same consola- 
 tory inference which the Saviour drew from the 
 lovely lilies at His feet ? If God so clothe these 
 obscure caverns and submerged rocks, will He not 
 r)iuc]i more care for those whom He has redeemed 
 with the blood, and conformed to the image, of His 
 Son ? Nor is the relation which He sustains to these 
 frail and perishing weeds limited to an exertion of 
 creative power. All are marshalled in order, each is 
 provided incessantly with the requisite supplies for 
 its welfare, and each is assigned to that particular 
 locality which suits, its habit of growth, and where 
 alone it flourishes. On this subject Mr. Neill 
 observes, "On our open shores a certain order is 
 observed in the habitat of the Fuci^ each species 
 occupying pretty regularly its own zone or station. 
 Chorda filum, or Sea-laces, grows in water some 
 fathoms deep: in places where the tide seldom en- 
 tirely ebbs, but ofenerally leaves from two to three 
 feet of water, grow Alaria esculoita and Laminaria 
 
S() THE OCEAN. 
 
 bulbosa^ and the larger specimens of L. digitata and 
 saccharina^ with some small kinds, as Rhodomenia 
 jpalmata, Halidrys siliquosa, and Delesseria sanguwea. 
 In places uncovered only at the lowest ebbs, smaller 
 plants of L, digitata and saccharina abound with 
 Himanthalia lorea^ or Sea-thongs. On the beaches 
 uncovered by every tide, F, serratus occurs loAvest 
 down, along with Chondrus crispiis and mammillosus ; 
 next comes F. nodosus, and higher up, F. vesiculosus. 
 Beyond this, F. canaliculatits still grows, thriving 
 very well if only wet at flood tide, though liable 
 to become dry and shrivelled during a great part of 
 the day. Lastly, Lichina pygmcea is satisfied if it be 
 within reach of the spray. ""^ 
 
 In examining these AlgaB, and especially if we 
 collect them for preservation, we shall find very fre- 
 quently entangled among them, branches of a sub- 
 stance which adheres with so much tenacity as to 
 cause no little trouble in cleansing the specimens. 
 I refer to the common Coralline {Corallina offici- 
 nalis). No organic substances have so much divided 
 naturalists in opinion as to their real nature as the 
 Corallines. Evidently placed on the very verge of 
 the animal or vegetable kingdom, it required a 
 minute acquaintance with their structure, derived 
 from the closest observation, and all the research 
 of modern science, to decide the long uncertain 
 question, and to fix them where they now by com- 
 mon consent hold their place among the vegetable 
 tribes. The one of which I speak, and the most 
 
 *'Edin. Encyc. Art. ''Fuci.'' Most of the species here alluded to I 
 have described above. 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 61 
 
 common, being abundant on every rocky shore, or- 
 dinarily presents, though subject to much variation, 
 the form of a spreading bushy tuft, from one to 
 four inches high, growing from a broad stony base, 
 of a shape more or less round. Each branch con- 
 sists of many short joints, a little broader at the 
 upper than at the lower end, which often send out 
 other johited branches from each upper shoulder, as 
 well as from the centre. The joints are of a stony 
 
 Coralline (Corallina officinalis), 
 
 or rather shelly consistence, being chiefly a deposit 
 of lime; when dead they are perfectly white, but 
 in a living state they assume a purplish tint. Lin- 
 naeus and many other eminent men were deceived 
 by this shelly appearance into an opinion of their 
 animal nature, maintaining that animals alone ever 
 produced lime. But on removing the calcareous 
 deposit, we perceive that it is merely a crust eu- 
 
62 THE OCEAN. 
 
 veloping an axis of an evidently vegetable cliaracter. 
 On placing the Coralline in vinegar, or other weak 
 acid, the lime is dissolved, leaving the vegetable 
 part coloured as before, which, though continuous 
 through its length, is constricted at the parts which 
 corresponded to the joints of the crust, and looks 
 very much like one of the jointed Fuci It is very 
 common to see the broad base without any jointed 
 branches, for the former attains some size before 
 the latter shoot, and may be seen in this state on 
 almost every object between the range of high and 
 low tide. It first appears as a thin, round, shelly 
 patch of a purplish hue, on the shell of a JMollusk, 
 or the frond of a Fucus^ or the smooth rock, 
 and gradually enlarges by additions at the edge, 
 the progress of which is marked by concentric 
 zones, or rings of a paler tint, till it sometimes 
 attains sevjeral inches in diameter. It is tenacious 
 of vitality, and when the branches are all torn off 
 by the violence of the waves or other accidents, 
 the base still lives on, and becomes studded with 
 roundish knobs. This base, when growing on a 
 soft calcareous rock, will often increase much in 
 thickness, without showing any tendency to throw 
 out its jointed branches ; or in situations where it 
 is long uncovered by the tide, and exposed to the 
 influence of the sun, it becomes ^' a softish white, 
 leprous crust." Its ordinary form, however, is by 
 far the most pleasing, particularly when growing, as 
 they delight to do, on the sides of the still, rocky 
 pools already described, their bushy tufts grace- 
 fully hanging over each other, like weeping wil- 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 63 
 
 lows in miniature. Beyond its beauty I know 
 not that this little creature has any obvious claim 
 to our consideration, except that, in common with 
 other sea-plants, it gives out oxygen, and thus 
 maintains the element in which it grows in a state 
 fit for the support of animal life. But this is a 
 service vastly important, and explains why the 
 ** floor of the ocean" is covered, as it appears to 
 be, with such a profusion of vegetable life. And 
 here so wisely is the balance kept up between the 
 animals which absorb oxygen and the plants which 
 evolve it, that, perhaps, the world could not afford 
 to lose a single species of either without derange- 
 ment of the existing order, which would be fol- 
 lowed by manifest inconvenience. Of course our 
 little Coralline cannot do much to promote this 
 object ; but that it does exert some beneficial in- 
 fluence, we have evidence in an experiment of 
 Dr. Johnston, whose researches on these neglected 
 tribes are so interesting. "Was there a need," he 
 observes, " of addiiig any additional proof of the 
 vegetability of the Corallines, an experiment in pro- 
 gress before me would seem to supply it. It is 
 now eight weeks ago since I placed in a small 
 glass jar, containing about six ounces of pure sea- 
 water, a tuft of the living Corallina officinalis^ to 
 which were attached two or three minute Confervce^ 
 and the very young frond of a green Ulva., while 
 numerous Bissoce, several little Mussels, and An- 
 nelides, and a Star-fish, were crawling amid the 
 branches. The jar was placed on a table, and was 
 seldom disturbed, though occasionally looked at; 
 
g4 THE OCEAN. 
 
 and at the end of four weeks the water was found 
 to be still pure, the Mollusca and other animals all 
 alive and active, the Confervoe had grown percep- 
 tibly, and the Coralline itself had thrown out some 
 new shoots, and several additional articulations. 
 Eight weeks have now elapsed since the experi- 
 ment was begun, — the water has remained un- 
 changed, — ^yet the Coralline is growing, and appa- 
 rently has lost none of its vitality ; but the animals 
 have sensibly decreased in number, though many 
 of them continue to be active, and show no dis- 
 like to their situation. What can be more conclu- 
 sive ? I need not say that if any animal, or even a 
 sponge, had been so confined, the water would long 
 before this time have been deprived of its oxygen, 
 would have become corrupt and ammoniacal, and 
 poisonous to the life of every living thing."^ 
 
 Who is not familiar with Sponge, — with its soft- 
 ness, its elasticity, its capacity of absorbing and re- 
 taining fluids, and other qualities which render it so 
 valuable in domestic economy ? And yet how few 
 are aware that it is the skeleton of an animal ! In 
 fact. Sponge is one of those dubious forms which 
 God has placed in the great system of Creation, on 
 the confines of the two great divisions of organic 
 beings, apparently having little in common with 
 either. Like the Corallines, the Sponges have af- 
 forded occasion for much controversy as to their 
 proper position; but they are now pretty unani- 
 mously assigned to the animal kingdom. The com- 
 mon Sponge of household purposes {Spongia offici- 
 
 * British Sponges, p. 215. 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 65 
 
 nalis) is a native of the Mediterranean, but is much 
 more familiar to us than our native species, of which 
 there are many. The appearance which it presents 
 is that of an irregularlj^-shaped mass, more or less 
 rounded, composed of a brown woolly substance, 
 perforated by innumerable pores in all directions, 
 and having in addition, wide canals communicating 
 w^ith each other, and terminating in round holes or 
 mouths on the surface. But if we take a small por- 
 tion of the substance, and place it under a common 
 magnifying lens, we shall see that it is composed of 
 shining, horny, nearly-transparent fibres, which, by 
 uniting with each other at all angles and distances, 
 form a loose and very irregular network. Now, 
 when in a living state, every fibre was enclosed in a 
 coating of thin, clear jelly, which formed the living 
 animal, the horny fibres constituting, as I have inti- 
 mated above, only the skeleton. Imbedded in the 
 substance of many species, some British ones, for 
 example, are found spiculoey or needle-like crystals, 
 of pure flint, varying much in shape in various kinds, 
 while other species have similar crystals of lime. 
 Where these occur in considerable numbers, the 
 Sponge does not possess elasticity : it may be 
 crushed, but it will not regain its original form. 
 It is a singular fact, that Sponges of these three 
 different kinds are sometimes found growing close 
 to each other, and all alike nourished by the same 
 simple fluid, pure sea-wiiter ; yet they elaborate 
 therefrom products so different as horn, flint, and 
 lime. The animal nature of Sponges is not easily 
 to be detected : no indication of sensation has ever 
 
 5 p2 
 
gg THE OCEAN. 
 
 been perceived in tlicm when living, even though 
 violence in many modes has been offered to them ; 
 though beaten, pinched with hot irons, cut or torn, 
 or subjected to the action of the strongest acids. 
 The substance may be destroyed, but there is no 
 contraction, nor the slightest evidence of feeling; 
 to all appearance they are as passive as the rock on 
 Avhich they grow. One proof of their animality, 
 however, is open to any one : we are all familiar 
 ,7ith a peculiar smell produced when horn, wool, 
 feathers, &c., are burned ; this smell arises from the 
 presence of ammonia^ and is peculiar to animal mat- 
 ter ; on burning a bit of Sponge this animal odour 
 is strongly perceptible. On viewing a living Sponge, 
 however, in water, with care and attention, it is 
 found to exhibit a constant and energetic action, 
 which sufficiently shows its vitality. Dr. Grant's 
 account of his discovery of this motion in a native 
 species is so interesting, that, though I have quoted 
 it in another treatise, I may be forgiven for repeat- 
 ing it here. "I put a small branch of the Spongia 
 coalita, with some sea-water, into a watch-glass, 
 under the microscope : and on reflecting the light 
 of a candle through the fluid, I soon perceived that 
 there was some intestine motion in the opaque par- 
 ticles floating through the water. On moving the 
 w^atch-glass, so as to bring one of the apertures on 
 the side of the Sponge fully into view, I beheld, for 
 the first time, the splendid spectacle of this living 
 fountain vomiting forth from a circular cavity an 
 impetuous torrent of liquid matter, and hurling 
 along in rapid succession, opaque masses, which it 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITATX. Q>j 
 
 Strewed ever}^ where around. Tlie beauty and no- 
 velty of such a scene in the animal kingdom long 
 arrested my attention; but after twenty-five minutes 
 of constant observation, I was obliged to withdraw 
 my eye from fatigue, without having seen the tor- 
 rent for one instant change its direction, or diminish 
 in the slightest degree the rapidity of its course. I 
 continued to watch the same orifice, at short inter- 
 vals, for five hours, sometimes observing it for a 
 quarter of an hour at a time ; but still the stream 
 rolled on with a constant and equal velocity." 
 
 Sponges, in general, appear 1:0 have little choice 
 of situation, but to grow wherever the young oftset 
 or gemmule happens to drop, whether on tlie rock, 
 on a shell, or on a sea- weed. If two of the same 
 species, growing side by side, come into contact, 
 their edges unite, and the two form one mass, so 
 perfectly one that the most practised eye could de- 
 tect no indication of the line of union. On the con- 
 trary, if the neighbours be of different species, the 
 edges adhere by contact, but there is no union; and 
 both of the contiguous edges will grow up far be- 
 yond their natural level, like wajls striving to over- 
 top each other, until the action of the waves pre- 
 vents the continuance of a mode of growth so un- 
 natural. Dr. Johnston speaks of two species of 
 Sponge which had become so intermingled in 
 growth, without being united, that, being of differ- 
 ent colours, they presented the appearance of a 
 coloured map. The same writer has figured a much- 
 branched species {Halichondria ocidata\ growing on 
 the back of a small crab : the latter has a grotesque 
 
(g THE OCEAX. 
 
 appearance crawling under the perpetual shadow of 
 its own tree, the burden of whose weight, however, 
 was probably more than compensated by the pro- 
 tection it afforded against enemies. 
 
 A singular little creature, called the Hermit Crab 
 {PaguTiis\ the hinder part of whose body is unpro- 
 tected, except by a soft skin, is endowed with an 
 instinct which prompts it to seek some univalve 
 shells, into Adiich it thrusts its abdomen, henceforth 
 using it as a house. Now there is a species of 
 Sponge found on our coast {H. suherea\ of a corky 
 substance, which grows on the surface of similar 
 shells, overspreading and enveloping them; and it 
 so happens that in the great majority of instances, 
 the Sponge is found upon the individual shells in- 
 habited by the Hermit. Gradually and. insensibly 
 the Sponge grows over' the shell, and at length creeps 
 •round the edge of the lip, and begins to line the 
 inside : the constant motion of the crab, who is very 
 active, retards the growth for awhile, but eventually 
 the Sponge prevails, and the Hermit, finding his pre- 
 mises becoming every day more and more contracted, 
 is at length compelled to seek another lodging. A 
 proceeding very similar to this, but which the Her- 
 mit Crab finds rather to his advantage than discom- 
 fort, takes place in the growth of a species of Coral 
 (Alcyonium echinaturn). This coral also very fre- 
 quently grows on a shell selected for a habitation 
 by the little crab; but as it grows, it does not line 
 the shell, but becomes moulded, as it were, to the 
 form of the enclosed animal, thus increasing the size 
 and commodiousness of the dwelling, and precluding 
 
THE SHORES OF LKITAIX. g9 
 
 the necessity of quitting the tenement. Mr. Gray 
 remarks on this : — " One can understand that the 
 Crab may have the instinct to search for shells on 
 "Nvhich the coral has begun to grow; but this will 
 scarcely explain why we never find the coral except 
 on shells in which Hermit Crabs have taken up their 
 residence." 
 
 One of the most pleasing forms that are presented 
 by the Sponges, which are exceedingly various, is 
 that of a cup with a dilated foot ; it is about as large 
 as a tea-cup, but is more funnel-shaped, whence its 
 name {H. infundihuliformis). A similar species from 
 the Indian seas, commonly called Neptune's Cup, 
 though much larger, is inferior to our little goblet in 
 neatness of appearance and sponginess of texture. 
 
 Our shores abound with examples of those asto- 
 nishing forms of animal life, the Polypes, both simple 
 and aggregated. The former under the names of 
 Animal-flowers, and Sea-anemones, have attracted 
 general admiration from their intrinsic beauty, and 
 from their very close resemblance to composite 
 flowers. AVhen out of water, or • reposing, they 
 usually take a semi-globular shape, adhering by a 
 broad base to the rocks, but some are somewhat 
 lengthened and cylindrical. The centre of the upper 
 surface is depressed, and there is evidently an aper- 
 ture which has been closed. When seeking for prey 
 this orifice opens, by its edges turning inside out, as 
 it were, and dilates, until it is as wide as the base; 
 while from within the lip, or outer rim, protrude a 
 multitude of fleshy rays, called tentacula, arranged 
 in three or four rows extending all round. In the 
 
YO THi! OCEAN. 
 
 centre of the expanding disk is the real month, or 
 opening into the stomach. It is these tentacula, 
 which, spreading around exactly hke the rays of 
 an aster or marigold, give to the Polype so striking 
 a likeness of a flower. These animals are exceed- 
 ingly voracious ; though when closed, you would 
 think them a mere lump of jelly-like flesh, utterly 
 helpless and incapable of any exertion ; yet when 
 the tentacula are all expanded, no small crab, or 
 shrimp, or mussel, can even touch one of them with 
 impunity. From some cause, not thoroughly under- 
 stood, each tentacle has the power of adhering with 
 wonderful tenacity to any object on the slightest con- 
 tact. I have often been surprised at the force re- 
 quired to draw away my finger when I have gently 
 touched one. No sooner, then, has some little 
 shelled Mollusk been thus caught, than instantly 
 other tentacles lay hold of it also, and it is inevitably 
 dragged by their contraction into the mouth. It 
 remains in the stomach a few hours, when the shell, 
 entirely cleared of all the meat, is vomited through 
 the mouth, there being but one orifice to the body. 
 The Polype is capable of great dilatation, wdiich en- 
 ables it to swallow an animal even much larger than 
 the ordinary dimensions of its own body. A very 
 curious instance of this I shall presently mention; 
 but first I must allude to that which forms the most 
 wonderful feature in its history, the power of repro- 
 ducing any parts that have been cut off. To so 
 great an extent does this power prevail, that even 
 if cut into many parts, each separate part will put 
 forth the parts wanting, and soon become a complete 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. •yl 
 
 animal. For example, if, with a sharp knife, a Po- 
 lype be cut into two by a horizontal section, midway 
 between the tentacles and the base, the upper por- 
 tion will adhere to a rock, close the bottom of the 
 stomach, and take its former shape ; the under part 
 will throw out rudimentary tentacles around the 
 centre, which will soon be in a condition to take 
 food, and the original form and functions will be 
 displayed by this portion also. Na}^, it has even 
 been found that if, as often happens, the animal, 
 being violently removed from its support, leave be- 
 hind any fragments of its base still adhering, each 
 of these torn portions will, in a short time, acquire 
 all the parts of the perfect animal. These powers 
 strongly remind one of vegetable life ; for it is as if 
 one were making cuttings, and consequently new 
 plants, of a fuchsia or verbena. The ordinar}?- mode 
 in which the Polypes continue their race is very 
 plant-like; the young grow from any part of the 
 surface like little buds, and when they have at- 
 tained the form of the parent, drop off; often, how- 
 ever, they are vomited through the mouth. Any 
 of my young readers who live near the coast may 
 easily verify these observations ; but I Av^ould not 
 recommend the artificial mode of increasing the 
 animals, because, though it may well be doubted 
 whether they are susceptible of pain, such experi- 
 ments have an appearance of cruelty at least, which 
 it is well to avoid. In some situations you will 
 find in abundance Actinia geinmacea^ the most lovely 
 of our native animal flowers, which I will describe. 
 When closed, it is of a rounded or sometimes oval 
 
*12 THE OCEAN. 
 
 shape, somewliat flattened, about an inch and a 
 half in diameter, very variable in colour : some- 
 times being of a brilliant scarlet with pale warts, 
 like rows of ornamental beads; at other times it 
 is of a sulphur yellow, or pale green, with stripes 
 of orange colour; and I have seen specimens of 
 a lively rose-pink, studded with green dots. When 
 expanded, it displays three or four circles of ten- 
 tacles, which are rather short and thick, and varie- 
 gated with white and red in alternate rings. 
 Sometimes, by imbibing a large quantity of water, 
 it becomes distended to twice its usual dimensions, 
 and is then nearly transparent. There is an in- 
 stinct displayed by this species, which one would 
 not expect to find in a creature of so low an organ- 
 ization, and which is w^orthy of our admiration, 
 as showing how mindful the gracious Creator and 
 Preserver is of His creatures' well-being. Such 
 individuals as have taken up their residence upon 
 the half-submerged rocks, where the daily recess 
 of the tide exposes them to observation, are covered 
 with rough warts, and blotched with dusk}^ brown 
 and dull orange, and are coated with fragments of 
 shells, sea-weed, and gravel, which adhere to the 
 skin by a glutinous secretion, so strongly as not- 
 to be washed off; and being thus veiled, the ani- 
 mals defy detection. On the other hand, those 
 specimens which live in deep water, as if aware 
 that the necessity for concealment no longer ex- 
 ists, have nothing of the kind, their skins are 
 smooth and naked, and adorned with the vivid 
 tints which make this species -so beautiful. The 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. «K3 
 
 Actinia are easily procured, and kept alive a long 
 time in sea-water without difficulty ; in a glass 
 vessel their beauty is displayed to advantage, need- 
 ing only the precaution of supplying them with 
 pure sea- water every two or three days at most, 
 or they will throw off their skin in ragged pieces, 
 become discoloured, and die. They are capable of 
 very long fasts, although, as I observed before, vo- 
 racious enough when food is to be obtained. Dr. 
 Johnston tells us of a specimen of the A, gemmacea 
 once brought to him, *'that might have been ori- 
 ginally two inches in diameter, and that had some- 
 how contrived to swallow a valve of Peden maximus 
 (the great Scallop) of the size of an ordinary saucer. 
 The shell, fixed within the stomach, was so placed 
 as to divide it completely into two halves, so that 
 the body, stretched tensely over, had become thin 
 and flattened like a pancake. All communication 
 between the inferior portion of the stomach and 
 the mouth was of course prevented ; 3^et, instead 
 of emaciating, and dying of atrophy, the animal 
 had availed itself of what undoubtedly had been a 
 very untoward accident, to increase its enjoyments 
 and its chances of double fare. A new mouth, fur- 
 nished with two rows of numerous tentacula, was 
 opened upon what had been the base, and led to 
 the under stomach : the individual had indeed be- 
 come a sort of Siamese twin, but with greater inti- 
 macy and extent in its unions !"" 
 
 Each of these animal flowers, except in the case 
 of such accidental monstrosities as the one just men- 
 
 * Brit. Zooph. p. 224. 
 
74 THfi OCEAN. 
 
 tioned, is a distinct and independent animal; but 
 there are some which, while they possess a general 
 similarity in structure to these, exist only in aggre- 
 gated communities ; many individual Polypes being 
 clustered upon a Somewhat solid body called a Po- 
 lypidom, which is, when alive, clothed with a fleshy 
 coat, believed to be capable of communicating and 
 receiving sensations to or from all the Polypes. 
 The teat-shaped bodies, familiarly called by the 
 fishermen Cow's-paps, when simple, and Dead-rrian's 
 toes, when branched, is a common example; the 
 Alcyoniuin digitatum of zoologists. It consists of 
 a leathery substance, capable of contraction, studded 
 with orifices, whence project little stars with eight 
 rays, which are the expanded tentacles of the small 
 Polypes that inhabit the hollows. Those beautiful 
 productions, the Corals, some of which I may have 
 occasion to notice hereafter, are also formed gn the 
 same model. They have generally a more solid 
 stem, partaking of the nature of stone, and branch 
 out in imitation of shrubs. The stony or horny 
 centre is, however, clothed with gelatinous flesh, in 
 which, as in the former instance, hollows occur at 
 intervals, occupied by minute star-shaped Polypes. 
 The warty white coral (Gorgonia verrucosa)^ not 
 uncommon with us, is of this structure, havino' a 
 stony skeleton; but in the beautiful Sea-fan (G. 
 JlabeUurn\ the skeleton shows more the texture of 
 bone, or perhaps of horn ; it is black, but is clothed 
 with flesh of a yellow colour, or sometimes purple. 
 From the ramifications being very numerous, and 
 uniting with each other at short intervals, like the 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 
 
 15 
 
 meslies of a net, this species is a very beautiful 
 one. Its polypes, as in the other instances, have 
 eight tentacles. This is exceedingly rare, though 
 it has occurred on the British shores. 
 
 But more singular than either of these is the 
 form of a Polypidom, often brought up by fishermeu 
 attached to their baits, and by them called Cocks'- 
 comb, or rather more appropriately, Sea-pen {Pen- 
 natula phosphor ea\ It very closely resembles a 
 
 Sea-fan {Gor^nia flabellum), and Sea-pen {Pennatula phosphor ea). 
 
 broad feather from two or three inches in length, 
 and of a purplish colour. The lower part is cy- 
 lindrical, or nearly so, and represents the quill, 
 and the tip of this is tinged with orange. Above 
 this the stem is fringed on each side with very re- 
 gular, flat, dentated processes, diminishing gradually 
 
76 THE OCEAN. 
 
 to the tip, representing the vane. Along the upper 
 edge of each of these pinnce are phiced the cells, 
 inhabited by minute, white, eight- rayed Polypes. 
 The stem contains a long, needle-shaped bone, very 
 slender at each extremity, which is bent backwards 
 so as to form a hook. Some authors have affirmed 
 that the Sea-pen swims freely in the sea by the 
 waving motion of its pinnce ; but modern observa- 
 tions tend to throw discredit on this statement, 
 wdiich in itself seems improbable: the fishermen 
 affirm that it abides with its stem inserted in the 
 mud at the bottom ; and those which have been 
 kept for observation have remained at the bottom 
 of the vessel, without any apparent power of even 
 ^turning over on the other side. This species, as 
 its scientific name imports, is one of the many ani- 
 mals that inhabit the sea, which are endowed with 
 the faculty of producing light : in this instance, it 
 appears from experiments that the power is exerted 
 as a means of defence, as only when injured or irri- 
 tated does the animal give out its light, which is of 
 a faint-bluish cast. Its sudden illumination at the 
 bottom of the sea may have the effect of terrifying 
 some of its enemies, and of thus protecting it from 
 the dangers to which its otherwise helpless frame 
 would be exposed. 
 
THE SHOEES OF BETTAT?T. 
 
 CONTINUED. 
 
 There is one aspect in wliich; if we view the sea, 
 it speaks eloquently the beneficence of God to man ; 
 namely, as the source from whence he draws an inex- 
 haustible supply of wholesome and nourishing food. 
 And there is no nation more favoured in this respect 
 than Great Britain : the seas which surround us are 
 stocked with a vast variety of fishes, the great ma- 
 jority of which are eatable. From the form of our 
 coasts, there is always at some part access to the 
 sea, the wind which locks up the ports of one coast 
 leaving others free ; the numerous boys, harbours, 
 and inlets offer a refuge to which to run in unfa- 
 vourable weather, as well as a market for the dis- 
 posal of the produce taken; while the bold and 
 hardy character of our population qualifies them to 
 take advantage of a proffered source of profit, though 
 not unattended with risk. Accordingly, we find 
 that the fisheries afford to this country a revenue 
 of great value ; and an immense quantity of cheap 
 animal food is produced by them, the. importance of 
 which can hardly be overrated. The prosperity of 
 Holland is notoriously founded upon the zeal, in- 
 dustry, and success with which her sons have prose- 
 cuted the herring-fishery ; a fact which is announced 
 
 g2 77 
 
78 TITE OCEAN. 
 
 in the Avell-kuown Diitcli saying, ^'The city of Am- 
 sterdam is built upon herriug-bones :" and though, 
 from the superiority of our internal resources, we 
 are not compelled to give so undivided an atten- 
 tion to the scaly tenants of the deep as they have 
 been, we may still assert, that on a similar base stand 
 many of our important seaport towns. Let us then 
 examine these finny tribes, which come so strongly 
 recommended to our notice, and see if we cannot dis- 
 cover in their formation and economv evidences of 
 that all-pervading wisdom and goodness of which we 
 have had occasion before to speak. 
 
 An intelligent observer can scarcely fail to be 
 struck Avith the perfect adaptation of fishes for swift 
 motion through a dense fluid. The form most suited 
 for rapid progression is that of a spindle, swelling in 
 the middle and tapering to the extremities : and this 
 is the general form of fishes. The variations from 
 this normal shape are comparatively rare, and con- 
 sist chiefly in the lengthening of the body, as in the 
 Eels, or in widening its diameter perpendicularly, as 
 in the Flat-fishes, or horizontally, as in the Skates. 
 But in these cases, and similar ones, the exceptions 
 are made to suit variations in habits, for the Skates 
 and Flat-fishes are intended not for rapid swimming, 
 but for lying flat upon the botton:|; while the worm- 
 like form of the Eels enables them to insinuate them- 
 selves with facility through the mud and ooze, or 
 even to leave the water and crawl upon the shore. 
 Still, however, in both the usual form is to be 
 traced, the central part of the body being the widest 
 and the extremities being pointed. The facility of 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. »;'9 
 
 motion possessed by fishes is partly dependent on 
 their simplicity of figure, the absence of those pro- 
 minent limbs which project from the bodies of most 
 other vertebrate animals; the head, without any 
 visible neck, merging into the rounded body, which 
 terminates in the tail in an almost unbroken out- 
 line, for the fins are usually so slight and mem- 
 branous in their texture as scarcely to diminish this 
 unity of form. The smooth and glittering armour, 
 in which these animals are for the most part in- 
 vested, tends to the same end. Feathers or fur 
 w^ould greatly impede progress through water; and 
 as the tribe of fishes are what is commonly called 
 cold-blooded, or of nearly the same temperature as 
 the fluid that surrounds them, those non-conductors 
 of heat would be of no service, the animal heat ne- 
 cessary for existence not being liable to be abstracted. 
 In place of those clothing substances, the fish's 
 body is encased in a coat of mail formed of many 
 pieces of similar shape, of a transparent horny sub- 
 stance, which are imbedded in the skin on the side 
 next the head, and overlap the succeeding ones 
 at the posterior edge, like the tiles of a house. 
 It is obvious how beautifully and effectually this 
 formation precludes any impediment in swimming, 
 arising from the free edges of the scales. These 
 are so closely pressed on each other, that the water 
 cannot penetrate, and are covered, moreover, in 
 many fishes with a glutinous slime, which water 
 does not dissolve. The scales of fishes afford objects 
 of very beautiful structure when viewed with a mi- 
 croscope. They are various in their form; those 
 
80 
 
 THE OCEAX. 
 
 from different parts of the body not being Quite 
 alike even in the same fish. They are not per- 
 fectly flat, but take the form of a very flattened 
 cone, of which the apex is usually a little behind the 
 middle. Between this point and the edge there is a 
 great number of concentric flutings, too fine, as well 
 as too near each other, to be readily counted ; and it 
 is presumed that each of these lines indicates a stage 
 in the growth of the scale; that the scale is in- 
 creased, perhaps annually, or perhaps oftener, by a 
 deposit of horny matter on the surface next the skin, 
 each of which deposits exceeds in diameter that 
 which preceded it, by a very minute amount on every 
 
 
 Scales of Fishes. 
 
 side. The concentric lines are often traversed by 
 other lines, diverging with great regularity from the 
 apex. The edges are sometimes cut into points, 
 scallops, or waves, of exquisite symmetry; the sur- 
 face is often variously sculptured; and the whole 
 presents a specimen of the most elaborate workman- 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 81 
 
 ship, worthy of the Divine hand that formed it. 
 The scales of some fishes are so minute as to be 
 with difficulty distinguishable; such as those of the 
 Eel: to procure these for microscopical examination, 
 ^'take a piece of the skin of the Eel that grows on 
 the side, and while it is moist spread it on a piece 
 of glass, that it may dry very smooth ; when thus 
 dried, the surface will appear all over dimpled or 
 pitted by the scales, which lie under a sort of cuticle, 
 or thin skin: this skin may be raised with the sharp 
 point of a penknife, together with the scales, which 
 will then easily slip out, and thus you may procure 
 as many as you please.""^ 
 
 The limbs of fishes differ greatly in appearance 
 from those of terrestrial animals ; consisting, as to 
 the portion external to the body, of slender spines, 
 sometimes cartilaginous and jointed, at others bony 
 and simple, united by means of a thin membrane 
 stretched from one to the other. Generally there 
 are two pairs on the under part of the body, which 
 are called the pectoral and the ventral fins, and re- 
 present respectively the fore and hind legs of qua- 
 drupeds, or the wings and feet of a bird. Besides 
 these, there are one or more perpendicular fins along 
 the back, called the dorsal, and one below the body, 
 tiear the tail, called the anal ; but the main instru- 
 tnent of motion is the broad, perpendicular fin, which 
 terminates the body, often called the tail, but, more 
 correctly, the caudal or tail fin. To rightly under- 
 stand the motions of a fish, we must bear in mind 
 that it is immersed in a fluid which is of little less 
 
 * Martin's Micrographia Nova, p. 29. 
 
82 THE OCEAX. 
 
 specific gravity tbaa its own body ; but in order to 
 regulate its own weigiit, it is provided with an in- 
 ternal bladder, filled with air, and furnished with 
 muscles for its compression or expansion: by the 
 former process rendering its body heavier, and by 
 the latter lighter than the water. It is true there are 
 many fishes which are destitute of the air-bladder; 
 but these are, for the most part, ground fishes, which 
 reside habitually upon the bottom, rarely swimming 
 to any distance. The tail, as was observed, is the 
 grand organ of progression; and most of the muscles 
 of the body are so inserted upon the joints of the 
 spine as to give the greatest possible energy to the 
 motions of this organ. Its expansion is vertical, and 
 its motion is only horizontal, from right to left : so 
 that, striking the water on either side with great force, 
 the fish shoots rapidly forward in the direction of 
 the line of the body, but cannot, by its means, ascend 
 or descend. The direction of a fish's motion is go- 
 verned by the pectoral and ventral fins, which aid, 
 likewise, in balancing the body, and obviate the 
 tendency to turn belly uppermost, a position which 
 a dead fish assumes, from the weight of the muscular 
 back being superior to that of the hollow and air- 
 filled belly. There is considerable diversity in the 
 depth of water which different species of fishes habit- 
 ually inhabit; and this depends, in a great measure, on 
 the position of the ventral fins. Such as mainly reside 
 at or near the surface have them so placed that the 
 centre of the body shall fall nearly midway between 
 them and the pectorals. Those whose habits lead 
 them to range to great distances without any material 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAII^. 83 
 
 change in their depth of water, have the ventral fins 
 placed far back on the belly, as the Herring and the 
 Salmon ; while thq^e which feed at the bottom in deep 
 water, but yet have considerable power of swimming, 
 such as the Cod, require the ventrals to be situated 
 near the head, sometimes even in advance of the pec- 
 torals, in order to act with rapidity and effect upon 
 the fore part of the body, which is usually heavy in 
 such fishes. The Flat-fishes and Skates, in which the 
 ventrals are little developed, and the Eels, in which 
 they are wanting, rarely quit the ground, but grovel 
 on the mud in shallow water. Many fishes have cer- 
 tain spines of the fins developed into stiff and for- 
 midable weapons, and others have equally effective 
 armour placed upon the gill- covers, the sides of the 
 body or the tail. With these, which are usually 
 jointed, and which the fish has the power of erecting 
 stifHy, and of directing with considerable precision, it 
 sometimes inflicts severe wounds on the incautious 
 fisherman, as well as on its opponent, in the battles 
 with its own kind, which often occur. The little 
 Stickleback {Gasterosteus\ which abounds all round 
 the coast, as well as in our fresh waters, is armed 
 with sharp spines on the back and sides, which it 
 wields like a perfect tyrant. '' When a few are first 
 turned into a tub of water, they swim, about in a 
 shoal, apparently exploring their new habitation. 
 Suddenly one will take possession of a particular 
 corner of the tub, or, as it will sometimes happen, of 
 the bottom, and will instantly commence an attack 
 upon his companions ; and if any one of them ven- 
 tures to oppose his sway, a regular and most furious 
 
84 THE OCEAN. 
 
 battle ensues; the two combatants swim round and 
 round each other with the greatest rapidity, biting, 
 and endeavouring to pierce each^ other with their 
 spines, which on. these occasions are projected. I 
 have witnessed a battle of this sort which lasted 
 several minutes before either would give way; and 
 when one does submit, imagination can hardly con- 
 ceive the vindictive fury of the conqueror ; who, in 
 the most persevering and unrelenting way, chases his 
 rival from one part of the tub to another, until fairly 
 exhausted with fatigue. They also use their spines 
 with such fatal effect, that, incredible as it may ap- 
 pear, I have seen one during a battle absolutely rip 
 his opponent quite open, so that he sank to the bot- 
 tom, and died. I have occasionally known three or 
 four parts of the tub taken possession of by as many 
 other little tyrants, who guard their territories with 
 the strictest vigilance, and the slightest invasion in- 
 variably brings on a battle.""^ The Sting-rays {Try- 
 gon\ which are furnished with a hard and sharp spine 
 with toothed edges, near the base of the tail, are ac- 
 customed to twist their long and flexible tail around 
 their enemy, while they inflict severe wounds with 
 the barbed spine. The Common Skates {Ea{a\ on 
 the other hand, which have the tail studded with 
 rows of curved horny thorns, when irritated, are said 
 to bend the body nearly into a circle, and to dash 
 about the armed tail with violence in all directions. 
 
 The goodness of God is manifest in the gregarious 
 habits of most of those fishes which constitute an im- 
 portant article of human food, in the innumerable 
 
 * Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. 329. 
 
THE SHOKES OF BRITAIN. 85 
 
 individuals of whidi the shoals are composed, and 
 in the fecundity by which the populousness of these 
 shoals are maintained. Nine millions of eggs have 
 been ascertained to exist in the roe of a single Cod, 
 and the hosts of this, and other species, which during 
 the fishing-season crowd our shores, are utterly be- 
 yond human calculation. These swarms were for- 
 merly believed to perform vast annual migrations in 
 military order from the Polar regions in spring, and 
 . back again to their homes " beneath the ice" in the 
 autumn. The groundlessness, and even absurdity of 
 this notion has been shown, and it is now generally 
 known, that the fishes are at no part of the year 
 more than a few miles distant from the coast, but 
 that on the approach of warm weather an unerring 
 instinct teaches them, as by common impulse, to 
 seek the shallows near the shore, in order to deposit 
 their spawn within the vivifying influence of the 
 summer sun. This grand business of life being ac- 
 complished, they again retire, not to the Arctic ice, 
 but to the deep water of the ofl&ng, where they may 
 again rove in freedom and conscious security. And 
 this is an admirable ordination of Divine Provi- 
 dence, that these tribes are thus periodically brought 
 within the reach of man precisely at the season 
 when they are in the highest condition, and there- 
 fore most wholesome, as well as most agreeable. 
 For they come from the deep water fat, and in 
 full health and vigour; but after having spawned 
 they return sickly and poor, to recruit their ex- 
 hausted strength. 
 
 The Herring family {Glupeadce\ including the 
 
8(5 THE OCEAN. 
 
 common Ilcrring, the Pilcliard, the Sprat, tlie Shad, 
 &;c., are the most important objects of our fisheries, 
 and particidarly the first-named two species. 
 
 The fisliery for the Pilchard is carried on almost 
 exclusively in the counties of Cornwall and Devon ; 
 the Herring is more generally diffused, but the 
 greatest numbers taken are on the shores of Scot- 
 land and the adjacent islands. Some idea of the 
 commercial importance of these two animals may be 
 formed from the facts, that between three and four 
 hundred thousand barrels of Herrings are sometimes 
 cured in a single year in Great Britain alone, besides 
 all that are sold while fresh ; and that ten thousand 
 hogsheads of Pilchards have been taken on shore 
 in one port in a single day, " thus providing," says 
 Mr. Yarrell, ^^ the enormous multitude of twenty-five 
 millions of livino; creatures drawn at once from the 
 ocean for human sustenance." The slioals of Herrings 
 are occasionally known to approach the shore with so 
 headlong an impetuosity as to be unable to regain 
 deep Avater, and are stranded upon the beach in im- 
 mense numbers. Mr. Mudie has described such an 
 incident. " The rocky promontory at the east end 
 of the county of Fife, ofl* which there lies an exten- 
 sive reef or rock, sometimes has that effect, and there 
 have been seas [seasons ?] in which, when the difficul- 
 ties of the place were augmented by a strong wind at 
 south-east, that carried breakers upon the reef, and a 
 heavy surf along the shore, the beach for many miles 
 has been .covered with a bank of Herrings several 
 feet in depth, which, if taken and salted when first 
 left by the tide, would have been Avorth many 
 
THE SHOEES OF BRITAIN. 8Y 
 
 thousands of pounds, but wliich, as there was not a 
 sufficient supply of salt in the neighbourhood, Avere 
 allowed to remain putrefying on the beach until the 
 farmers found leisure to cart them away as manure. 
 One of these strandings took place in and around the 
 harbour of the small town of Crail only a few years 
 ago. The water appeared at first so full of Herrings 
 that half a dozen could be taken by one dip of a 
 basket. Numbers of people thronged to the water's 
 edge, and fished with great success ; and the public 
 crier was sent through the town to proclaim that 
 ^' caller herrin," that is^ Herrings fresh out of the sea, 
 might be had at the rate of forty a penny. As the 
 water rose the fish accumulated, till numbers were 
 stunned, and the rising tide was bordered with fish, 
 with which baskets could be filled in an instant. The 
 crier was, upon this, instructed to alter his note, and 
 the people were invited to repair to the shore, and 
 get Herrings at one shilling a cart-load. But every 
 successive wave of the flood added to the mass of 
 fish, and brought it nearer to the land, which caused 
 a fresh invitation to whoever might be inclined to 
 come and take what Herrings they chose gratis. The 
 fish still continued to accumulate till the height of 
 the flood, and when the water began to ebb, they 
 remained on the beach. It was rather early in the. 
 season, so that warm weather might be expected ; 
 and the effluvia of many putrid fish might occasion 
 disease; therefore the corporation offered a reward 
 of one shilling to every one who would remove a full 
 cart-load of Herrings from that part of the shore 
 which was under their jurisdiction. The fish being 
 
38 THE OCEAN. 
 
 immediately from the deep water, were in the highest 
 condition, and barely dead. Alt the salt from the 
 town and neighbourhood was instantly put in requi- 
 i^ition, but it did not suffice for the thousandth part 
 of the mass, a great proportion of which, notwith- 
 standing some not very successful attempts to carry 
 off a few sloop-loads in bulk, was lost."^ 
 
 The Herring appears on our shores in the middle 
 of summer, but seems to approach the coast of Scot- 
 land earlier ; for in Sutherland the fishery commences 
 in June, and in Cromarty even so early as May, 
 while the Yarmouth season rarely begins till Septem- 
 ber. They are taken chiefly by means of drift-nets, 
 and by far the majority are cured : in the first part 
 of the season, however, they are often so rich as to be 
 unfit for salting, and these are sold for consumption 
 while fresh. About the month of November the 
 shoals spawn, and are then unfit for eating, and the 
 iishery ceases. As is universally known, there are 
 two modes of curing this fish, producing what are 
 called white and red herrings. The former requiring 
 only to be placed in barrels Avith salt, the process can 
 be performed in the fishing-craft ; consequently the 
 vessels for this fishery are larger, being qualified to 
 keep the sea. Eed herrings, however, require a 
 lauch more elaborate process, which cannot be per- 
 formed on board, and the procuring of them is essen- 
 tially a shore fishery. The Yarmouth men confine 
 themselves to this branch. They sprinkle the fish 
 Avith salt, and lay thein in a heap on a stone or brick 
 lloor, where they remain about six days ; they are 
 
 *■ Brit. Naturalist. 
 
THE SHORES OE BRITAIN. 
 
 89 
 
 Yarmouth Jetty, in the Herring Fishery. 
 
 then washed, and spitted one by one on long wooden 
 rods, which pass through the gills ; great care is re- 
 quired that they may not touch each other as they 
 hang; the rods are then suspended on ledges, tier 
 above tier, from the top of the house to within eight 
 feet of the ground; a fire is then kindled and fed 
 with green wood, chiefly oak or beach, and main- 
 tained with occasional intermissions, for about three 
 weeks, or, if the fish are intended for exportation, a 
 month ; the fire is then extinguished, and the house 
 allowed to cool, and in a few days the herrings are 
 barrelled. 
 
 2h 
 
90 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Next in importance to the members of the above 
 valuable family is the Mackerel, the most elegantly- 
 beautiful of the finny tribes that throng our shores. 
 It is in season earlier than the Herring, usually 
 appearing in spring, and the fishery is prosecuted in 
 May and June, as in the latter month it spawns. It 
 occurs in most abundance in the southern part of the 
 kingdom, the coasts of Kent and Sussex beiug the 
 chief stations of the fishery. The Mackerel is taken 
 principally by nets, which are so set as to arrest 
 the fish while roving about during the night ; many, 
 however, are taken by means of the hook, the fa- 
 vourite bait being a strip of flesh cut from the tail of 
 a fresh Mackerel, or, in default thereof, a bit of red 
 cloth: the fish bite most readily when the boat is 
 sailing rapidly before the wind. The value of this 
 fish depends, in a more than common degree, on its 
 freshness; and hence it is important that no time be 
 lost in conveying it to market. Fast-sailing boats 
 are therefore kept in readiness to convey the cargoes 
 to London as soon as caught, which usually find it 
 advantageous to secure the aid of steam in ascending 
 the river, as the loss of a single tide may diminish 
 the value of the cargo one half, or even render it 
 utterly unsaleable. During the season, not less than 
 one hundred thousand are thus brought to Billings- 
 gate per week. 
 
 The preceding species, coming in swarming shoals 
 into the shallow waters, are usually taken by nets; 
 but the Cod, another very valuable fish having dif- 
 ferent habits, is taken singly, by hook and line. It 
 does not appear that the Cod is gregarious from 
 
THE SHOUES OF BRITAIN. 
 
 91 
 
 Mackerel-boat OFF Hastings. 
 
 choice; or in any other sense than that of many 
 individuals independently actuated by a similar mo- 
 tive, flocking to any place where food is plentiful. 
 The Cod rarely comes into the shallows; but haunts 
 the deep water, feeding at the rocky bottom, on 
 marine worms, Crustacea, and shelled moUusca. It 
 is a voracious fish. Mr. Crouch records having taken 
 thirty-five crabs, none of them less than a half-crown 
 piece, from the stomach of a single Cod : his greedi- 
 ness is often his own destruction and the fisher- 
 man's advantage, for it induces him readily to seize 
 the bait. It is most abundant on the north and 
 west coasts of Scotland, but is taken in consider- 
 able plenty all round the coasts of our island. In 
 
92 THE OCEAN. 
 
 some of the Ilebricles there are large pools for the 
 preservation of sea-fishes, hollowed out of the solid 
 roek, and communicating with the sea b}^ narrow 
 clefts at high tide. Great numbers of Cod-fishes 
 are kept in these vivaria, and are fed with various 
 garbage, or the bodies of other fishes. The stock 
 is replenished by casting in such individuals as are 
 but slightly injured by the hook in fishing, while 
 small ones, or such as are lacerated, are thrown into 
 the same receptacle, as food for their more fortunate 
 brethren. There are two modes of capturing the 
 Cod with the hook : the one is with what are called 
 in Cornwall bulters, which are long lines, to which 
 are attached, at regular distances, other lines six feet 
 in length, each bearing a hook; the intervals are 
 twice the length of the small lines, to prevent their 
 intertwining; these are shot across the course of the 
 tide. The other mode is by hand-lines, of which 
 each fisherman holds two, one in each hand, and 
 each line bears two hooks at its extremity, which 
 are kept apart by a stout wire going from one to the 
 other. A heavy leaden weight is attached near 
 the hooks, and thus the fisherman feels when his 
 bait is oft' the ground. He continually jerks them 
 up and down, and is thus aware of a fish the moment 
 it is secured. Although this seems a somewhat 
 tedious process of fishing compared with the im- 
 nTense drauglits of the net, it is found in skilful 
 hands to be productive : eight men on the Dogger- 
 bank have taken eighty score of Cod in a day. It 
 is a heavy fisii : Pennant records one Avhich weighed 
 781bs., but this was a giant ; it was sold at Scar- 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 93 
 
 borough for one shilling ! The fish are brought to 
 the mouth of the Thames in stout cutters, furnished 
 with wells, in which they remain alive; hence they 
 are sent up in portions to Billingsgate by the night 
 tide. The cutters lie at Gravesend ; for if they 
 were to advance any higher up the river, the ad- 
 mixture of fresh water would kill the fish in the 
 wells. The liver of the Cod is not the least va- 
 luable part of its body, because it melts almost 
 entirely away into a clear oil, much used in manu- 
 factures. 
 
 There is a family of fishes familiar to us, which 
 are worthy of a moment's notice, not only on ac- 
 count of their importance as objects of commercial 
 speculation, but for their singular and unparalleled 
 deviation from the ordinary structure. These are 
 the Flat-fishes (^Pleuronectidoe)^ comprising the Tur- 
 bot. Plaice, Sole, and some others. Their form is 
 very deep, but at the same time yevy thin, and they 
 are not constituted to swim as other fishes do, Avith 
 the back uppermost, but lying upon one side. They 
 reside wholly upon the bottom, shuffling along by 
 waving their flattened bodies, fringed with the dorsal 
 and anal fins ; and as they are somewhat sluggish in 
 their movements, they need concealment from ene- 
 mies. ^ This is afforded to them by the side which 
 is uppermost being of a dusky-brown hue, undis- 
 tinguishable from the mud on which they rest ; and 
 so conscious are they where their safety lies, that 
 when alarmed, they do not seek to escape by flight, 
 like other fishes, but sink down close to the bottom, 
 and lie perfectly motionless. Even the practised 
 
94 
 
 THE OCEAX. 
 
 eye of the turbot-fislier, with his powers sharpened 
 by interest, fails to detect a fish when thus con- 
 cealed ; and he is obliged to have recourse to another 
 sense, tracing lines upon the mud with an iron- 
 pointed pole, that the touch may discover the latent 
 fish. In the structure of the head, again, there is 
 a peculiar and very remarkable provision for the 
 
 Tttrbot-boat off Scarborough. 
 
 wants of the creature. If the eyes were placed as 
 in all other animals, one on each side of the head, 
 it is plain that the Flat-fishes, habitually grovelling 
 in the manner described, would be deprived of the 
 sight of one eye, which being always buried in the 
 mud, would be quite useless. To meet this difia- 
 culty, the spine is distorted, taking, near the head, 
 a sudden twist to one side ; and thus the two eyes 
 
THE SHOEES OF BRITAIIS^. 95 
 
 are placed on the side which is kept uppermost, 
 where both are available. The inferior side of a 
 Flat-fish is always white. The Turbot is the most 
 highly esteemed of this family, and perhaps of all 
 our fishes, the flesh being of very delicate flavour. 
 The Sole is also a valuable fish. Both of these spe- 
 cies are taken chiefly by trawl-nets, but the former 
 is also caught with the hook. 
 
 The Crustaceous and Testaceous classes afford 
 employment to a considerable number of our po- 
 pulation, and demand our brief attention. Of the 
 former, the chief species selected for food in this 
 count];y are, the Crab, the Lobster, the Prawn, and 
 the Shrimp. Both our salt and fresh waters, how- 
 ever, contain multitudes of other species, some of 
 which are exceedinoflv curious in structure and form. 
 The Crustacea^ like insects, have no internal skeleton ; 
 but instead of it, are encased in a jointed framework, 
 resembling the plate armour of our forefathers, of 
 a texture between shell and bone. The muscles 
 which move the body are attached to the interior 
 of this crust, as our muscles are attached to the 
 bones. The body consists mainly of two parts; 
 the fore-division contains the head and chest, co- 
 vered with a large single plate, and the hinder, the 
 belly covered with several smaller plates^ joined by 
 a tough skin^ and lapping over each other. As this 
 shelly covering is possessed by the animal from its 
 very birth^ it is natural to inquire how it can pos- 
 sibly increase 'in size, seeing it is enclosed in an 
 unjdelding prison. In the Tortoises, which are 
 somewhat similarly encased, the difficulty is met 
 
gg THE OCEAN. 
 
 by a periodical addition to the interior surface of 
 every plate a little wider in diameter than the one 
 before, thus enlarging the capacity of the aggre- 
 gated plates, together with the enlargement of each 
 plate; and this, as I have already observed, is the 
 mode by which the scales of a fish grow. But from 
 the shape and size of the plates on a Crab or a 
 Lobster, and especially of the great one that en- 
 velops the chest, this mode of growth would not 
 answer the purpose. Another contrivance is re- 
 sorted to, of a character perfectly unique ; one of 
 those contrivances that meet ns at every turn in 
 the study of Nature, and that make it so interest- 
 ing and instructive, as manifesting the infinite re- 
 sources of the Mighty God. When the Crustacean 
 finds that from its increasing size it is bound and 
 pressed by its shelly covering, it retires to some 
 hole or cranny for protection, becomes sickly, and 
 refuses to eat. After pining awhile, the softer 
 parts separate from the inside of the crust, even 
 the muscles becoming detached from the skeleton, 
 and take "up a much smaller bulk than before : a 
 thick skin forms over this soft body, replacing the 
 crust, and then the great shield of the chest is 
 thrown off unbroken, and the other plates of the 
 body follow. This seems plain: but it is not so 
 easy to understand how the process is completed. 
 Every one w^ho has looked at a Crab's claw, knows 
 that in a healthy animal it is filled wdth flesh, that 
 the inside is capacious, but that the joints are very 
 small : now, how is the animal to get its flesh freed 
 from this capacious boot ? One would readily say, 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 97 
 
 by splitting it into two portions; but on examining 
 
 the cast-off claws, which are frequently met with, 
 no split or separation can be discovered. The ques- 
 tion is not yet satisfactorily solved; but I believe 
 that through the wasting away of the limbs from 
 sickness and fasting, they become so diminished in 
 size as to be drawn even through the narrow ori- 
 fices of the joints. Every part of the old shell 
 being thus thrown off, antennae, eyes, jaws, and 
 all, the animal fills its body with water, dilating 
 all the parts to a size much exceeding that of the 
 old shell, which the new skin, yet soft and flexible, 
 readily permits. It is necessary that this inflation 
 of the body should take place when newly freed, 
 bacause the skin immediately begins to grow rigid, 
 by lime being deposited in its substance secreted 
 within the body, and rapidly takes the texture and 
 consistence of the shell just rejected. The appetite 
 now returns, and abundance of food soon restores 
 the enlarged animal to its wonted vigour. 
 
 The Crabs, of which there are many species, have 
 the shield of the chest very large and fiat, and usuall}' 
 wider than long : the plates of the belly are small, 
 and folded under the body out of sight. The great 
 pincers or claws have considerable muscular power, 
 and are covered, especially at the extremities, with 
 a shell of almost stony hardness. The Crab wields 
 these formidable weapons with much dexterity, and 
 if he obtains a grasp, holds his opponent with perse- 
 vering tenacity, so that he is not to be despised in 
 single combat» Mr, Mudie tells an amusing anec- 
 dote illustrative of this habit. "We remember/' 
 
98 THE OCEAN. 
 
 sajs he, " an instance in which, but for timely assist- 
 ance, the corporation of a royal borough would have 
 been deprived of its head, through the retentive 
 clutching of a Crab. The borough alluded to is 
 situated on a rocky part of the coast, where shell-fish 
 are so very abundant that they are hardly regarded 
 for any other purpose than as bait for the white 
 fisheryo The official personage was a man of leisure; 
 and one favourite way of filling up that leisure was 
 he capture of Crabs, which, after much ca:re, he had 
 learned to do by catching them in the holes of the 
 rocks, so adroitly, as to avoid their formidable pin- 
 cers. One day he had stretched himself on the top 
 of a rock, and thrusting his arm into a crevice below, 
 got hold of a very large Crab; so large, indeed, that 
 he was unable to get it out in the position in which 
 it had been taken. Shifting his position in order to 
 accommodate the posture of his prey to the size of 
 the aperture, he slipped his hold of the Crab, which 
 immediately made reprisals by catching him by the 
 thumb, and squeezing with so much violence, that 
 he roared aloud. But though there be a vulgar opi- 
 nion, of course an unfounded one, that Lobsters are 
 apt to cast their claws, through fear, at the sound of 
 thunder or of great guns, the thundering and shout- 
 ing of the corporation man had no such efiect upon 
 the Crab. He would gladly have left it to enjoy its 
 hole ; but it would not quit him, but held him as 
 firmly as if he had been in a vice ; and though he 
 rattled it against the rocks with all the power that 
 he could exert, which, pinched as he was by the 
 thumb was not great ; yet he was unable to get out 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 99 
 
 of its clutches. But, ^ticle waits for no man,' even 
 though his thumb should be in a Crab's claw ; and so 
 the flood returned, until the greater part of the arm 
 was in water, and the ripple even beginning to 
 mount to the top of the rock, which, as the tides 
 were high at that particular time, was speedily to 
 be at least a fathom under water ; and destruction 
 seemed inevitable. A townsman who had been fol- 
 lowing the same fishery with an iron hook at the end 
 of a stick, fortunately came in sight; and by intro- 
 ducing that, and detaching the other pincer of the 
 Crab, Avhich is one of the common means of making 
 it let go its hold, he restored the official personage 
 to land and life."'^ 
 
 The fisherman, however, prefers another mode of 
 taking Crabs, than by seeking them in their rocky 
 retreats. He uses pots made of wicker-work, with 
 an opening in the top,- made by the ends of the rods, 
 bent inwards, and converging towards a point; their 
 elasticity allowing a Crab to enter readily enough, 
 but causing them to spring back to their first posi- 
 tion when he is in, presenting only their converged 
 points when he wishes to escape ; the entrance being 
 in the top of the pot, moreover, he cannot well get 
 at it when once inside. Some decaying animal mat- 
 ter is put in by way of bait, which is an unfailing 
 temptation to the Crab's palate, and the pot is sunk 
 in deep water by means of a heavy stone. A line 
 attached to a float on the surface of the water, marks 
 the situation of each pot, and prevents mistakes as to 
 property. 
 
 * Brit. Naturalist, i. 279. 
 
100 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Crab-pots. 
 
 The Lobster is caught in the same manner as 
 the Crab, and both are in great demand for the 
 delicacy of their flesh. A very large proportion of 
 those eaten in England are brought from Norway. 
 At first there does not seem much in common in the 
 form of these two animals, except that both are fur- 
 nished with pincers; but on examination, we shall 
 find that both are constructed on the same model. 
 The shield of the chest, which was broad and flat in 
 the Crab, is long and arched in the Lobster ; and the 
 belly, which was thin, small, and folded out of sight, 
 under the body, is in the latter much larger, and 
 though bent, may be extended, and is terminated by 
 fringed horny plates like a fin ; the antennae, or 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 101 
 
 horn-like processes of the head, are very long. Thus 
 we perceive, and there are many other examples 
 which might be adduced, that it has pleased God 
 to vary the forms of created beings, not by making 
 each on a separate and independent plan, but by 
 creating certain forms, which are viewed as types or 
 models, and varying the parts, common to many spe- 
 cies, in detail. The one mode would have been as 
 easy as the other ; there can be no gradations of faci- 
 lity in creation to Omnipotence ; but doubtless He 
 had wise ends in view in thus proceeding, though we 
 may fail, from ignorance, in discerning them. Pro- 
 bably one reason may have been the formation of 
 one harmonious whole out of the multitude of living 
 creatures, which could not have been formed had 
 every one been essentially different from all others. 
 But, as it is, we see that deviations in structure and 
 form are gradual, that one species varies but little 
 from a certain type, another varies a little more, and 
 so on ; thus connecting each with each in a most 
 beautiful order, something like the manner in which 
 the links of a chain hang from each other, or perhaps 
 still more, like an immense number of circles, so 
 arranged as to touch other circles in many parts of 
 their circumference. Goldsmith flippantly asserts, 
 that the Shrimp and the Prawn '' seem to be the 
 first attempts which Nature made when she medi- 
 tated the formation of the Lobster.'^ Such expres- 
 sions as these, however, are no less unphilosophical 
 than they are derogatory to God's honour; these 
 animals being in an equal degree perfect in their 
 kind, equally formed by consummate wisdom, inca- 
 
102 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 pable of improvement, each filling its own peculiar 
 place in its own circle, which the others could not 
 fill. 
 
 The Shrimper. 
 
 The Shrimp and Prawn, like the Lobster, have the 
 extremity of the body furnished with broad overlap- 
 ping plates, strongly fringed, which, expanding in 
 the shape of a fan, constitute a powerful fin. The 
 body, a little behind the middle, has a remarkable 
 bend downwards, though it may be brought nearly 
 straight. Their m.otion when swimming is very 
 swift, and in a backward direction, and is performed 
 by striking the water forcibly with the tail-fin, the 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIlSr. 103 
 
 body being in a bent position. The Lobster is said 
 to project itself thus, by a single impulse, upwards 
 of thirty feet, and to dart through the water with 
 the fleetness of a bird upon the wing. The Shrimp 
 frequents the shallows, and congregates in numerous 
 shoals, which leap from the surface, as I have often 
 seen. The capture of them is often left to the 
 children of the fishermen, who, wading in the shoal 
 water, with a net fixed at the end of a pole, take 
 them with much ease. 
 
 Under the appellation of Shell-Jish are familiarly 
 included animals having little connection with each 
 other, and still less with fishes. The Fish, the Crab, 
 and the Oyster belong, in fact, to three of the grand 
 sections into which the animal kingdom is distri- 
 buted; and though the last two agree in being in- 
 vested with what is, in common parlance, called "a 
 shell," yet the crust of the one bears no analogy in 
 form, structure, or composition to the shell of the 
 other. Again: those animals which, like the Oyster, 
 are covered with trae calcareous shells, differ greatly 
 from each other: some, as the Periwinkle and the 
 Whelk, being animals of much higher grade in the 
 scale of development than others, as the Oyster or 
 Scallop. The former crawl wTth ease on a broad 
 fleshy disk, as we have all seen in the case of the 
 garden Snail, an animal closely allied to them; they 
 have a distinct head, with tentacles, jaws, and often 
 with eyes; but the latter have no power of crawling, 
 being, for the most part, confined to one spot, no 
 head, no eyes, no tentacles, and no jaws, but are 
 shut up within their two shells, which can be opened 
 
104 THE OCEAN. 
 
 only to a small extent during the life of the animal. 
 Yet we must not for a moment suppose that these 
 creatures are unhappy, or that the meanest occupant 
 even of a bivalve shell is not supplied with every- 
 thing that could conduce to its welfare. It is siN 
 alone that is the source of unhappiness. I will just 
 point out one or two particulars in which the Divine 
 care for these creatures is manifest. All of them 
 have the vital parts of the body protected by a thick 
 fleshy coat, somewhat projecting at the edges, called 
 the mantle : the surface of this organ has the power 
 of forming the shell, by depositing stony matter in 
 a sort of glutinous cement, which soon hardens into 
 a thin layer of shell. If a little piece were broken off 
 the edge of the shell of a Whelk, when alive, the 
 animal would press the surface of the mantle against 
 the fracture, and pass it several times over the place ; 
 a very thin transparent film would then be seen to 
 fill up the space, which in the same way it would 
 increase in thickness, until in a few days we could 
 scarcely distinguish the renewed part from the 
 other, or tell that the shell had been broken, except, 
 perhaps, by a slight variation in colour. As the ani- 
 mal grows, it wants- a larger shell; and the mantle 
 affords the means of increasing its size : the front 
 edge of this organ is thicker than the rest, and is 
 called the collar ; and it is by thrusting this round 
 the edge of the shell, while stony matter is poured 
 out from its surface, that an addition is made to it. 
 In the Bivalves, or those whose shells open and shut 
 like the covers of a book, as the Oyster, the mantle 
 is twofold, covering the body on each side, just within 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 105 
 
 each shell. Instead of a collar, each leaf of the mantle 
 is here fringed with a series of delicate fleshy threads, 
 which secrete the exterior part of the shell, by being 
 thrust out round the edge ; while the whole surface 
 of the mantle deposits the beautiful, rainbow-tinted, 
 pearly substance with which the interior is coated. 
 
 Instead of the fleshy belly on which the Univalves 
 glide along, the Bivalves are furnished with a pecu- 
 liar organ, which in some species serves the purpose 
 of motion. The Oyster, however, and some other 
 species, have no power of changing their position, 
 but are, as it were, cemented to the rock on which 
 the spawn first chanced to fall. The Mussel, again, 
 is fastened, but in a different manner, being moored 
 by a cable of silken threads, which it spins from its 
 own body. But the Cockle, which is eaten by the 
 poor on many of our shores, is enabled to move with 
 considerable rapidity by means of the organ to which 
 I have just alluded. It is somewhat like a tongue, 
 and can assume a great variety of shapes. The 
 Cockle burrows in the mud : having lengthened and 
 stiffened its tongue or foot, it pushes it as far as it 
 can reach into the lyiud ; then bending the tip into a 
 hook, it forcibly contracts it, and thus brings its 
 body, shell and all, into the hole. The Razor-shell, 
 a shell common on sanely beaches, of a long narrow 
 form, has this power still more remarkably deve- 
 loped. 
 
 Many of the islands which stud the sea around the 
 north and west coasts of Scotland are remarkable for 
 the stern grandeur of their precipitous cliffs. One 
 might almost imagine that the surges of the mighty 
 
lOG THE OCEAN. 
 
 Atlantic, dashing against them for ages with iiu- 
 brokeu fury, had undermined their solid foundations, 
 and worn for themselves numerous passages, leaving 
 only columnar rocks of vast height, detatched from 
 one another, though of similar formation and con- 
 struction. Such a rock is the Holm of Xoss, appa- 
 rently severed from the Isle of Noss, from \vliich it 
 is about a hundred feet distant; but t!io clilYs ai-e 
 of stupendous height, and far below, in the narrow 
 gorge, the raging sea boils and foams, so that the 
 beholder can scarcely look downward Avithout horror. 
 But stern necessity impels men to enterprises, from 
 which the boldest would otherwise shrink : to obtain 
 a scanty supply of coarse food for himself and fomily, 
 the hardy inhabitant of the Orkneys dares even the 
 terrors of the Holm of Noss. lu a small boat, with 
 a companion or two, he seeks the base of the cliff; 
 and leaving them below, he fearlessly climbs the pre- 
 cipice, and gains the summit. A thin stratum of 
 earth is found on the top, into which he drives some 
 strong stakes ; and having descended and performed 
 the same operation on the opposite cliiT, he stretches 
 a rope from one to the other, and tightly fastens it. 
 On this rope a sort of basket, called a cradle, is 
 made to traverse, and the adventurous islander now 
 commits himself to the frail car, and suspeniled 
 between sea and sk)", hauls himself backward and 
 forward by means of a line. And do you ask what 
 prize can tempt man to incur such fearful hazard, 
 lavish of his life? It is the esrcrs and vouns; of a sea- 
 bird, the fishy taste and oily smell of whose flesh 
 would present little gratification to any whose senses 
 
THE SHORES r.x^ BRITAIN. 10^ 
 
 were not made obtuse by necessity. The Gannets 
 and Gaillemots dwell in countless myriads on these 
 naked rocks, laying their eggs and rearing their 
 progeny wherever the suriEace presents a ledge suf- 
 ficiently broad to hold them. Their immense 
 numbers render them an object of importance to 
 the inhabitants of these barren islands, who derive 
 from them, either in a fresh state or salted and dried, 
 a considerable portion of their sustenance. 
 
 In some other situations the fowlers have recourse 
 to a still more hazardous mode of procedure. The 
 cliffs are sometimes twelve hundred feet in height, 
 and fearfully overhanging. If it is determined to 
 proceed from above, the adventurer prepares a rope, 
 made either of straw or of hog's bristles, because 
 these materials are less liable to be cut through by 
 the sharp edge of the rock. Having fastened the 
 end of the rope round his body, he is lowered down 
 by a few comrades at the top to the depth of five or 
 six hundred feet. He carries a large bag affixed to 
 his waist, and^ pole in his hand, and wears on his 
 head a thick cap, as a protection against the frag- 
 ments of rock which the friction of the rope per- 
 petually loosens ; large masses, however, occasionally 
 fall and dash him to pieces. 
 
 Having arrived at the region of birds, he pro- 
 ceeds with the utmost coolness and address; plac- 
 ing his feet against a ledge, he will occasionally 
 dart many fathoms into the air, to obtain a better 
 view of the crannies in which the birds are nest- 
 ling, take in all the details at a glance, and again 
 shoot into their haunts. He takes only the eggs 
 
lOS 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 and young, the old birds being too tough to be 
 eaten. Caverns often occur in the perpendicular 
 face of the rock,. AvLich are fovourite resorts of the 
 fowls; but the only access to such situations is by 
 disengaging himself from the rope, and either hold- 
 ing the end in his hand, while he collects his booty, 
 or fastening it round some projecting corner. I 
 
 FowLiXG IN Orkney. 
 
 have heard of an individual, who, either from choice 
 or necessity, was a'ceustomed to go alone on the^e 
 expeditions: supplying the want of confederates 
 above by firmly planting a stout iron bar in the 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 109 
 
 earth, from which he lowered himself. One day, 
 having found such a cavern as I have mentioned, he 
 imprudently disengaged the rope from his body, and 
 entered the cave with the end of it in his hand. In 
 the eagerness of collecting, however, he slipped his 
 hold of the rope, which immediately swung out 
 several yards beyond his reach. The poor man w^s 
 struck with horror ; no soul was within hearing, nor 
 was it possible to make his voice heard in such a 
 position; the edge of the cliff so projected that 
 he never could be seen from the top, even if any 
 one were to look for him; death seemed inevitable, 
 and he felt the hopelessness of his situation. lie 
 remained many hours in a state bordering on stupe- 
 faction; at length he resolved to make one effort, 
 which, if unsuccessful, must hi fatal. Having com- 
 mended himself to God, he rushel to the margin 
 of the cave and sprang into the air, providentially 
 succeeded in grasping the pendulous rope, and v;as 
 saved. 
 
 Sometimes it is thought preferable to make the 
 attempt from below : in this case, several approach 
 the base in a boat; and the most dexterous, bearing 
 a line attached to his body, essays to climb, assisted 
 by his comrades, who push him from below with 
 a pole. When he has gained a place where he can 
 stand firmly, he draws up another with his rope, 
 and then another, until all are up, except one left 
 to manage the boat. They then proceed in exactly 
 the same manner to gain a higher stage, the first 
 climbing and then drawing up the others : and thus 
 the3^ ascend till they arrive at the level of the birds, 
 
110 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 when they collect and throw down their booty to the 
 boat. Sometimes the party remains several days on 
 the expedition, sleeping in the crannies and caverns. 
 This mode is attended with peculiar hazard ; for as 
 a man often hangs suspended merely from the hands 
 of a single comrade, it occasionally happens that the 
 latter cannot sustain his weight, and thus lets him 
 fall, or is himself drawn over the rock, and shares in 
 his companion's miserable death. 
 
 Guillemot and Gannet. 
 
 The object of these daring adventures, which bring 
 to mind the words of Shakspeare, 
 
 ''Half wny down 
 Hangs one that gathers samphire — dreadful trade V* 
 
 is chiefly the Guillemot ( Uria TroUe\ a bird some- 
 
THE SHORES OF BllTTAIX. 
 
 Ill 
 
 •what like tlie Penguin, but with a pointed beak. 
 The Gannet {Sula Bussana) is of the Pelican tribe, 
 and is confined, at least in large congregations, to 
 one or two localities: of Avhich the principal are the 
 Bass Eock on the east coast of Scotland, and Sfc 
 
 The Bass Rock. 
 
 Kilda, the most western of the Hebrides. On these 
 rocky isles they assemble in such countless hosts 
 that they can only be compared to a swarm of bees, 
 or to a shower of snow, the air being filled with 
 them. The inhabitants of the latter isle are said 
 
112 TTTE OCEAN. 
 
 to consume twenty-two thousand of the 3'onng birds 
 every year, besides eggs. They are powerful birds 
 upon the wing, and pursue with much eagerness the 
 shoals of herrings and pilchards, on which they 
 pounce with the perpendicular descent of a stone. 
 Buchanan conjectures that the Gannets destroy 
 more than one hundred millions of herrings an- 
 nually. In flying over Penzance some years since, 
 a Gannet's attention was arrested by a fish lying ou 
 a board. According to custom, down he swooped 
 on the prey; but his imprudence cost him his life; 
 and it was found that from the impetus of his de- 
 scent, the bill had quite transfixed the board, though 
 an inch and a quarter in thickness. The fishermen 
 take advantage of this habit, to allure the bird to 
 its destruction; for they fix a fresh herring to a 
 board, and draw it after a sailing boat with some 
 rapidity through the waves; by which many are 
 killed in the manner just narrated. The apparatus 
 by which this bird is furnished for its aerial powers, 
 as well as for aiding its arrowy descent, is very beau- 
 tiful and instructive. Professor Owen, by inserting 
 a tube into the windpipe, was enabled to inflate the 
 whole body with air, and found that air-cells com- 
 municating with each other, pervaded every part, 
 separating even the muscles from each other, and 
 isolating the very vessels and nerves; and penetrat- 
 ing the bones of the wing. A large air-cell was 
 found to be placed in front of the forked-bone, or 
 clavicles, which was furnished with muscles, whose 
 action was instantaneously to expel tlie air, and thus 
 in a moment to deprive the bird of that buoyancy, 
 
THE SHORES OF BRITAIN. 113 
 
 SO necessary for its flight, but equally detrimental to 
 its swoop. 
 
 Ill some interesting observations, by Colonel Mon- 
 tagu, on the habits of this bird in captivity, the same 
 fact is noticed. When the bird was placed on the 
 water of a pond, nothing could induce him to at- 
 tempt to dive, and from the manner of his putting 
 the bill, and sometimes the whole head, under water, 
 as if searching for fish, it appears that the prey 
 is frequently so taken. It is probable more fish are 
 caught in their congregated migrations, when the 
 shoals are near the surface, than by their descent 
 upon wing; for the herrings, pilchards, mackerel, 
 and other gregarious fishes, cannot at that time avoid 
 their enemy, who is floating in the midst of profu- 
 sion. In the act of respiration there appears to be 
 always some air propelled between the skin and the 
 body of this bird, as a visible expansion and contrac- 
 tion is observed about the breast ; and this singular 
 conformation makes the bird so buoyant that it floats 
 high on the water, and does not sink beneath the 
 surface, as observed in the cormorant and shag. The 
 legs are not placed so far behind as in such of the 
 feathered tribe as procure their subsistence by im- 
 mersion; the Gannet, consequently, has the centre 
 of gravity placed more forward ; and when standing, 
 the body is nearly horizontal, like a goose, and not 
 erect like a cormorant. 
 
 The Gannet collects a sliglit heap of withered 
 grass and dry sea- weeds, on which it lays and hatches 
 its eggs. They perform this duty by turns, one 
 foraging while the other sits. The roamor, after 
 
 Q k2 
 
114 THE OCEAN. 
 
 a predatory excursion, returns to his partner, with 
 five or six herrings in his gorge; these she very 
 complacently pulls out one by one, with much ad- 
 dress. Marten says that they frequently rob each 
 other, and that one which had pillaged a nest, artfully 
 flew out towards the sea with the spoil, and returned 
 again, as if it had gathered the stuff from a different 
 quarter. The owner, though at a distance from his 
 nest, had observed the robbery, and waited the re- 
 turn of the thief, which he attacked with the utmost 
 fury. *'This bloody battle," adds the narrator, 
 "was fought above our heads, and proved fatal to 
 the thief, who fell dead so near our boat, that our 
 men took him up, and presently dressed and ate 
 him." 
 
THE AECTIC SEAS, 
 
 Perhaps in few respects is the character of mo- 
 dern times contrasted with that of antiquity in a 
 higher degree, than in that enterprising spirit which 
 prompts men to penetrate distant regions, submit- 
 ting to unheard-of privations, and braving new diffi- 
 culties and dangers, not only from the stimulus of 
 expected gain, but often from the mere love of 
 knowledge, a desire of gratifying that insatiable and 
 laudable curiosity, in which all science has its origin. 
 The ancient nations, bold and intelligent as they 
 were, knew little of geographical research: pre- 
 cluded from venturing to the north by the dread of 
 frost, and to the south by the scorching heat of the 
 sun, both of which their fears so magnified that they 
 deemed it physically impossible for man to exist in 
 either the one or the other; their expeditions, in 
 peace and war, seem to have been well-nigh bounded 
 by the temperate zone. Thus it happened, that up 
 to the fifteenth century hardly a fourth of the habit- 
 able globe was known to the polished nations of 
 Europe. But then a new era commenced: the dis- 
 covery of one important law, that the magnetized 
 needle points always northward, gave a precision to 
 navigation, and inspired a degree of confidence in 
 the mariner, which soon led to highly interesting 
 and unexpected results. The torrid zone was tra- 
 
 (115) 
 
llg THE OCEAN. 
 
 versed ; that terrible '' Cape of Storms/'^ the south- 
 ern point of Africa, was doubled ; a new world was 
 discovered in the western hemisphere ; and commer- 
 cial enteprise led the hardy sons of western Europe 
 to dare even the icy horrors of the Poles. Of these 
 the Biscayans seem to have been the first, for we 
 find them engaged in the northern whale fishery as 
 early as the year 1575. Before the end of the six- 
 teenth century, the English had engaged in the same 
 enterprise, fishing first on the coast of North Ame- 
 rica, and after a while in the vicinity of Spitzbergen. 
 The Dutch soon' followed, and other nations were not 
 slow in prosecuting the same lucrative employment. 
 Nature in these regions wears an aspect of awful 
 majesty and grandeur, unrelieved by the softer and 
 gentler beauties which distinguish her in the south. 
 In the islands of these seas no meadows smile 
 in emerald verdure, no waving corn-fields gladden 
 the heart of man with their golden undulations; 
 no songs of jocund birds usher in the morning, 
 nor is the evening soothed vdth the indefinable 
 murmur of myriads of humming insects. All is 
 dreary solitude ; and the death-like silence that 
 pervades the scene, inspires a feeling of involun- 
 tary awe, as if the hardy explorer had intruded 
 into a region where he ought not to be. ' The 
 most northern land known to exist is that of the 
 islands of Spitzbergen, the extreme point of which 
 approaches to within ten degrees of the Pole. The 
 
 * This was the name given to the extreme point of Africa by its dis- 
 coverer, Bartholomew Diaz : but, on his return to Portugal, King John 
 II. considered the discovery so auspicious, that he changed the name to 
 "The Cape of Good Hope," which it still retains. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. II7 
 
 coast is generally lofty and precipitous, and is visible 
 in clear weather at a great distance, presenting the 
 peculiar features of Arctic scenery in great perfec- 
 tion. The rocks rise in bold and naked grandeur, 
 their summits shooting into innumerable peaks and 
 ridges, and needles, of fantastic forms, reminding 
 the beholder of the domes and spires of a vast city. 
 Most of these are of dark colours, standing out in 
 bold relief against the sky ; but their appearance is 
 rendered highly picturesque by the vivid contrasts 
 continually presented by the broad patches of un- 
 sullied snow capping their summits, or resting on 
 the ledges and terraces into which their surface is 
 broken, as well as by the glistening accumulations 
 of ice, which fill the valleys nearly to the level of 
 the mountain tops. In approaching the coast in 
 summer, the view is often concealed by the dense 
 fogs so prevalent in that season : suddenly the mist 
 disperses, and these broad contrasts, shown out in 
 startling distinctness beneath a cloudless sun, seem 
 like the sudden creation of a magician's wand. The 
 well-defined outline, and sharp edge of the hues 
 of the picturesque scenery, render it perfectly dis- 
 tinct at a distance at which, in a more southern 
 clime, land would present but a dim and shadowy 
 haze. The objects described may often be clearly 
 seen and well distinguished at the distance of forty 
 miles ; and if, after sailing towards the land for four 
 or five hours before a smart breeze, the atmosphere 
 should become slightly charged with mist, the scene 
 might be apparently even more distant than at first. 
 Thus a phenomenon, reported by one of the earlier 
 
118 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Danisli navigators, which caused no little astonish- 
 ment, may be readily accounted for. He had made 
 the eastern coast of Greenland, and had been sailing 
 towards it for many hours with a fair wind ; but see- 
 ing that the land seemed to be no nearer, he became 
 alarmed, and immediately shifted his course back to, 
 Denmark, attributing the failure of his voyage to 
 the influence of loadstone rocks, hidden beneath the 
 sea, which arrested, the progress of his vessel. 
 
 The peculiar stratification of the rocks in these 
 regions often causes them to assume a walled or cas- 
 tellated appearance, the angles being as sharp and 
 clean as if cut with a mason's tool. Some of their 
 forms resemble so strongly the works of art, that one 
 can scarcely believe them to be freaks of nature. A 
 magnificent instance of snch regularity occurs on the 
 coast of Spitzbergen. Near the head of King's Bay, 
 there are seen, far inland, three piles of rock of 
 regular shape, well known to the whalers by the ap- 
 pellation of the Three CroAvns. " They rest on the 
 top of the ordinary mountains, each commencing 
 with a square table, or horizontal stratum of rock, 
 on the top of which is another, of similar form and 
 height, but of a smaller area; this is continued by 
 a third, and a fourth, and so on, each succeeding 
 stratum being less than the next below it, until it 
 forms a pyramid of steps, almost as regular to ap- 
 pearance as if worked by art."'^ 
 
 The most prominent object in these dreary seas is 
 ice. Even on the land, a large portion of the ground 
 is concealed by perpetually-accumulating ice, while 
 the same substance covers to a great extent the sur- 
 
 * Scoresby. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 119 
 
 face of the ocean. There is scarcely a more beauti- 
 ful object than one of the towering icebergs that so 
 abound in these regions, and that annually come 
 down upon the southern current, into the temper- 
 ate zone. I have seen numbers of these floating 
 islands, of dazzling whiteness, on the coast of New- 
 foundland, whither they are brought every spring 
 out of Baffin's Bay. They do not long endure their 
 transition, but soon melt away in the warm waters of 
 the Atlantic, though they are sometimes seen on the 
 coast of the United States, as far down as Phila- 
 delphia. In watching some small ice-islands, which, 
 having drifted into the ports of Newfoundland, have 
 grounded in shoal water, I have been surprised to 
 observe how very rapid is their dissolution, even in 
 the month of April. Some large ones, however, are 
 frequently seen in the bays of that country,*even in 
 July. They are often of vast dimensions : one seen 
 by RosS; in Baffin's Bay, was estimated to be nearly 
 two miles and a half long, two miles wide, and fifty 
 feet high. Of course this estimate respects only that 
 part which is visible above the surface of the water ; 
 but this is a very small portion of its actual bulk. 
 The relative proportion of the part which is exposed 
 to that which is submerged, varies according to the 
 character of the ice: in Newfoundland the part 
 under water is usually considered to be ten times 
 greater than that exposed, but if the ice be porous, 
 it is not more than eight times greater ; while, on the 
 other hand, Phipps found that of dense ice, fourteen 
 parts out of fifteen sunlc. These floating icebergs 
 are various in form ; sometimes rising into pointed 
 
120 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 spires, like steeples ; sometimes taking the form of a 
 conical hill; sometimes that of an overhanging clift', 
 of most threatening' brow. I have seen some resemble 
 
 Iceberg seen in Baffin's Bay. 
 
 the form of a couching lion ; but, perhaps, the most 
 ordinary form is that of an irregular mass, higher at 
 one end than at the other. In the Arctic seas they 
 often present sharp edges and spiry points; but in 
 their progress southward, the gradual influence of 
 climate smooth's their unevenness, and gives their 
 surface a rounded outline. The action of the waves 
 on the portion beneath the surface, undermining the 
 sides and wearing away the projections, continually 
 alters the position of the centre of grnvity; and 
 sometimes the effect of this is to cause the v/hole 
 gigantic mass to roll over with a thundering crash, 
 making the sea to boil into foam, and causing a swell 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 121 
 
 that is perceptible for miles. When a boat or even a 
 ship is in immediate proximity to an iceberg in such 
 circumstances, the danger is imminent ; but if viewed 
 
 Swell among Ice. 
 
 from a secure distance, the sight is a very interesting 
 one. The first iceberg I ever saw, and one of large 
 size, thus rolled about one-third over while I beheld 
 it, entirely altering its apparent form. Sometimes 
 the effect of the wave's action is to cause a large 
 fragment to fall off, or a crack will extend through 
 the whole mass with a deafening report, or the entire 
 iceberg will fall to pieces, and strew the ocean with 
 the fragments, like the remnants of a wreck. Late 
 in the summer they often become very brittle, and 
 then a slight violence is sufficient to rupture them. 
 Seamen avail themselves of the shelter afforded by. 
 
 L 
 
122 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 ice-islands to moor tlae ship to tliem in storms, carry- 
 ing an anchor upon the ice, and inserting the fluke 
 in a hole made for the purpose. In the state just 
 alluded to, such is the brittleness of the substance, 
 that one blow with an axe is sometimes sufficient to 
 cause the immense mass to rend asunder with fearful 
 noise, one part falling one way, and another in the 
 opposite, often swallowing up the ill-fated mariner, 
 and crushing the gallant bark. 
 
 Ship beset in Ice. 
 
 Contact with floating icebergs, when a ship is 
 under sail, is highly dangerous. From the coolness 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 123 
 
 of the air in their immediate neighbourhood, the 
 moisture of the atmosphere is condensed around 
 them; and hence they are often enveloped in fogs, 
 so as to be invisible within the length of a few 
 fathoms. A momentary relaxation of vigilance on 
 the part of the mariner, may bring the ship's bows 
 on the submerged part of an iceberg, whose sharp 
 needle-like points, hard as rock, instantly pierce the 
 planking, and perhaps open a fatal leak. Many 
 lamentable shipwrecks have resulted from this cause. 
 In the long heavy swell, so common in the open sea, 
 the peril of floating ice is greatly increased, as the 
 huge angular masses are rolled and ground against 
 each other with a force that nothing can resist. 
 
 These ice-islands are quite distinct in their natiire 
 from the field-ice, which so largely overspreads the 
 surface of the sea, and are believed to be entirely of 
 land formation, consisting of fresh water frozen. 
 The process of their formation is interesting: the 
 glens and valleys in the islands of Spitzbergen are 
 filled up with solid ice, which has been accumulating 
 for uncounted ages; these are the sources from 
 whence the floating icebergs are supplied. Perhaps 
 as long ago as the creation of man, or at least as the 
 deluge, these glaciers began in the snows of winter ; 
 the summer sun melted the surface of this snow, and 
 the water thus produced, sinking down into that 
 which remained, saturated it and increased its density. 
 The ensuing winter froze this into a mass of porous 
 ice, and superadded a fresh surface of snow. The 
 same process again going on in summer, of water 
 percolating through the porous crystals, which in its 
 
124 THE OCEAN. 
 
 turn was refrozen, soon changed the lowest stratum 
 into a ni.ass of dense and transparent ice. Centuries 
 of alternate winters and summers have thus produced 
 aggregations of enormous bulk. Scoresby mentions 
 one of eleven miles in length, and four hundred feet 
 in height at the seaward edge, whence it slopes up- 
 ward and backward till it attains the height of six- 
 teen hundred feet; an inclined plane of smooth 
 • unsullied snow, the beauty and magnitude of which 
 render it a very conspicuous landmark on that inhos- 
 pitable shore. The upper surface of a land iceberg is 
 usually somewhat hollow,, and during the summer the 
 concavities are filled with pools or lakes of the purest 
 water, which often wears channels for itself through 
 the substance, or is precipitated in the form of a 
 cataract over the edge. The water freezing in fissures 
 thus produced, and expanding wdth irresistible force, 
 tears off large fragments from the outer edge, which 
 are precipitated into the ocean; and high spring 
 tides, lashed by storms, undermine portions of the 
 base, and produce the same effect. The masses thus 
 dislodged float away, and form ice-islands. When 
 newly broken, the fracture is said to present a 
 glistening surface of a clear greenish blue, approach- 
 ing an emerald green ; but of such as I have myself 
 had an opportunity of examining in Newfoundland, 
 the hollows were of the purest azure. 
 
 ^' On an excursion to one of the Seven Icebergs,^' 
 says Mr. Scoresby, "in Jul}^, 1818, I was particu- 
 larly fortunate in witnessing one of the grandest 
 effects which these polar glaciers ever present. A 
 strong north-westerly swell having for some hours 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 125 
 
 been beating on the shore, had loosened a number 
 of fragments attached to the iceberg, and various 
 heaps of broken ice denoted recent shoots of the 
 seaward edge. As we rode towards it, with a view 
 of proceeding close to its base, I observed a few 
 little pieces fall from the top; and while my eye 
 was fixed upon the place, an immense column, pro- 
 bably fifty feet square, and one hundred and fifty feet 
 high, began to leave the parent ice at the top, and 
 leaning majestically forward, with an accelerated 
 velocity fell with an awful crash into the sea. The 
 water into which it plunged was converted into an 
 appearance of vapour or smoke, like that from a 
 furious cannonading. The noise was equal to that 
 of thunder, which it nearly resembled. The column 
 which fell was nearly square,* and in magnitude 
 resembled a church. It broke into thousands of 
 pieces. This circumstance was a happy caution, for 
 we might inadvertently have gone to the very base 
 of the icy cliff, from whence masses of considerable 
 magnitude were continually breaking."* 
 
 " *Tis sunset : to the firmament serene 
 
 The Atlantic wave reflects a gorgeous scene ; 
 
 Broad in the cloudless west, a belt of gold 
 
 Girds the blue hemisphere; above unrolFd, 
 
 The keen, clear air grows palpable to sight. 
 
 Embodied in a flush of crimson light. 
 
 Through which the evening star, with milder gleam, 
 
 Descends to meet her image in the stream. 
 
 Far in the east, what spectacle unknown 
 
 Allures the eye to gaze on it alone ? 
 
 — Amidst black rocks, that lift on either hand 
 
 Their countless peaks, and mark receding land ; 
 
 ♦ Arctic Regions, i. 104. 
 L2 
 
126 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Amidst a tortuous labyrinth of seas 
 
 That shine around the arctic Cyclades ; 
 
 Amidst a coast of dreariest continent, 
 
 In many a shapeless promontory rent; 
 
 — 0*er rocks, seas, islands, promontories spread, 
 
 The Ice-Blink rears its undulated head ; 
 
 On which the sun, beyond th' horizon shrined. 
 
 Hath left his richest garniture behind ; 
 
 Piled on a hundred arches, ridge by ridge, 
 
 O'er fixed and fluid strides the Alpine bridge, 
 
 "Whose blocks of sapphire seem to mortal eye 
 
 Hewn from cerulean quarries of the sky ; 
 
 With glacier battlements, that crowd the spheres, 
 
 The slow creation of six thousand years, 
 
 Amidst immensity in towers sublime. 
 
 Winter's eternal palace, built by Time. 
 
 All human structures by his touch are borne 
 
 Down to the dust; mountains themselves are worn 
 
 With his light footstep ; here forever grows, 
 
 Amid the region of unmelting snows, 
 
 A monument; where every flake that falls 
 
 Gives adamantine firmness to the walls. 
 
 The sun beholds no mirror, in his race. 
 
 That shows a brighter image of his face ; 
 
 The stars, in their nocturnal vigils, rest 
 
 Like signal fires on its illumined crest; 
 
 The gliding moon around the ramparts wheels. 
 
 And all its magic lights and shades reveals ; 
 
 Beneath, the tide with idle fury raves 
 
 To undermine it through a thousand caves. 
 
 Rent from its roof though thundering fragments oft 
 
 Plunge to the gulf, immovable aloft, 
 
 From age to age, in air, o'er sea, on land, 
 
 Its turrets heighten, and its piers expand."* 
 
 By far the greatest portion of the ice met with 
 in navigating these seas is of marine formation. 
 During the greater part of the year, in high lati- 
 
 * Montgomery's ^^ Greenland," p. 61. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 12^ 
 
 tudes, the process of congelation is always going 
 on at the surface of the sea. If the wind is high, 
 the crystals cannot readily unite into a solid form, 
 but form a spongy mass, called sludge: when this 
 has become somewhat thick, however, the wind can 
 no longer act upon the water, so as to raise little 
 ripples upon it, and the sludge now begins "to 
 catch ;" but the swell prevents one uniform surface 
 being yet formed, and the consequence is, that small 
 rounded plates of ice are produced, called "pan- 
 cakes," the edges of which are raised slightly, by 
 the constant pressure of one against another. The 
 cakes in the centre of the freezing mass now begin 
 to adhere to each other, and thus a solid surface 
 is produced, which gradually extends both its dia- 
 meter and its depth. The individual pieces of 
 which such ice is composed are distinctly to be 
 traced, even when perfectly consolidated, and pre- 
 sent an appearance resembling pavement. But in 
 calm weather, a thin pellicle of ice is simulta- 
 neously produced over the whole surface of the 
 sea, and the formation of the ice-field is much 
 more direct and obvious. Single fields have been 
 seen many leagues in length, and occupying an 
 area of several hundred square miles; being at 
 the same time from three to six feet high, and 
 from ten to twenty deep. The waves produced 
 by storms break up these fields into smaller pieces, 
 called floes, and driving one against another with 
 violence, the edge of one is often lifted upon the 
 other by the force of the pressure, and hummocks 
 or hills, of various shapes and sizes, are raised upon 
 
128 THE OCEAN. 
 
 them. Ice-fields often acquire a rotatory motion; 
 and when Ave consider the immense weight of these 
 ponderous masses, we shall have an idea of the 
 irresistible impetus communicated by such a body 
 in motion. Scoresby calculates one mentioned by 
 him at ten thousand millions of tons : no wonder, 
 that coming in contact with a vessel, her iron knees 
 and oaken timbers should be crushed like a walnut, 
 or that she should be lifted clean out of the water by 
 the pressure, and placed high and dry upon the ice ! 
 From this cause arise many of the accidents which 
 give to the navigation of the Arctic sea its peculiarly- 
 hazardous character. 
 
 When the temperature of the atmosphere is about 
 two or three degrees above the freezing-point, a 
 surface of ice, if placed in a horizontal plane, will 
 melt, not by a general dissolution of its substance, 
 but so as to leave a multitude of perpendicular 
 columns, or needles. In the late attempt to reach 
 the North Pole by boats hauled over the ice. Cap- 
 tain Parry found ice in this condition productive of 
 no little inconvenience. At the very commencement 
 of the journey we find it thus noticed: — "June 
 26. — A great deal of the ice over which we passed 
 to-day presented a very curious appearance and 
 structure, being composed, on its upper surface, 
 of numberless irregular, needle-like crystals, placed 
 vertically, and nearly close together; their length 
 varying, in diiferent pieces of ice, from five to ten 
 inches, and their breadth in the middle about half 
 an inch, but pointed at both ends. The upper sur- 
 face of ice having this structure, sometimes looks 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 129 
 
 like greenish velvet ; a vertical section of it, which 
 frequently occurs at the margin of floes, resembles, 
 while it remains compact, the most beautiful satin 
 spar ; and asbestos, when falling to pieces. At this 
 early part of the season, this kind of ice afforded 
 pretty firm footing ; but as the summer advanced 
 the needles became more loose and movable, ren- 
 dering it extremely fatiguing to walk over them, 
 besides cutting our boots and feet — on which ac- 
 count the men called them penknives."* The Cap- 
 tain attributes this peculiar structure to the heavy 
 drops of rain piercing their way downwards through 
 the ice, and separating it into needles. 
 
 There is no phenomenon that more forcibly brings 
 before the mind of a stranger the novelty of his 
 position, than the absence, on entering within the 
 Arctic Circle, of that constant alternation of day 
 and night, which we are accustomed to consider as 
 inseparable from the constitution of our world. We 
 have learned this fact in our elementary treatises on 
 Geography, but yet it is difficult to realise to the 
 mind a perpetual day, an unsetting sun. When 
 the sun's disk is obscured by a fog, it is no uncom- 
 mon thing for sailors to ask each other if it be night 
 or day : and Phipps, on his return voyage, thought 
 the sight of a star an occurrence of sufficient mo- 
 ment to be inserted in his journal. " August 24th. 
 — We saw Jupiter: the sight of a star was now 
 become almost as extraordinary a phenomenon as 
 the sun at midnight, when we first got within the 
 Arctic Circle." Our voyagers usually seek the^ 
 
 * Narrative of an Attempt, <fec., p. 61. 
 9 
 
130 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Arctic Ocean in spring, and leave it at the ap- 
 proach of autumn; a winter residence there being 
 dreaded as one of the direst calamities that can befall 
 them ; and therefore, until lately, our knowledge 
 of winter phenomena was very meagre, and mainly 
 derived from the reports of a few unhappy men, by 
 accident compelled to remain in a clime so inhos- 
 pitable. By the experience of the officers and crews 
 engaged in the recent voyages of discovery, we have 
 become nearly as familiar with the phenomena of the 
 long winter's night, as with those of the short sum- 
 mer's day. In Spitzbergen the day is rather more 
 than four months long: the night is of the same 
 duration, and in the two months which intervene 
 between the sun's constant presence and his con- 
 stant absence, that luminary rises and sets as with 
 us. But the appearance of the sun in spring is ac- 
 celerated, and its disappearance in autumn retarded, 
 a few days, by the influence of refraction; so that 
 it is actually seen somewhat longer than it is in- 
 visible. Thus Captain Parry, at Melville Island, 
 saw the sun on the first of February, which was 
 about four days earlier than its actual elevation 
 above the horizon ; in like manner it remained 
 visible until the 11th of November, whereas it had 
 actually sunk beneath the horizon on the 7th. 
 Then the darkness of the Arctic winter is not 
 total and incessant; even in the depth of the 
 season, at Spitzbergen, there is a faint twilight 
 for six hours each da^'^, and this is longer and 
 brighter in proportion to the distance from mid- 
 winter on either hand. The moon also shines in 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 
 
 131 
 
 those clear skies with peculiar brilliance, and is 
 often visible twelve or fourteen days without set- 
 ting. There is, moreover, a large proportion of 
 the time, in which the Aurora Borealis illumines 
 
 Aurora Borealis. 
 
 The scene is in the vicinity of the Three Crowns on the Coast of 
 
 Spitzbergen. See p. 106. 
 
 the heavens, and sometimes with an intensity little 
 inferior to moonlight. This interesting meteor is 
 occasionally seen in England, but very rarely with 
 that brilliance with which it shines in the Frigid 
 Zone, and in the northern parts of America. In 
 Newfoundland and Canada I have seen many spe- 
 cimens of the Aurora, and some splendidly coloured 
 with blue, green, and red hues ; sometimes the 
 
132 THE OCEAN. 
 
 whole sky has been flushed with intense crimson, 
 which, reflected from the snow beneath, had an 
 awful, though beautifttl appearance. The follow- 
 ing details of one which I observed in Lower Ca- 
 nada, in February, 1837, will give a notion of the 
 appearance of this meteor in its more usual state. 
 "I first observed it about half-past eight o'clock: 
 a long, low, irregular arch of bright yellow light 
 extended from the north-east to the north-west, 
 the lower edge of which was well defined ; the sky 
 beneath this arch was clear, and appeared black, but 
 it was only by contrast with the light, for on ex- 
 amination, I could not find that it was really darker 
 than the other parts of the clear sky. The upper 
 edge of the arch was not defined, shooting out rays 
 of light towards the zenith: one or two points in 
 the arch were very brilliant, which were varying in 
 their position. Over head, and towards the south, 
 east, and west, flashings of light were darting from 
 side to side: sometimes the sky was dark, then 
 instantly lighted up with these fitful flashes, vanish- 
 ing and changing as rapidly ; sometimes a kind 
 of crown would form around a point south of the 
 zenith, consisting of short converging pencils. At 
 nine o'clock, the upper and southern sky was filled 
 with clouds or undefined patches of light, nearly 
 stationary; the eastern part, near the top, being 
 bright crimson, which speedily spread over the upper 
 part of the northern sky. A series of long converg- 
 ing pencils was now arranged around a blank space 
 about 15^ south of the zenith, the northern and 
 eastern rays blood-red, the southern and western 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. I33 
 
 pale yellow ; the redness would flash about, as did 
 the white light before, still not breaking the general 
 form of the corona. In a few minutes all the red 
 hue had vanished, leaving the upper sky nearly un- 
 occupied. The arch also was now totally gone, and 
 in its place there were only irregular patches of 
 yellow light, of varying radiance. At a quarter 
 past nine the upper sky was again filled with pale 
 flashes: in the north were perpendicular pillars of 
 light, comparatively stationary. At half-past nine 
 there was no material change, and at ten all had 
 assumed a very ordinary appearance, merely large 
 clouds of pale light being visible."* The cause 
 which produces these beautiful coruscations of light 
 in high latitudes has not yet been satisfactorily 
 known : it seems pretty certain that their origin is 
 in general far above our atmosphere. 
 
 Montgomery alludes to the Aurora in the follow- 
 ing beautiful lines : — 
 
 " Midnight hath told his hour : the moon, yet young, 
 Hangs, in the argent west, her bow unstrung ; 
 Larger and fairer, as her lustre fades, 
 Sparkle the stars amidst the deepening shades : 
 Jewels more rich than night^s regalia gem 
 The distant Ice-Blink*s spangled diadem; 
 Like a new morn from orient darkness, there 
 Phosphoric splendours kindle in mid-air. 
 As though from heaven's self-opening portals camo 
 Legions of spirits in an orb of flame, — 
 Flame that from every point an arrow sends. 
 Far as the concave firmament extends : 
 Spun with the tissue of a million lines. 
 Glistening like gossamer the welkin shines : 
 
 * Canadian Naturalist, p. 47. 
 M 
 
234 THE OCEAN. 
 
 The constellations in their pride look pale 
 
 Through the quick trembling brilliance of that veil * 
 
 Then suddenly converged, the meteors rush 
 
 O'er the wide south ', one deep vermilion blush 
 
 O'erspreads Orion glaring on the flood, 
 
 And rabid Sirius foams through fire and blood ; 
 
 Again the circuit of the pole they range, 
 
 Motion and figure every moment change. 
 
 Through all the colours of the rainbow run. 
 
 Or blaze like wrecks of a dissolving sun ; 
 
 Wide ether burns with glor3^, conflict, flight. 
 
 And the glad ocean dances in the light. "-=•' 
 
 This interesting meteor, occurring with more or 
 less of splendour in rapid succession, added, more- 
 over, to the universal reflection of what light may 
 proceed from the heavens by the pure whiteness of 
 the ice and snow, tends greatly to lessen the darkness 
 of the long and dreary night, though these causes 
 cannot diminish the cold. The latter was so intense 
 during the late expeditions of discovery, that the 
 temperature was 55° below zero, or eighty-seven 
 degrees below the freezing-point. 
 
 The remarkable appearances called mock suns, or 
 parhelia^ are extremely frequent within the Arctic 
 Circle. Their usual appearance may be thus de- 
 scribed. When the sun is not far from the horizon, 
 one or more luminous circles, or halos, surround it 
 at a considerable distance; two beams of light go 
 across the innermost circle, passing through the , 
 centre of the sun, the one horizontally, the other 
 perpendicularly, so as to form a cross : where these 
 beams touch the circle, the light is, as it were, con- 
 centrated in a bright spot, sometimes scarcely in- 
 ferior in brilliance to the sun itself; at the corre- 
 
 * ^' Greenland," p. 64. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 
 
 135 
 
 sponding points in the outermost circle, segments of 
 other circles, wholly external, come into contact with 
 it. It is not often that this meteor is seen in the 
 perfection described : occasionally the circles are too 
 
 Mock Suns. 
 Th« scene is the coast of Barrow's Strait. 
 
 faint to be visible; and the mock suns alone are 
 seen in the usual places, and sometimes but one or 
 two of them. Another singular appearance, called 
 the fog-bow, of great beauty and interest, is thus 
 described by Mr. Scoresby: "The intense fogs 
 which prevail in the Polar Seas, at certain seasons, 
 occasionally rest upon the surface of the w^ater, and 
 reach only to an inconsiderable height. At such 
 
136 THE OCEAN. 
 
 times, though objects situated on the water can 
 scarcely be discerned at the distance of a hundred 
 yards, yet the sun will be visible and effulgent. 
 Under such circumstances, on the 19th July, 1813, 
 being at the topmast head, I observed a beautiful 
 circle of about 30° diameter, with bands of vivid 
 colours depicted on the fog. The centre of the circle 
 was in a line drawn from the sun through the point 
 of vision, until it met the visible vapour in a situa- 
 tion exactly opposite the sun. The lower part of 
 the circle descended beneath my feet to the side of 
 the ship ; and although it could not be a hundred feet 
 from the eye, it was perfect, and the colours distinct. 
 The centre of the coloured circle was distinguished 
 by my own shadow, the head of which, enveloped 
 by a halo, was most conspicuously portrayed. The 
 halo or glory was evidently impressed on the fog, but 
 the figure appeared to be a shadow on the water, the 
 different parts of which became obscure in proportion 
 to their remoteness from the head, so that the lower 
 extremities were not perceptible. I remained a long 
 time contemplating the beautiful phenomenon before 
 me. Notwithstanding the sun was brilliant and 
 warm, the fog was uncommonly dense beneath. The 
 sea and ice, within sixty yards of the ship, could 
 scarcely be distinguished. The prospect thus cir- 
 cumscribed served to fix the attention more closely 
 on the only interesting object in sight, whose radi- 
 ance and harmony of colouring, added to the singu- 
 lar appearance of my own image, were productive of 
 sensations of admiration and delight."^ I have 
 
 * Arct. Reg. i. 39-< 
 
m ' 
 
 THE ARCTIC SEAS. I37 
 
 myself had tlie pleasure of witnessing this beautiful 
 phenomenon, precisely as described above, and in 
 the same circumstances : it was in the month of 
 August, 1828, on the coast of Newfoundland, and 
 was viewed from the shrouds of a vessel projected 
 on the surface of a dense but shallow fog. Some- 
 times there are several coloured circles surrounding 
 each other, with a common centre. 
 
 The cause of these appearances seems to be the 
 unequal refraction of the rays of light by passing 
 through media of varying density. To a similar ori- 
 gin may be ascribed those distortions and repetitions 
 of objects near the horizon, called looming^ which are 
 occasionally witnessed even in this country, but in 
 the northern seas are very frequent and amusingly 
 fantastic. The ice around the horizon, either almost 
 flat or varied only by slight irregularities of surface, 
 will appear raised into a lofty wall, and the irregu- 
 larities elevated into numberless spires or towers or 
 pinnacles. Ships will have their hulls magnified into 
 castles ; or the hull will be diminished to a narrow 
 line, and the masts and sails drawn up to a ridiculous 
 length; or some of the sails will be unduly elevated, 
 while others are as unnaturally flattened. But more 
 singular than this is the frequent repetition of the 
 object in the sky just above it. Thus above the 
 spired and turreted wall of ice will be seen on the sky 
 another wall exactly corresponding to it, but upside- 
 down; spire meeting spire, and tower tower. Above 
 a ship will be an inverted figure of the same ship, 
 as palpable and apparently as real as the true one. 
 This I once saw, in two vessels in the Gulf of St. 
 
 M2 
 
■[38 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Lawrence. Sometimes another image may be seen 
 above the inverted one, and sometimes, but very rarely, 
 ev^^-n a fourth. In such cases, the third is always 
 in u right position, and the fourth inverted like 
 
 Distortions of Irregular Refraction. 
 
 the second. An image of a vessel is sometimes seeu 
 projected upon the sky, when nothing corresponding 
 to it is visible below, the real object being far below 
 the horizon. Mr. Scoresby thus saw his father's 
 ship, the Fame, drawn upon the sky, and by the aid 
 of a telescope could make her out so distinctly as to 
 pronounce with confidence upon her identity, when, 
 by comparing notes afterwards, it was found that she 
 was thirty miles distant at the time, and seventeen 
 miles from the extreme point of vision. Somewhat 
 allied to this is the bright gleam seen by night above 
 field-ice, called ice-blink, which is often very service- 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 139 
 
 able ia indicating the presence of ice below the hori- 
 zon ; or by the dark spots and patches in it corre- 
 sponding to the openings of water, directing the 
 seamen, when beset, how to reach them, when other- 
 wise their existence would be unknown. 
 
 The ofl&cers engaged in the late expeditions of dis- 
 covery have remarked the impossibility of correctly 
 measuring distances by the eye when traversing a 
 plain of unbroken snow or ice. Sometimes in tra- 
 velling, they would discern what appeared to be a 
 rock or a hummock of ice of considerable magnitude, 
 and at a great distance ; and having set their course 
 'by it, rejoicing that for some time the painful strain- 
 ing of the sight in keeping the direction would be 
 spared by the advantage of so conspicuous a mark, in 
 a minute or two they would reach it, when it would 
 turn out to be some insignificant object, scarcely 
 larger than a hat. 
 
 Some of the effects of intense cold, as witnessed 
 in these northern climes, are mentioned by Mr. 
 Scoresby, and are interesting, because they never 
 occur in our own country. After mentioning a very 
 sudden depression of the temperature, he says : — 
 *'This remarkable change was attended with singular 
 effects. The circulation of the blood was accelerated ; 
 a sense of parched dryness was excited in the nose ; 
 the mouth, or rather the lips, were contracted in all 
 their dimensions, as by a sphincter, and the articula- 
 tion of many words was rendered difficult and imper- 
 fect ; indeed, every part of the body was more or less 
 stimulated or disordered by the severity'of the cold. 
 A piece of metal, when applied to the tongue, in- 
 
140 THE OCEAN. 
 
 stantly adhered to it, and could not be removed with- 
 out its retaining a portion of the skin ; iron became 
 brittle, and such as was at all of inferior quality, 
 might be fractured by a blow ; brandy of English 
 manufacture and wholesale strength was frozen; 
 quicksilver, by a single process, might have been con- 
 solidated ; the sea, in some places, was in the act of 
 freezing, and in others appeared to smOke, and pro- 
 duced, in the formation oi frost-rime^ an obscurity 
 greater than that of the thickest fog. The subtle 
 principle of magnetism seemed to be, in some way or 
 other, influenced by the frost; for the deck-com- 
 passes became sluggish, or even motionless, while a 
 cabin-compass traversed with celerity. The ship be- 
 came enveloped in ice; the bows, sides, and lower 
 rigging were loaded ; and the rudder, if not repeat- 
 edly freed, would in a short time have been rendered 
 immovable."^ In winter, however, the tempera- 
 ture being much lower, the effects of intense cold 
 are more manifest. Egede observes of Disco Island 
 in the month of January, " The ice and hoar-frost 
 reach through the chimney to the stove's mouth, 
 without being thawed by the fire in the day-time. 
 Over the chimney is an arch of frost, with little 
 holes, through which, the smoke discharges itself. 
 The doors and walls are as if they were plastered 
 over with frost, and, which is scarcely credible, beds 
 are often frozen to the bedsteads. The linen is frozen 
 in the drawers. The upper eider-down bed and the 
 pillows are quite stiff with frost an inch thick, from 
 the breath.'^f Many of these results I have myself 
 
 * Arct. Reg. i. 330. f Crautz, Hist, of Greculaud. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 141 
 
 witnessed in Newfoundland and Lower Canada, some 
 of which I have alluded to elsewhere ;^ in the former 
 country it is not uncommon for the vapour of a 
 sleeping-room, condensed on the windows and walls, 
 to take the foriib of thin narrow blades of ice stand- 
 ing out horizontally, very closely set together ; the 
 whole making a dense coating, of more than half an 
 inch in thickness, of spongy frost. In the first win- 
 ter spent at Melville Island by Captain Parry, an ac- 
 cumulation of a similar substance was observed, that 
 was really astonishing. " The Hecla was fitted with 
 double windows in her stern, the interval between 
 the two sashes being about two feet; and wdthin 
 these some curtains of baize had been nailed close in 
 the early part of the winter. On endeavouring now 
 to remove the curtains, they were found to be so 
 strongly cemented to the windows by the frozen 
 vapour collected between them, that it was neces- 
 sary to cut them oif, in order to open the windows ; 
 and from the space between the double sashes we 
 removed more than twelve large buckets full of ice, 
 or frozen vapour, which had accumulated in the same 
 manner."f 
 
 The shooting out of crystals of beautiful forms, 
 when vapour is deposited upon any very cold sub- 
 stance, is a very pleasing phenomenon. The feather- 
 like hoar-froast, so often seen in winter on stems and 
 blades of grass, is of this character. But it is in the 
 icy seas of the north that this beauty is seen in per- 
 fection. For an interesting description, we have 
 again recourse to Mr. Scoresby. " In the course of 
 
 * CanadiaA Naturalist, 350. f Parry's First Voyage, 146. 
 
142 THE OCEAN. 
 
 the night, the rigging of the ship was most splen- 
 didly decorated with a fringe of delicate crystals.^ 
 The general form of these was that of a feather 
 having half of the vane removed. Near the surface 
 of the ropes was first a small direct line of very 
 white particles, constituting the stem or shaft of the 
 feather ; and from each of these fibres, in another 
 plane, proceeded a short delicate range of spiculae or 
 rays, discoverable only by the help of a microscope, 
 with which the elegant texture and systematic con- 
 struction of the feather were completed. Many of 
 these crystals, possessing a perfect arrangement of 
 the different parts corresponding with the shaft, 
 vane, and rachis of a feather, were upwards of an 
 inch in length, and three-fourths of an inch in 
 breadth. Some consisted of a single flake or feather ; 
 but many of them gave rise to other feathers, which 
 sprang from the surface of the vane at the usual 
 ano;le. There seemed to be no limit to the mao-ni- 
 tude of these feathers, so long as the producing 
 cause continued to operate, until their weight be- 
 came so great, or the action of the wind so forcible, 
 that they were broken oJSf, and fell in flakes to the 
 deck of the ship."* 
 
 In our own winters we are familiar enough with 
 snow; but, probably, few are aware of the exceeding 
 beaut}^, regularity, and delicacy which mark each in- 
 dividual crystal of this production. In our climate, 
 indeed, the temperature during a fall of snow is 
 rarely low enough for the form of the crystals to be 
 perceived ; as they become slightly melted in passing 
 
 * Arct. Reg. i, 437. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. I43 
 
 through the air, and many crystals adhere together, 
 and form the irregular aggregations called flakes of 
 snow. The ordinary form is that of a six-rayed star ; 
 but the rays are often furnished with minute side 
 rays, like the beards of a feather, or are varied in 
 almost infinite diversity. The angle, however, which 
 is formed in crystalization, is invariably the same, 
 namely, one of 60^ ; and .hence arises their symmetry. 
 Frost is a powerful antiseptic; as fermentation 
 will not take place in a low temperature, animal 
 substances may be kept without decay for an inde- 
 finite period. It is customary for the whalers to 
 take OLit their meat unsalted, trusting to this well- 
 known quality of cold. Captain Parry's crew, fast 
 locked up in the ice of Melville Island, enjoyed a 
 Christmas dinner of roast beef, perfectly sweet, 
 which had been put, on board nine months before. 
 The Mammoth which was dislodged by the falling 
 of a cliff at the mouth of the river Lena, had been 
 preserved from putrefaction for uncounted ages. 
 And more affecting instances of this quality have 
 been witnessed in the bodies of men, who, having 
 died in^ these icy regions, had lain for years unburied 
 without decay. In 1774/ the uncouth form of an 
 apparently- deserted ship was met with, strangely 
 encumbered with ice and snow; on boarding her, a 
 solitarj^ man was found in her cabin, his fingers 
 holding the pen, while before him lay the record 
 which that pen had traced, bearing date twelve years 
 before. No appearance of decay was manifest, save ^ 
 that a little greenish mould had accumulated on his 
 forehead. A strange awe crept over the minds of 
 
144 THE OCEAN. 
 
 those who thus first broke in upon his loneliness : 
 for twelve years had that ill-fated bark navigated, 
 through sun and storm, the Polar Sea; and, perhaps, 
 unconsciously solving the problem that had so long 
 baffled human skill and daring, had even crossed the 
 Pole itself. 
 
 But it is time that we turn from the consideration 
 of inanimate nature and atmospheric phenomena, to 
 inquire what are the living productions that cheer 
 the loneliness of the Arctic mariner. Of the vegeta- 
 tion of these regions we know little: the dreary 
 level shores of many of the isles are marshy, and 
 densely clothed with various mosses, which, though 
 frozen in winter, revive in the transient summer. 
 The rocks, too, are covered with lichens of various 
 colours; and a few dwarf flowering plants just rise 
 above the thin soil. Nothing like a tree varies the 
 scene, but large trunks of trees are brought, by the 
 currents, from distant regions, and washed upon the 
 sea beach. Some of the Fuci which are common 
 with us are found also on these shores, and doubt- 
 less many other species which are unknown to us. 
 
 The most notorious of the inhabitants oj these 
 dreary seas are the mighty and gigantic Whales. 
 " There is that leviathan, whom thou hast made to 
 play therein." It is in pursuit of these immense 
 creatures, and especially the Greenland species, the 
 " right Whale'' of the seamen (Balcena mysticetus), 
 that many ships, well-manned and fitted out at grent 
 expense, proceed every year from England, Holland, 
 France, and other nations, into the Arctic zone. This 
 valuable animal has produced to Britain 700,000/. in 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 146 
 
 a single year, and one cargo lias been known to yield 
 11,000^. It is, therefore, well worth our considera- 
 tion, and the more particularly, because in its struc- 
 ture and habits there are more than ordinary evi- 
 dences of that gracious forethought and contrivance, 
 the tracing of which makes the study of nature so 
 instructive. The Greenland Whale has no affinity 
 with fishes ; it is as much a mammal as the ox or the 
 elephant, having warm blood, breathing air, bringing 
 forth living young, and suckling them with true 
 milk. It inhabits the Polar Seas, beyond which 
 there is no satisfactory proof that it has ever been 
 seen. Its length is from fifty to sixty feet, when 
 full grown; perhaps, in extremely rare cases, seventy 
 feet; all statements giving it a greater length than 
 this, either refer to other species, such as the great 
 Rorqual, or are gross exaggerations. The form is 
 rather clumsy, the head being very large, and the 
 mouth reaching to scarcely less than a fourth of the 
 total length of the animal. The gullet is so small as 
 not to admit the passage of a fish so large as a her- 
 ring ; hence its support is derived from creatures of 
 very small bulk, and apparently insignificant, such 
 as shrimps, sea slugs, sea blubbers, and animalcules 
 still smaller, which I will presently notice. But 
 how does it secure its minute and almost invisible 
 prey ? for without some express provision, these 
 atoms would be quite lost in the cavity of its 
 capacious mouth, unless swallowed promiscuously 
 with the water, which would fill the stomach be- 
 fore a hundredth part of the meal was obtained. 
 There is a very peculiar contrivance to meet this 
 10 N 
 
J4J> THE OCEAN. 
 
 jexigency; tlie mouth has no teeth^ but from each 
 •upper jaw proceed more than three liundred horny 
 plates, set parallel to each other, and very close; 
 they run perpendicularly downwards, are fringed ou 
 the inner edge with hair, and diminish in size from 
 the central plate to the first and last, the central one 
 being about twelve feet long. The plates are com- 
 monly called whalebone^ and their substance is well 
 known to everybody; they form an important object 
 of the fishery. The lower jaw is very deep, like a 
 vast spoon, and receives these depending plates, the 
 use of which is this: when the Whale feeds, he swims 
 rapidly just under or at the surfoce, with his mouth 
 wide open; the water with all its contents rushes 
 into the immense cavity, and filters out at the sides 
 between the plates of the whalebone, which are so 
 close, and so finely fringed, that every particle of 
 solid matter is retained. 
 
 Though the Whale, like all other Mammalia,, is 
 formed for .breathing air alone, and is therefore ne- 
 cessitated to come to the surface of the sea at certain 
 intervals, yet those intervals are occasionally of great 
 length. We well know that we could not intermit 
 the process of breathing for a single minute without 
 great inconvenience, and the lapse of only a few mi- 
 nutes would be followed by insensibility and perhaps 
 death. The Whale, however, can remain an hour 
 under water, or, in an emergency, even nearly two 
 hours, though it ordinarily comes up to breathe at 
 intervals of eight or ten minutes, except when feeding, 
 when it is sometimes a quarter of an hour, or twenty 
 minutes submerged. Now the object of breathing 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 147 
 
 is to renew the vital qualities of the blood by 
 l)resenting it to the air, the oxygen in which uniting 
 with the blood renders it again Tit for sustaining 
 life. But if more blood could be oxj^genized at once 
 than is wanted for immediate use, and the overplus 
 deposited in a reservoir until wanted, respiration 
 could be dispensed with for a while. This is actually 
 what the wisdom of God has contrived in the Whale. 
 The exhausted blood, which is returned by the veins, 
 having been renewed by its communication with the 
 air in the lungs, is carried to the heart, whence only 
 a part is carried away into the system, the remainder 
 being received into a great irregular reservoir, con- 
 sisting of a complicated series of arteries, which first 
 lines a large portion of the interior of the chest, then 
 insinuating itself between the ribs, forms a large 
 cushion outside of them near the spine, and also 
 within the spinal tube, and even within the skull. 
 The blood thus reserved is poured into the system 
 as it is needed, and thus prevents the necessity of 
 frequent access to the surface. 
 
 It is an object of importance that the act of breath- 
 ing should be performed with as little effort as possible, 
 and therefore the windpipe is made to terminate 
 not in the mouth, nor in nostrils placed at the 
 extremity of the muzzle. If this were the case it 
 would require a large portion of the head and body to 
 be projected from the water, or else that the animal 
 should throw itself into a perpendicular position; 
 either of which alternatives would be inconvenient 
 when swimming rapidly, as, for example, endeavouring 
 to escape when harpooned. The .windpipe, there- 
 
148 THE OCEAN. 
 
 fore, eommunicates with the air at the very top of 
 the head, which, by a peculiar rising or hump at that 
 part, is the very highest part of the animal when 
 horizontal, so that it can breathe when none of its body 
 is exposed except the very orifice itself. The Whale 
 often begins to breathe when a little below the sur- 
 face, and then the force with which the air is expired 
 blows up the water lying above in a jet or stream, 
 which with the condensed moisture of the breath 
 itself constitutes what are called ''the spoutings," 
 and which are attended with a rushing noise that may 
 be heard upwards of a mile. Some naturalists have 
 maintained that a stream of water is ejected from the 
 blow-hole in the form of an united column, mounting 
 high before it falls again in a shower. But from my 
 own observation on many individuals (seen in the 
 Atlantic), I incline to the former conclusion; as I 
 have invariably seen the ejected matter, instead of 
 forming a column, and falling in a shower, sail away 
 upon the breeze like a little white cloud. These 
 were, I suppose, Eorquals: but what is true of one 
 species, is probably true of all. There are one or 
 two other beautiful cuntrivances connected with the 
 structure of this air-passage, that are well worth no- 
 ticing. In the agony and terror caused by the blow 
 of the harpoon, the Whale usually plunges directly 
 downward into the depths of the sea, and that with 
 such force that the mouth has been found on return- 
 ing to the surface, covered with the mud of the bot- 
 tom ; while in some instances the jaws, and in others 
 the skull, have been fractured by the violence with 
 which they have struck the ground. A Whale has 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. I49 
 
 been known to descend perpendicularly to the depth 
 of a mile, as measured bj the length of line "run 
 out;" where the pressure of the immense body of 
 water above would be equal to a ton upon every 
 square inch. And Mr. Scoresby mentions a case in 
 which a boat that was accidentally entangled was 
 carried down by the Whale, which was presently 
 captured, and the boat recovered by being drawn up 
 with the line; but from the intense pressure, the 
 water had been forced into the pores of the solid 
 oak, so that it was completely saturated, and sunk 
 like lead : the paint came off in large sheets, and the 
 wood thrown aside to be used as fuel, was found to 
 be useless, for it would not burn. A piece of the 
 lightest fir- wood, which was in the boat, came up in 
 exactly the same soaked condition, having totally 
 lost the power of floating. To resist such a pressure 
 as this, the blow-holes of the Whale tribe are closed 
 with a valve-like stopper of great density and elasti- 
 city, somewhat resembling India-rubber, which, ac- 
 curately fitting the orifice, excludes all water from 
 the windpipe, becoming more tightly inserted in 
 proportion to the pressure. 
 
 But this precaution would be vain, if the structure 
 of the interior of the mouth were the same as in 
 other Mammalia. Usually the windpipe and gullet 
 open into a hollow at the back of the mouth, and 
 the passage to the nostrils proceeds from it likewise. 
 The windpipe passes up in front of the gullet, and 
 the food which passes over the former is prevented 
 from entering it by a lid or valve, which shuts down 
 during the act of swallowing, but at other times is 
 
 n2 
 
150 THE OCEAN. 
 
 erect. But if sucli were the construction in the 
 Whale, the force with which the water rushes into 
 the mouth would inevitably carry a large portion of 
 the fluid down upon the lungs, and the animal would 
 be suffocated. The windpipe is therefore carried 
 upward in a conical form, with the aperture upon 
 the top, and this projecting cone is received into the 
 lower end of the blowing-tube, which tightly grasps 
 it ; and thus the communication between the lungs 
 and the air is effected by a continuous tube, which 
 crosses the orifice of the gullet, leaving a space on 
 each side for the passage of the food. 
 
 It is doubtless to give increased power of resist- 
 ance to the eye of the Whale in the pressure of 
 enormous depths, that there is a peculiar thickness 
 in the sclerotic coat. This is the part which in man 
 is usually called the ivhite of the eye. ^'When we 
 make a section of the whole eye, cutting through the 
 cornea^ the sclerotic coat, which is as dense as tanned 
 leather, increases in thickness towards the back part, 
 and is full five times the thickness behind that it is 
 at the anterior part. The fore part of the eye sus- 
 tains the pressure from without, and requires no ad- 
 ditional support ; but were the back part to yield, 
 the globe would then be distended in that direction, 
 and the whole interior of the eye consequently suffer 
 derangement. We see, then, the necessity of the 
 coats being thus remarkably thickened behind."^ 
 
 Another no less interesting deviation from ordinary 
 structure is found in the skin; the object still being 
 defence against external pressure. Every one is pro- 
 
 * Paley's Nat. Theol., Bell and Brougham's edit. p. 40. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 151 
 
 bably aware that the body of the Whale is encased in 
 a thick coat of fat, denominated blubber, varying in 
 diameter from eight inches^ to nearly^ two feet in dif- 
 ferent parts of the animal. It has, however, been only 
 recently known that this fat lies not under the skin, 
 but actually in its substance, I shall describe this in 
 the words of Professor Jacob, who first made known 
 this interesting peculiarity: — "That structure in 
 which the oil is deposited, denominated blubber, is 
 the true skin of the animal, modified certainly for 
 the purpose of holding this fluid oil, but still being 
 the true skin. Upon close examination it is found 
 to consist of an interlacement of fibres, crossing each 
 other in every direction, as in common skin, but more 
 open in texture, to leave room for the oil. Taking 
 the hog as an example of an animal covered with an 
 external layer of fat, we find that we can raise the 
 true skin without any difficulty, leaving a thick layer 
 of cellular membrane, loaded with fat, of the same 
 nature as that in the other parts of the body ; on the 
 contrary, in the "Whale it is altogether impossible to 
 raise any layer of skin distinct from the rest of the 
 blubber, however thick it may be; and, in flensing a 
 Whale, the operator removes this blubber or skin 
 from the muscular parts beneath, merely dividing 
 with his spade the connecting cellular membrane.""^ 
 Such a structure as this, being firm and elastic in the 
 highest degree, operates like so much India-rubber, 
 possessing a density and power of resistance which in- 
 creases* with the pressure. But this thick coating of 
 fat subserves other important uses. An inhabitant 
 
 * Dublin PhiloSc Journ. i. 356. 
 
152 THE OCEAN. 
 
 of seas where tlie cold is most intense, yet warm- 
 blooded, and dependent for existence on keeping up 
 the animal heat,Hhe Whale is furnished in this thick 
 wrapper with a substance which resists the abstrac- 
 tion of heat from the body as fast as it is generated, 
 and thus is kept comfortably warm in the fiercest 
 polar winters. Again, the oil contained in the cells 
 of the skin being specifically lighter than water,' adds 
 to the buoyancy of the animal, and thus saves much 
 muscular exertion in swimming horizontally and in 
 rising to the surface; the bones, being of a porous or 
 spongy texture, have a similar influence. 
 
 These few particulars in the physiology of these 
 vast creatures may serve to carry our minds up in 
 adoring wonder to the mercy as well as wisdom of 
 the Lord God Almighty, and may give us a glimpse 
 of the meaning of that glorious truth, "And God 
 saw everything that He had made, and behold it 
 was VERY GOOD." Many other instances of beau- 
 tiful contrivance and design might easily be added, 
 in the construction of the mouth, the eyes, the fins, 
 the tail ; but all would lead us to the same result : 
 and these which I have adduced may be taken as 
 a sample of the rich feast which the study of nature 
 affords to the Christian student. 
 
 The capture of these immense animals, from their 
 vast strength, the fickle element on which it is pur- 
 sued, and the horrors peculiar to the Arctic regions, 
 is an adventure of extraordinary hazard. The ships, 
 built for the purpose, and strengthened with much 
 oak and iron, leave the northern parts of this country 
 *«xrlv in April, and by the end of the mo^^V. 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 163 
 
 usually reach the scene of their enterprise. Arrived 
 within the limits of constant day, an unceasing watch 
 is kept for Whales, by an officer stationed in a snug 
 sort of pulpit, called the crow^s-nest^ made of hoops 
 and canvas, and well secured at the main-topmast 
 head. The boats, which combine strength and light- 
 ness, are always kept hanging over the sides and 
 quarters of the ship, ready furnished for pursuit, so 
 that on the appearance of a Whale being announced 
 from aloft, one or more boats can be despatched iu 
 less than a minute. Each boat carries a harpooner, 
 whose station is in the bow, a steersman, and several 
 rowers. In an open space in the bow of the boat 
 is placed a line sometimes more than 4000 feet in 
 length, coiled up with beautiful regularity and scru- 
 pulous care. The end of this is fastened to the 
 harpoon, a most important weapon, made of the 
 toughest iron, somewhat in the form of an anchor, 
 but brought to an edge and point. Instead of steel 
 being employed, as is commonly supposed, the very 
 softest iron is chosen for this important implement, 
 so that it may be scraped to an edge with a knife. A 
 long staff is affixed to the harpoon, by which it is 
 wielded. The boat is swiftly, but silently, rowed up 
 to the unconscious Whale, and when within a few 
 yards, the harpooner darts his weapon into its body. 
 Smarting and surprised, the animal darts away into 
 the depth of the ocean, but carries the harpoon 
 sticking fast by the barbs, while the coiled line 
 runs out with amazing velocity. A sheeve or pulley 
 is provided, over which it passes-; but if by accident 
 it slips out of its place, the friction is so great that 
 
154 _THE OCEAN. 
 
 the bow of the boat is speedily enveloped in smoke, 
 and instances are not unfrequent of the gunwale 
 even bursting into a flame, or even of the head of the 
 boat being actually sawn off" by the line. To prevent 
 this, a bucket of water is always kept at hand, to 
 allay the friction. Accidents even still more tragic 
 sometimes occur from entanglements of the line. 
 *'A sailor belonging to the John of Greenock, in 
 1818, happening to slip into a coil of running rope, 
 had his foot entirely cut off, and was obliged to have 
 the lower part of the leg amputated. A harpooner 
 belonging to the Hamilton, when engaged in lancing 
 a Whale, incautiously cast a little line under his foot. 
 The pain of the lance induced the Whale to dart sud- 
 denly downwards ; his line began, to run out from 
 ■under his feet, and in an instant caught him by a 
 turn round the body. He had just time to call out, 
 * Clear away the line. — Oh dear!' when he was 
 almost cut asunder^ dragged overboard, and never 
 seen afterwards.'^ Many such-like anecdotes are on 
 record. 
 
 When a boat is " fast" to the Whale, a little flag 
 is instantly hoisted in the stern as a signal to tlie 
 ship, and other boats are at once despatched to its 
 assistance. Sometimes, before their help can arrive, 
 the united lines of the boats first sent are all run 
 out, in which case the men are obliged to cut the 
 line, and lose it with the Whale, or the boat would 
 be dragged under water. But generally some of the 
 free boats can approach sufficiently near the animal 
 on his return to the surface, to dart another harpoon 
 into his body; perhaps he again dives, but returns 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. X55 
 
 much exhausted. The men now thrust into his body- 
 long and slender steel lances, and aiming at the vitals 
 these wounds soon prove fatal: blood mixed with 
 water is discharged from the blow-holes, and pre- 
 sently streams of blood alone are ejected, which 
 frequently drench the boats and men, and colour 
 the sea far around. Sometimes the last agony of the 
 victim is. marked by convulsive motions with the tail, 
 attended with imminent danger; but at other times, 
 it yields its life quietly, turning gently over on its 
 side. The flags are now struck, ,three hearty cheers 
 resound, and the unwieldy prey is towed in triumph 
 to the ship. 
 
 So huge a mass, of course, is slowly moved 
 through the water, but there are few operations 
 that are more joyously performed; it is like the 
 harvest-home of the farmer. When arrived, it is 
 secured alongside the ship, and somewhat stretched 
 by tackles at the head and tail, and the process of 
 flensing commences. The men having shoes armed 
 with long iron spikes to maintain their footing, get 
 down on the huge and slippery carcass, and with 
 very long knives and sharp spades make parallel cuts 
 through the blubber, from the head to the tail. A 
 band of fat, however, is left around the neck, called 
 the hent^ to which hooks and ropes are attached for 
 the purpose of shifting round the carcass. The long 
 parallel strips are divided across into portions weigh- 
 ing about half a ton each, and being separated from 
 the flesh beneath, are hoisted on board, chopped into 
 pieces, and put into casks. When the whalebone 
 is exposed, it is detached by spades, &c., made for the 
 
156 THE OCEAK. 
 
 purpose, and hoisted on deck in a mass ; it is then 
 split into junks, containing eight or ten blades each. 
 Sometimes the jaws are taken out, and being fixed in 
 a perpendicular position on deck, with the extremi- 
 ties in vessels, a considerable quantity of oil gradu- 
 ally drains from them. The carcass is then cut away 
 as valueless to man, though a valuable prize to bears, 
 birds, and sharks. Sometimes the carcass sinks im- 
 mediately. Mr. Scoresby mentions a case in which 
 it had been cut adrift prematurely, one of the men 
 being still upon it: it began to sink, but unfortu- 
 nately a hook in his boot had a firm hold of the 
 flesh ; he convulsively grasped the side of the boat 
 in which his comrades were, and the whole immense 
 weight was suspended, by his foot. The torture was 
 extreme; it was expected every instant that his foot 
 would be rent ofl^ or that his body would be torn 
 asunder; but presently, by the merciful interposi- 
 tion of God, one of his companions contrived to hook 
 a grapnel into the carcass, and it was drawn suffi- 
 ciently near the surface for him to be extricated. 
 
 The Whale to which the preceding notices refer, 
 is by no means the largest of the tribe, as the Great 
 Eorqual {Baloenoptera hoops) sometimes attains 
 nearly double the length of the former. Two spe- 
 cimens have been measured of the length of one 
 hundred and five feet, and Sir A. de Capell Brooke 
 asserts, that it is occasionally seen of the enormous 
 dimensions of a hundred and twenty feet The 
 Rorqual inhabits the same seas as the " right" 
 Whale, but is not usually seen in company vnih 
 it; they seem rather to avoid each other. The 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 157 
 
 thinness of its blubber, and the shortness of its 
 whalebone, render it of far less value than the other 
 species; besides which, its swiftness, strength, and 
 determination, render it a hazardous enemy to en- 
 counter. Hence it is usually avoided by the whalers, 
 though the adventurous inhabitants of the Arctic 
 shores of Europe do not hesitate to attack it. It 
 is worthy of our notice, however, on account of its 
 affording an instance of what has been called, in 
 an examination of the care of Almighty God over 
 his inferior creatures, the principle of compensation, 
 AVhen any organ, or set of organs that answer pur- 
 poses very important in the economy of an animal, 
 are removed in a kindred species with similar habits, 
 or are so modified as no longer to serve the same 
 purpose, some new structure is bestowed upon it, 
 to supply the lack of that which is removed. AYe 
 have seen how the Whale feeds, by receiving into its 
 mouth a large quantity of water, which is filtered 
 through the whalebone. In order to this, the mouth 
 is made very capacious by the bowing over of the 
 upper jaws in the form of a high arch, the blades of 
 whalebone filling up the bow. But in the Eorqual 
 the two jaws are nearly straight, and the blades vary 
 little in length, so that thus far the cavity of the 
 mouth is inconsiderable. Here comes in the com- 
 pensation : the lower part of the mouth (or, exter- 
 nally, the chin and throat), instead of being stretched 
 tightly across the branches of the lower jaw, are 
 wrinkled' up into many longitudinal folds, v/hich, 
 when the water rushes into the mouth, expand and 
 make a capacious pouch or bag. On shutting the 
 
 
 
158 THE OCEAN. 
 
 moutli and contracting the muscles of the tliroat, the 
 flesh is pursed up again into folds, and the water is 
 driven, as in the former case, through the whalebone, 
 which secures the food. 
 
 The Whales, gigantic as they are, yet having little 
 power of offence, find lo their cost, in common 
 with nobler creatures, that harmlessness is often no 
 resource against violence. Several species of the 
 voracious Sharks make the Whale the object of 
 their peculiar attacks; the Arctic Shark {Scymnus 
 lorealis) is said, with its serrated teeth, to scoop out 
 hemispherical pieces of flesh from the Whale's body 
 as big as a man's head, and to proceed without mercy 
 until its appetite is satiated. Another Shark, often 
 called the Thresher {^Carcharias vulpes\ which is 
 sometimes upwards of twelve feet long, is said to 
 use its muscular tail, that is nearly half its whole 
 length, to inflict terrible slaps on the Whale; though 
 one would be apt to imagine that if this whipping 
 were all, the huge creature Avould be more fright- 
 ened than hurt. The Sword-fish {Xiphias gladius\ 
 however, in the long and bony spear that projects 
 from its snout, seems to be furnished with a weapon 
 which may reasonably alarm even the leviathan of 
 the deep, especially as the will to use his sword, if 
 we may believe eye-witnesses, is in nowise deficient. 
 The late Captain Crow records an incident of this 
 kind with much circumstantiality : " One morning," 
 he observes, "during a calm, when near the He- 
 brides, all hands were called up at 3 am, to witness 
 a battle between several of the fish, called Threshers, 
 or Fox Sharks, and some Sword-fish, on one side, 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. Igl 
 
 and an enormous Whale on the other. It was in the 
 middle of summer, and the weather being clear, and 
 the fish close to the vessel, we had a fine opportunity 
 of witnessing the combat. As soon as the Whale's 
 back appeared above the water, the Threshers, 
 springing several yards into the air, descended with 
 great violence upon the object of their rancour, and 
 inflicted upon him the most severe slaps with their 
 long tails, the sound of which resembled the reports 
 of muskets fired at a distance. The Sword-fish, in 
 their turn, attacked the distressed Whale, stabbing 
 from below ; and thus beset on all sides and wounded, 
 when the poor creature appeared, the water around 
 him was dyed with blood. In this manner they 
 continued tormenting and wounding him for many 
 hours, until we lost sight of him; and I have no 
 doubt they, in the end, completed his destruction."*^ 
 Some discredit has been thrown on this and similar 
 accounts, on the ground that the fishes could have no 
 object in persecuting the Whale ; but the circum- 
 stance is not more extraordinary than the well- 
 known custom which little birds have of surround- 
 ing and teasing, or " mobbing," as it is called, 
 any large bird to which they are unaccustomed-. It 
 has been objected, that the Captain describes the 
 proceedings of the Sword-fish from below, when, 
 from the reflecti^on of the surface, he could not pos- 
 sibly see them. But, on the contrary, the incident 
 is said to have occurred ** close to the vessel ;" and 
 any one who has been at sea knows that in a calm, 
 by going aloft, you can see to a great depth in the 
 
 *" Memoirs of Capt. H. Crow, p. 11. 
 11 o2 
 
162 THE OCEAN. 
 
 water. The habit liere attributed to the Sword-fish 
 is confirmed by the frequency with which ships are 
 struck with great violence, most museums possessing 
 fragments of the planking of ships in which the 
 ''sword" of this finny tyrant is imbedded. It is 
 with reason supposed that the dark and bulky hull 
 is by the fish mistaken for - the body of a Whale. 
 The only resource which this gigantic animal has 
 for getting rid of his troublesome foes, is said to 
 be by diving to unfathomable depths, where their 
 structure could not for an instant sustain the enor- 
 mous pressure. 
 
 Another animal has been accused of joining in 
 these assaults, I suppose from having been con- 
 founded with the Sword-fish. It is the Narwhal, 
 or Sea Unicorn {Monodon monoceros\ a very dif- 
 ferent creature ; in fact, being a first-cousin of the 
 Whale himself. This interesting animal, the beauty 
 of the northern seas, must be acquitted of this 
 charge, being as inoffensive as his great relative. 
 It is a very singular creature, formed in many re- 
 spects like the Whale, but much more graceful. 
 The colour is grey above, and pure white beneath, 
 the whole spotted or mottled with a blackish hue. 
 From the head projects a long straight horn of solid 
 ifsrory, in the same line as the body ; sometimes, but 
 rarely, there are two. The structure and origin of 
 this horn (which has given much celebrity to this 
 handsome creature) are very peculiar. It is, in fact, 
 the tooth, and the only one it possesses in general; 
 the fellow-tooth, however, exists within the bone of 
 the jaw, but undeveloped, lying shut up like the 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 
 
 1C3 
 
 v.»r^._r -^s^-i; 
 
 Spearing the Narwhal. 
 
 kernel of a nut. It is usually the left tooth that 
 projects. Considerable uncertainty exists about the 
 use of this long and spiral tusk. Some have sup- 
 posed that it is used to search for food, by raking 
 in the mud at the bottom, or to pierce thin ice at 
 the surface, to obtain access to the air; but Mr. 
 Scoresby appears to have thrown considerable light 
 upon it, by having met with an individual in whose 
 stomach, among the remains of other fishes, was 
 found a skate, almost entire, which was two feet 
 three inches long, and one foot eight inches wide. 
 "Now it appears remarkable," observes this gentle- 
 
164 THE OCEAN. 
 
 man, "that the Narwhal, an animal without teeth, 
 a small mouth, and with stiff lips, should be able 
 to catch and swallow so large a fish as a skate, 
 the breadth of which is nearly three times as great 
 as the width of its own mouth. It seems probable 
 that the skates had been pierced with the horn, and 
 killed before they were devoured; otherwise it is 
 difficult to imagine hoAv the Narwhal could have 
 swallowed them, or how a fish of any activity would 
 have permitted itself to be taken, and sucked down 
 the throat of a smooth-mouthed animal, without 
 teeth to detain and compress it." 
 
 We know but little of the true fishes that inhabit 
 the Arctic Seas. It appears, however, that many of the 
 more important of those which are common with us, 
 are common also there; not the subjects of an annual 
 migration, but widely distributed at all times. On 
 the authority of a French naval officer, it would even 
 seem that some species at least may undergo a sort 
 of torpidity. " Admiral Tleville Lepley, who had 
 had his home on the ocean for half a century, as- 
 sured Mo Lacepede that in Greenland, in the smaller 
 bays surrounded with rock, so common on this coast, 
 where the water is always calm, and the bottom 
 generally soft mud and juice, he had seen in the 
 beginning of spring myriads of Mackerel, with their 
 heads sunk some inches in the mud, their tails ele- 
 vated vertically above its level ; and that the mass 
 of fish was such, that at a distance it might be taken 
 for a reef of rocks. The Admiral supposed that the 
 Mackerel had passed the winter torpid, under the ice 
 and snow, and added that, for fifteen or twenty days 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. 165 
 
 after their arrival, these fishes were affected with a 
 kind of blindness, and that then many were taken 
 with the net ; but as they recovered their sight the 
 nets would not answer, and hooks and lines were 
 used."^ In illustration of the great depth to which 
 the eye can penetrate in these seas, from the trans- 
 parency of the water, Captain Wood, who visited 
 Spitzbergen in 1676, observed that, at the depth of 
 four hundred and eighty feet, the shells on the bot- 
 tom were distinctly visible. 
 
 The minute animals which constitute the food 
 of the Whales, form a very interesting subject of 
 contemplation. If any of my young readers have 
 ever been upon the sea, though only in a boat, a 
 few miles from the shore, they cannot fail to have 
 observed floating in the water some round masses of 
 transparent substance, like clear jelly, which alter- 
 nately contract and dilate their bodies, or sometimes 
 turn themselves, as it were, partly inside out. They 
 are of various sizes, from that of a large plate to a 
 microscopical minuteness; and some are set with 
 rings, within each other, like eyes, and some are 
 curiously fringed at the edge. These Medusce^ or 
 Sea-blubbers, as they are familiarly called, form a 
 considerable portion of the Whale's food, many 
 species of them being abundant in its haunts. An- 
 other little animal occurs there in immense hosts, the 
 Clio borealis, which bears some slight resemblance 
 to a butterfly just emerged from the chrysalis, before 
 the wings are expanded. Near the head there is 
 on each side a large fin or wing, by the motions of 
 
 * Edin. Juurual ul Science. 
 
166 
 
 THE OCEAX. 
 
 which it changes its place. These motions are 
 amusing; and as the little creatures are so abundant, 
 
 Food of the Whale: 
 1, Limacina helicina ; 2, 3, 4, Medusae ; 5, Clio borealia* 
 
 they make the dreary sea quite alive with their gam- 
 bols as they dance merrily along. In swimming, the 
 Clio brings the tips of its fins almost into contact, 
 first on one side, then on the other: in calm weather 
 they rise to the surface in myriads, for the purpose of 
 breathing, bat scarcely have they reached it before 
 they again descend into the deep. Mr. Scoresby 
 kept several of them alive in a glass of sea- water for 
 about a month, when they gradually wasted away 
 and diedo The head of one of these little creatares 
 exhibits a most astonishing display of the wisdom of 
 God in creation. Around the mouth are placed six 
 tentacles, each of which is covered with aboat three 
 thousand red specks, which are seen by the micro- 
 scope to be transparent cylinders, each containing 
 about twenty little suckers, capable of being thrust 
 out, and adapted for seizing and holding their minute 
 prey, "Thus, therefore, there will be three hundred 
 
THE ARCTIC SEAS. Igf 
 
 and sixty thousand of these microscopic suckers 
 upon the head of one Clio; an apparatus for pre- 
 hension perhaps unequalled in the creation." 
 
 Numerous as are the hosts of these frolicsome 
 little beings, there are, however, others which vastly 
 exceed them in number; which pass, indeed, beyond 
 the possibility of human computation. Navigators 
 had often noticed, in certain parts of the Arctic Sea, 
 that the water, instead of retaining its usual trans- 
 parency, was densely opaque, and that its hue was 
 grass-green, or sometimes olive-green. It is com- 
 monly known as the "green- water," and though 
 liable to slight shiftings from the force of currents, is 
 pretty constant in its position, occupying about one- 
 fourth of the whole Greenland sea. Mr. Scoresby 
 was the first who ascertained the cause of this pecu- 
 liar hue: on examination he found that the water 
 was densely filled with very minute Medusce^ for the 
 most part undistinguishable without a microscope. 
 He computes that within the compass of two square 
 miles, supposing these animalcules to extend to the 
 depth of two hundred and fifty fathoms, there would 
 be congregated a number which eighty thousand 
 persons, counting incessantly from the Creation un- 
 til now, would not have enumerated, though they 
 worked at the rate of a million per week! And 
 when we consider that the area occupied by this 
 green water in the Greenland seas is not less than 
 twenty thousand square miles, what a vast idea does 
 it give us of the profusion of animal life, and of the 
 beneficence of Him who '^openeth His hand, and 
 satisfieth the desire of every living thing !" 
 
Igg THE OCEAN. 
 
 Several species of minute Crabs and Shrimps 
 occur also in great numbers, and constitute no small 
 portion of the food of the Whale. One little crea- 
 ture, in particular {Carwer nugax\ was found to 
 swarm even beneath the ice, in the temporary so- 
 journ of the discovery expeditions in winter quar- 
 ters. The men had often noticed the shrinking of 
 their salt meat which had been put to soak; and 
 a goose that had been frozen, on being immersed to 
 thaw, was, in the lapse of forty-eight hours, reduced 
 to a perfect skeleton. The officers afterwards availed 
 themselves of the services of these industrious little 
 anatomists, to obtain cleaned skeletons of such small 
 animals as they procured, merely taking the pre- 
 caution of tying the specimen in a loose bag of 
 gauze or netting, for the preservation of any of the 
 smaller bones that might be separated by the con- 
 sumption of the ligamentjs. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 
 
 The Atlantic is much better known to us than 
 any other of the great divisions of the Ocean, be- 
 cause, washing the shores of the principal commerical 
 nations, it has been more traversed and explored. 
 Its edges, on each side, are, in a greater degree than 
 those of any other, hollowed into bays and harbours, 
 and it is connected with the chief inland seas, such 
 as the Baltic, Mediterranean, and Black Seas, on the 
 one hand, and the Gulf of Mexico, and the Bays, 
 or, rather Seas, of Hudson and Baffin, on the other. 
 If, then, the importance of an Ocean is estimated by 
 the length of the line of coast which borders it, the 
 Atlantic takes precedency of all, exceeding even the 
 Pacific in this respect, 'in the proportion of about 
 four to three. It is remarkable, that it is the north- 
 ern half which has so winding a coast, and to whicti, 
 also, are confined the inland seas : and it is this part 
 that is bordered with nations celebrated for naviga- 
 tion and commerce, the maritime nations of Europe 
 and the United States. Unlike the Pacific, whose 
 vast solitudes are rarely broken by the presence of 
 a ship, the Atlantic is continually ploughed by the 
 keels, and spangled with the banners, of powerful 
 empires, conveying from shore to shore those diver- 
 sified commodities, the interchange of which so 
 
 E (icy) 
 
170 THE OCEAN. • 
 
 greatly promotes peace and good- will, and is, there- 
 fore, fraught with blessings to mankind. 
 
 Leaving behind us the inhospitable waters of the 
 north, let us take an imaginary voyage through this 
 important and interesting portion of the great deep, 
 still having an open eye to mark the footsteps of 
 Him whose ^'way is in the sea, and His path in the 
 great waters." The north breeze blows cheerily, 
 though coldly, and the sun, daily attaining a more 
 elevated position at noon, while the pole-star nightly 
 approaches the horizon, tells us of our rapid progress 
 southward. By and by, the shout of " Land ho !" 
 directs our attention to the horizon, where, with 
 straining eyes, we dimly discern w^hat appears to be 
 a faint mass of cloud, of so evanescent a hue, that 
 a landsman looks long in the direction of the sea- 
 man's finger, and yet continues dubious whether 
 anything is really visible or not. Now he says con- 
 fidently, *' Ha ! I caught a glance of it then :'' but 
 presently it turns out that his eye has been directed 
 to a point quite wide of the indicated locality ; and 
 again he slowly but vainly sweeps the horizon with 
 his eye, in search of what the practised vision of the 
 mariner detects and recognises at a glance. Mean- 
 while, the ship rushes on before the cheerful breeze ; 
 we go down to breakfast; and on again coming ou 
 deck, there no longer remains any doubt ; there lies 
 the land on the lee bow, high and blue, and pal- 
 pable. It is one of the Azores ; and as we draw 
 nearer, we discern and admire the picturesque beau- 
 ties by which they are*^ distinguished. The lofty 
 cliffe of varying hues rear their bold heads perpen- 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. l»yl 
 
 dicularly from the foaming waves, cut and seamed 
 into dark chasms and ravines, through which rocky- 
 torrents find a noisy course, while here and there 
 a little stream is poured over the very summit of the 
 precipice, the cascade descending in a white narrow 
 line, conspicuous against the dark rock behind, until 
 the wind carries it away in feathery spray, long be- 
 fore it reaches the bottom. The sunlight throws 
 the prominences and cavities of the cliffs into broad 
 masses of light and shadow, which, ever changing 
 as the ship rapidly alters her position, give a magic 
 character to the scene. Here and there, on the 
 sides of the hills farther inland, the lawns and fields 
 of lively green, speckled with white villas and ham- 
 lets, and relieved by the rich verdure of the orange- 
 groves, present a softer but not less pleasing pros- 
 pect. Other islands of this interesting group gradu- 
 ally rise from the horizon, all of similar character, 
 but diverse in appearance from their various dis- 
 tance; some showing out in palpable distinctness, 
 and others seen only in shadowy outline. But there 
 is one which, from the singularity of its shape, arrests 
 the attention. A mountain, of a very regularly 
 conical form, seems to rise abruptly from the sea, 
 with remarkable steepness, verdant almost to the 
 summit; it is almost like a sugar-loaf, with a rounded 
 top, crowned by a nipple-like prominence, which is 
 often veiled by clouds. It is the Peak of Pico, 
 seven thousand feet in height, second in celebrity, 
 as in elevation, only to the Peak of Teneriffe. A 
 recent visitor has thus described the picturesque 
 beauty of this oceanic mountain :— -^^ The hoary head 
 
n2 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Pico. 
 
 of Pico presents a great variety of beauty. One 
 afternoon it was lightly powdered with snow, so as 
 to give it a tint of sober olive ; with a larger quan- 
 tity of frost or snow, and stronger and more direct 
 sunshine, it has looked like dead silver ; at another 
 time it was tipped with fire ; at another it was pavi- 
 lioned in flame-coloured clouds ; — a few light mists 
 wou]d shut it entirely out, or, where transparent, 
 give to it a wan and visionary hue ; and in the even- 
 ing, when the clouds put on a gayer livery, becoming 
 rose-coloured, or purple, or bronzed, the changes and 
 flushes would almost remind you of the variable 
 colours on a pigeon's neck ; or, as a poet has said, 
 
 'Of hues thnt blush and glow 
 Like angels* win^'^t-.' "••• 
 
 Bullars Azores, i. 368. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCKAN. l^^ 
 
 Some curious traditions are found in the writings 
 of the ancients respecting an island of very large size, 
 believed to have once existed in the Atlantic. Plato, 
 in the Timaeus, gives the fullest account of this 
 island, which was called Atlantis. It is stated to have 
 been nearly two hundred miles in length, situated 
 opposite the Straits of Gibraltar. It was fertile and 
 populous, and some of the warlike chiefs among 
 whom it was divided, are said to have made irrup- 
 tions upon the continent, and to have conquered a 
 considerable part of Eui*ope and Northern Africa. 
 Several other islands are described as situated in the 
 vicinity of Atlantis, beyond which lay a continent 
 superior in size to all Europe and Africa. At length, 
 the whole island is reported to have been swallowed 
 up by the sea; after which, for a long period, that 
 part of the Ocean was of difficult and dangerous navi- 
 gation, on account of the numerous rocks and shelves 
 which lay beneath the surface. There are many cir- 
 cumstances which render it improbable that this 
 story, marvellous as it is, is entirely a fiction. It 
 has been supposed that the great island Avas Cuba, 
 the surrounding ones the other "West Indies, and the 
 great continent America ; and that the cessation of 
 intercourse with these regions, through the decay of 
 naval enterprise, gave rise to the tradition that the 
 island itself had disappeared. But this would not 
 explain the matter-of-fact statement of the rocky 
 shallows^ after the catastrophe ; nor would the dis- 
 tance of Cuba from Europe permit martial invasions 
 of this continent to be readily made from it. ' Others 
 have concluded — and this does not seem to my own 
 
 p2 
 
1Y4 THE OCEAN. 
 
 mind inconsistent with probability — that the state- 
 ments of the ancients may be literally true ; that 
 by the action of an earthquake, of which we have 
 had instances in modern times, the island may have 
 been submerged, and that the Azores are the sum- 
 mits of the highest mountains. It seems somewhat 
 to confirm this opinion, that these islands are evi- 
 dently volcanic in their origin, and are very sub- 
 ject to earthquakes, — nay, the very phenomenon of 
 islands swallowed up by the sea has repeatedly oc- 
 curred here within historical record. It is true, that 
 in these instances the island itself was small, and 
 had been but recently raised by volcanic action; 
 but it does not seem necessary that in similar cases 
 there should be an exact parallelism, either in size 
 or duration. The last of these occurrences was so 
 remarkable on other accounts as to be well worthy of 
 a detailed description, which is given by an eye-wit- 
 ness, Captain Tillard, an officer of the British navy : 
 "Approaching the island of St. Michael's, on the 
 12th June, 1811, we occasionally observed, rising in 
 the horizon, two or three columns of smoke, such 
 as would have been occasioned by an action between 
 two ships, to which cause we universally attributed 
 its origin. This opinion was, however, in a very 
 short time changed, from the smoke increasing and 
 ascending in much larger bodies than could possibly 
 have been produced by such an event; and having 
 heard an account, prior to our sailing from Lisbon, 
 that in the preceding January or February a volcano 
 had burst out within the sea near St. Michael's, we 
 immediately concluded that the smoke we saw pro- 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 175 
 
 ceeded from that cause, and on our anchoring the 
 next morning in the road of Ponta del Gada, we 
 found this conjecture correct as to the cause, but 
 not as to the time; the eruption of January having 
 totally subsided, and the present one having only 
 burst forth two days prior to our approach, and 
 about three miles distant from the one before al- 
 luded to." 
 
 The Captain having proceeded to a cliff on the 
 island of St. MichaeFs, about three or four hundred 
 feet high, from which the eruption was scarcely a 
 mile distant, proceeds to describe its appearance: 
 ^'Imagine an immense body of smoke rising from 
 the sea, the surface of which was marked by the 
 silvery rippling of the waves. In a quiescent state, 
 it had tlie appearance of a circular cloud revolving 
 on the water, lik^e a horizontal wheel, in various and 
 irregular involutions, expanding itself gradually on 
 the lee side; when suddenly, a column of the 
 blackest cinders, ashes, and stones, would shoot up 
 •in the form of a spire, at an angle of from ten to 
 twenty degrees from a perpendicular line, the angle 
 of inclination being universally to windward; this 
 was rapidly succeeded by a second, third, and fourth 
 shower, each acquiring greater velocity, and over- 
 topping tlie other, till they had attained an altitude 
 as much above the level of our eye as the sea was 
 below it. 
 
 ^'As the impetus with which the several columns 
 were severally propelled diminished, and their as- 
 cending motion had nearly ceased, they broke into 
 various branches resembling a group of pines : these 
 
ne 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Submarine Volcano. 
 
 again forming themselves into festoons of wKite fea- 
 thery smoke, in the most fanciful manner imaginable, 
 intermixed with the finest particles of falling ashes, 
 which at one time assumed the appearance of innu- 
 merable plumes of black and white ostrich feathers 
 surmounting each other; at another, that of the 
 Irght wavy branches of a weeping willow. 
 
 "During these bursts, the most vivid flashes of 
 lightning continually issued from the densest part of 
 the volcano ; and the cloud of smoke now ascend- 
 ing to an altitude much above the highest point to 
 which the ashes were projected, rolled oif in large 
 masses of fleecy clouds, gradually expanding them- 
 selves before the wind in a direction nearly hori- 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. l^^*J 
 
 zontal, and drawing up to them a quantity of water- 
 spouts, which formed a most beautiful and striking 
 addition to the general appearance of the scene." 
 
 In the course of a few hours, a crater had been 
 thrown up by these eruptions, to the height of 
 twenty feet above the sea, and apparently three or 
 four hundred feet in diameter. Eepeated shocks of 
 an earthquake accompanied the explosion. The 
 narrator was obliged to leave the neighbourhood 
 on the succeeding day, at which time the volcanic 
 eruption was seen from a distance to be still raging 
 with undiminished fury. About three weeks after- 
 wards he returned to the spot, and found all quiet, 
 bat the newly -formed island had increased to a mile 
 in circumference, and the highest part appeared to 
 have an elevation of about two hundred and forty 
 feet. On landing, he found the place still smoking, 
 and the larger crater nearly full of water in a boiling 
 state, which was being discharged into the Ocean by 
 a stream about six yards across : this stream, close to 
 the edge of the sea, was so hot, as barely to admit 
 the momentary immersion of the finger.* On the 
 11th of October, in the same year, this island sank 
 beneath the Ocean from which it had emerged, 
 leaving a dangerous shoal in the neighbourhood, 
 thus realizing the traditionary fate of the island of 
 Atlantis. 
 
 But let us pursue our voyage. As we follow the 
 getting sun to his bed among the Indian islands of 
 the west, the tedium of our way across the trackless 
 
 * Trans. Roy. Soc. 1812. 
 12 
 
1Y8 THE OCEAN. 
 
 waste is enlivened by those cheerful little birds, the 
 Petrels (Procellaria pelagica\ the constant com- 
 panions of the sailor, by whom they are familiarly 
 named Mother Carey's chickens. They are pecu- 
 liarly Ocean-birds : rarely approaching the shore, 
 except when they seek gloomy and inaccessible rocks 
 for the purpose of breeding ; they are never seen but 
 in association with the boundless waste of waters. 
 Scarcely larger than the swallow that darts through 
 our streets, one wonders that so frail a little bird 
 should brave the fury of the tempest ; but when the 
 masts are cracking, and the cordage shrieking fit- 
 fully in the fierce blast, and when the sea is leaping 
 up into mountainous waves, whose foaming crests 
 are torn off in invisible mist before the violence of 
 the gale, the little Petrel flits hither and thither, 
 now treading the brow of the watery hill, now 
 sweeping through the valley, piping its singular note 
 with as much glee as if it were the very spirit of the 
 storm, which the superstitious mariner, indeed, attri- 
 butes to its evil agency. Flocks of these little birds^ 
 more or less numerous, accompany ships, often for 
 many days successively, not, as has been asserted, 
 to seek a refuge from the storm in their shelter, 
 but to feed on the greasy particles which the cook 
 now and then throws overboard, or the floating sub- 
 stances which the vessel's motion brings to the sur- 
 face. It is a pleasing sight to see them crowd up 
 close under the stern with confiding fearlessness, 
 their sooty wings horizontally extended, and their 
 tiny web-feet put down to feel the water, while they 
 pick up with their beaks the minute atoms of food 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 1^9 
 
 of whicli they are in search. I have been surprised 
 to notice how very quickly a flock will collect, 
 though a few moments before scarcely one could 
 be seen in any direction ; and again they disperse 
 as speedily. They seem to have the power of dis- 
 pensing with sleep, at least for very long intervals. 
 "Wilson, one of the most accurate of observers, has 
 recorded a fact illustrative of this : " In firing at 
 these birds, a quill-feather was broken in each wing 
 of an individual, and hung fluttering in the wind, 
 which rendered it so conspicuous among the rest, as 
 to be known to all on board. This bird, notwith- 
 standing its inconvenience, continued with us for 
 nearly a weeh^ during which we sailed a distance 
 of more than four hundred miles to the north." Of 
 course, if this individual had gone to sleep, the 
 vessel would have sailed away, and we can hardly 
 imagine that it would have again found her in her 
 pathless course. I do not believe they have ever 
 been known to alight on the rigging or deck of a 
 ship. 
 
 It is a pity that so interesting a little creature 
 as this should become the object of a degrading 
 and meaningless superstition. The persuasion that 
 they are in some mysterious manner connected with 
 the creation of storms, is so prevalent among sea- 
 men, as to render them, innocent and confiding as 
 they are, objects of general dislike^ and often even 
 of hatred. I once made a voyage with a captain, 
 who, though a man of much intelligence, was not 
 proof against this absurd superstition, venting hearty 
 execrations against these "devil's imps/' as he called 
 
IgO THE OCEAN; 
 
 them, in every gale, as if tliey had been the mali- 
 cious authors of it. If this unoffending little bird 
 does afford any indication of a coming storm, dis- 
 covered by its more acute perceptions, which, never- 
 theless, I very much doubt, why should not those 
 who navigate the Ocean, receive its warning with 
 gratitude, and make preparations for security, instead 
 of following it with profane and impotent curses ? 
 *^ As well might they curse the midnight lighthouse 
 that, star-like, guides them on their watery way, or 
 the buoy that warns them of the sunken rocks below, 
 as this harmless wanderer, whose manner informs 
 them of the approach of the storm, and thereby 
 enables them to prepare for it." 
 
 A frequent relief to the tedium of a long voyage 
 is found in the shoals of playful Dolphins {Del- 
 phinus delphis^ <fc.) which so often perform their 
 amusing gambols around us. They may be discerned 
 at a great distance ; as they are continually leaping 
 from the surface of the sea, an action which, as it 
 seems to have no obvious object, is probably the 
 mere exuberance of animal mirth. When a shoal is 
 seen thus frolicing at the distance of a mile or two, 
 in a few moments, having caught sight of the ship, 
 down they come trooping with the velocity of the 
 wind, impelled by curiosity to discover what being 
 of monstrous bulk thus invades their domain. When 
 arrived, they display their agility in a thousand 
 graceful motions, now leaping with curved bodies 
 many feet into the air, then darting through a wave 
 with incredible velo(^ity, leaving a slender wake of 
 whitening foam under the water; now the thin back- 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. Igj 
 
 fin only is exposed, cutting the surface like a knife ; 
 then the broad and muscular tail is elevated as the 
 animal plunges perpendicularly down into the depth, 
 or dives beneath the keel to explore the opposite 
 side. So smooth are their bodies, that their gam- 
 bols are performed with surprisingly little disturbance 
 of the water, and even when descending from their 
 agile somersets they make scarcely any splash. The 
 colour of the upper parts of their bodies is of a deep 
 black, but by a deception of the sight, caused, pro- 
 bably, by the swiftness of their motions, and by the 
 gleaming of the light from their wet and glittering 
 skin, they appear in the air and under water of a 
 light-greenish grey. After having taken a few rapid 
 turns under and around the vessel, the whole shoal, 
 consisting of a dozen or two, usually congregate 
 immediately beneath the bowsprit, where they re- 
 main sometimes for hours, romping and rolling about 
 as if the ship were perfectly stationary, instead of 
 spanking along at the rate of seven or eight knots 
 an hour, apparently making no effort to go ahead, 
 and yet keeping their relative position with admir- 
 able dexterity and precision. But they are allowed 
 to remain so long undisturbed only when the duties 
 of the ship demand the attention of the hands: for 
 if there be a few moments of leisure, the presence 
 of a shoal of Dolphins is too tempting to pass un- 
 heeded. Some one of the crew reputed to be skil- 
 ful in wielding the harpoon, in small vessels ofteti 
 the captain himself, goes forward, and having taken 
 his station upon the bowsprit-heel, or upon one of 
 the cat-heads, poises his implement of war, and waits 
 
 Q 
 
Ig2 THE OCEAN. 
 
 a favourable moment of attack. Now the bows are 
 thronged with anxious faces; the usual discipline 
 of the ship is relaxed on such occasions; even the 
 sooty cook leaves his caboose, and with the dirty 
 cabin-boy endeavours to witness the interesting per- 
 formance. All are there but the man at the wheel, 
 and even he stands on tip-toe to catch a glimpse 
 of what is going on, and neglecting his helm, "yaws" 
 the ship about s^dly. The unsuspecting visitors 
 continue their romps: presently one comes wdthin 
 aim, pretty near the surface; the dart is thrown, and 
 if the trembling anxiety of the harpooner have not 
 marred his skill, strikes its object: I have known 
 it, however, take effect obliquely on the side, cutting 
 deeply into the flesh, but retaining no hold; in which 
 case the poor wounded creature, with its bowels ex- 
 posed and protruding, instantly shoots away, accom- 
 panied by all its fellows, not, however, to sympathize 
 with it, or afford it any assistance, but, if the sailors 
 may be believed, to fall upon and devour it. But 
 we will suppose that the barbed weapon has trans- 
 fixed the animal in the back, and, piercing through 
 the superficial coat of fat, has lodged deep in the 
 solid flesh. The Dolphin plunges convulsively: the 
 whole herd are gone like a thought, leaving their 
 unhappy comrade to his fate: the stout line stretches 
 with the force, but brings him up with a jerk ; the 
 barbs are beneath the tough muscles, and resist all 
 his endeavours for freedom: a dozen eager hands 
 are thrust forth to grasp the line and haul him to 
 the surface. The struggles of the desperate crea- 
 ture are now tremendous: the water all around is 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 183 
 
 lashed into boiling foam, reddened with the life-blood 
 that is fast ebbing from his wound. Two or three 
 of the most agile now jump into the fore-chains, 
 with the end of a rope formed into a running noose; 
 they hang this down into the water, and endeavour 
 to get the bight over his tail; many trials are un- 
 successfully made to do this, for the frantic motions 
 of the animal render it a very difficult operation; at 
 length, however, it is drawn over, tightened, and the 
 prey is considered secure. It is now comparatively 
 easy, with the aid of a boat-hook, to pass another 
 rope under the body, just behind the breast-fins, and 
 then he is soon hoisted on deck. I have been asto- 
 nished to observe how very inadequate is the notion 
 one forms of the dimensions of these animals by see- 
 ing them only in the water; an individual that mea- 
 sures eight feet in length, appearing in water not 
 more tlian four or five. The muscular power is very 
 great, but is chiefly concentrated in the tail, and, 
 therefore, when the animal is removed from its na- 
 tive element, it is almost helpless, its exertions being 
 confined to the violent blows which it inflicts upon 
 the deck with this broad and powerful organ. In 
 all essential particulars, the Dolphin agrees with the 
 Whale already described, being of the same order; 
 but it differs in having an upright fin on the back, 
 and both the upper and lower jaws armed with nume- 
 rous small, close, and pointed teeth. In one speci- 
 men which 1 saw captured, I counted one hundred 
 and fifty-two in all; they are beautifully regular, 
 and those of one jaw fit into the interstices of the 
 other. The Dolphin differs from the Porpesse {Pho- 
 
2g4 THE OCEAN. 
 
 ccena) by having the jaws lengthened out into a long 
 and slender beak, almost like that of some bird : ia 
 other respects, there is little difference between the 
 Porpesse and the Dolphin. Both are very voracious, 
 pursuing any prey they can master: in the stomach 
 of one taken in the Atlantic, I found a number of 
 the beaks of Cuttles {Sepiadce). A century or two 
 ago, the flesh of this animal was esteemed a dainty 
 worthy the attention of epicures in this country; 
 but now it is relished only by those whom the salt 
 provisions of a long voyage have rendered less choice 
 than they would be under other circumstances. From 
 the abundance of blood, the meat is very dark in 
 appearance; but to my own taste, on one or two 
 occasions, with my appetite sharpened by the pri- 
 vation just mentioned, steaks cut from it and fried 
 have seemed very savoury and agreeable. 
 
 Now the long yellow strings of floating weed, 
 which lie in parallel lines pointing to the wind, or 
 the broader masses that resemble meadows parched 
 by protracted drought, inform us that we are in that 
 mighty current of tepid water, the Gulf-stream. We 
 hasten to the gangway, and having drawn a few 
 buckets of clear transparent water, which we deposit 
 in a tub, collect with a boat-hook, a quantity of the 
 floating weed, and immerse it in the tub of water 
 to be examined. Many of the stems and berry- 
 like air-vessels are coated with a thin and delicate 
 tissue of shelly substance {Flustra)^ of a greyish 
 hue, like very minute network, so delicate as not 
 at all to disfigure or conceal the form of the sub- 
 stance on which it is spread. Attached to the weed 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 185 
 
 are groups of little Barnacles {Lepas\ from the 
 size of a pin's head to half an inch in length. While 
 under water, these are incessantly projecting and re- 
 tracting the elegant curled apparatus of cirri with 
 which they are furnished, resembling a plume of 
 feathers; from which resemblance it probably was 
 that the inhabitants of a species found on the Scot- 
 tish coast were asserted to be ^'of that nature to be 
 finally by nature of seas resolved into geese."^ The 
 purpose of this continual motion of the fringed arms 
 appears to be twofold; first, to make a constant eddy 
 in the surrounding water, and thus bring minute ani- 
 mals within reach, and then to enclose such as are 
 brought in as by the cast of a net, and convey them 
 to the mouth. Crawling on the surface of the weed 
 we may now and then find a nimble little Crab 
 (Lupa\ with the shell on each side projecting hori- 
 zontally into a sharp spine. We are surprised at 
 first to find a Crab on the surface of the Ocean, as 
 the species with which we are familiar have not the 
 power of swimming. On endeavouring to procure 
 one for examination, however, we no sooner touch 
 the fragment of the weed with the boat-hook,, than the 
 watchful little Crab hurries off into the water, and 
 swims rapidly away out of reach. If we be for- 
 tunate enough to secure one by skilful manoeuvring 
 with the bucket or dip-net, we shall discover a 
 peculiar structure, by means of which these Ocean- 
 crabs are endowed with the faculty of swimming. 
 In the common Crab, all the feet, except the claws, 
 terminate in a sharp point, but in the present genus 
 
 * Boece, Cosmography of Albioun. Edin. about 1541. 
 q2 
 
186 THE OCEAN. 
 
 the hindmost pair have the last joint flattened out 
 into a thin but broad oval plate, the edge of which 
 is thickly fringed with fine hairs. This structure is 
 exactly parallel to that by which the foot of a perch- 
 ing bird is modified into the foot of a swimming 
 bird, the surface being dilated into a broad web; or 
 to the wide fringe by which the hind feet of a water- 
 beetle are made such powerful oars; the flattened 
 joint in the present case becoming a paddle, by the 
 stroke of which a rapid motion is obtained through 
 the water. These Swimming Crabs are very vora- 
 cious, preying upon the little shrimps that are nume- 
 rous about the weed, which they pursue and seize 
 with their pincers. Sometimes the Crab remains 
 at rest, but vigilant, until a shrimp swims wdthin 
 reach, when he grasps it with great quickness, and 
 proceeds to devour it by degrees. In doing this, 
 he holds it fast by one claw, while with the other 
 he picks oif very daintily the legs and other mem- 
 bers of his prey, putting them bit by bit into his 
 mouth, until nothing remains but the tail, which he 
 rejects. 
 
 The weed is usually the resort of several small 
 species of fishes, which doubtless congregate about 
 it for the sake of the minute Crustacea that are so 
 abundant. Among them I have found a very in- 
 teresting little species of Toad-fish (A^itenyiarms), 
 whose pectoral and ventral fins project so far from 
 the surface of the body as to expose the joint, and 
 thus take the form of the feet of a quadruped. It 
 uses these members actually as fee\), crawling and 
 pushing its way among the tangled weed by means 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. l^f 
 
 of them. It has even been known to come on shore, 
 and remain several days without any communica- 
 tion with the water. On the head of this fish there 
 are one or two slender horns, furnished at the tip 
 with several processes resembling little worms. The 
 use of these organs is very remarkable. The fish is 
 not one of swift motion, and therefore cannot take 
 its prey by pursuit : instead of this, it usually con- 
 ceals itself among the mud at the bottom, or per- 
 haps among the stalks of floating weed, while it 
 agitates its curious fleshy horns; their resemblance 
 to worms and their motion attract other fishes, 
 which, coming within reach, are' seized by the capa- 
 cious mouth of the latent Toad-fish. The lower jaw 
 extending beyond the upper, causes the mouth to 
 open perpendicularly, and the eyes are so situated 
 as to look in the same direction, both of which 
 arrangements facilitate the capture of prey by this 
 singular mode. It is not improbable that the worm- 
 like tentacles attached to the mouth and chin of 
 other fishes, as the Cod and Barbie, for example, 
 answer an end somewhat similar to this. 
 
 In keeping small marine animals for examination, 
 we often lose the specimens through the water be- 
 coming speedily unfit for supporting animal life; 
 a miiMite Shrimp or two, or a fish of an inch in 
 length, if confined in a large basin of water, will 
 usually exhaust the oxygen during the night, and 
 be dead by the morning. A little living seaweed, 
 however, placed with them, will prevent, or, at least, 
 delay tliis. as plants in a living state give out oxygen. 
 
 Every night the pole-star is perceptibly nearer the 
 
Igg THE OCEAN. 
 
 horizon, and every day the meridian sun reaches to 
 a liigher and yet a higher point, until it appears al- 
 most vertical. The wind gradually becomes lighter, 
 until we arrive at the "calm latitudes," where we 
 lie weeks without making any progress. The cap- 
 tain and crew whistle for wind with as much per- 
 severance as if they had never been disappointed, 
 and every one watches anxiously for the least breath- 
 ings of a breeze. Nothing can exceed the tantaliz- 
 ing tedium of this condition ; the wearied eye gazes 
 intently upon the glistening sea, and eagerly catches 
 the slightest ruffling of the mirror-like smoothness, 
 in hopes that it may be an indication of wind ; but 
 on glancing at the feather- vane upon the ship's quar- 
 ter, the hope fades on perceiving it hang motionless 
 from its staff. A still more delicate test is then re- 
 sorted to, that of throwing a live coal overboard, 
 and marking if the little cloud of white steam has 
 any lateral motion; but no! it ascends perpendi- 
 cularly till dispersed in the air. Now and then, 
 the polished surface of the sea is suddenly changed 
 to a blue ripple; expectation becomes strong, for 
 there is no doubt of the reality of the motion; but 
 before the sails can feel the breeze, it has died away 
 again ; the air is as still, and the sea as glassy, as 
 before. Coleridge has well described such a state ia 
 his '* Ancient Mariner :" — 
 
 *' The sun came up upon the left, 
 Out of the sea came he ; 
 And he shone bright and on the right 
 Went down into the sea. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. I89 
 
 *' Down dropped the breeze, the sails dropped down ; 
 'Twas sad as sad could be : 
 And we did speak only to break 
 The silence of the sea. 
 
 '*Day after day, day after day, 
 
 We stuck, nor breath nor motion ; 
 As idle as a painted ship 
 Upon a painted ocean." 
 
 ISTot a cloud tempers the fierce burning rays of 
 the sun, which shoot directly on our heads ; the deck 
 becomes scalding hot to the feet, the melting pitch 
 boils up from the seams, the tar continually drops 
 from the rigging, the masts and booms display 
 gaping cracks, and the flukes of the anchors are too 
 hot to be touched with impunity. In vain, if we 
 happen to be sailing in a small vessel, which has 
 no awning on board to spread over the quarter- 
 deck, we seek for refuge beneath the sails which 
 hang lazily from the yards and gafts, inviting the 
 desired gales; for so perpendicular are the fiery 
 beams in the heat of the day, that very little shadow 
 is afforded by the sails, and even that little is con- 
 stantly shifting from the vessel's change of position 
 in the swell. In such circumstances, I have in some 
 measure felt the force of those similitudes in the 
 Sacred Prophets, in which the blessings of the 
 coming reign of the Lord Jesus Christ, after the 
 long apostacy, are likened to "the shadow of a 
 great rock in a weary land." *'Thou hast been a 
 shadow from the heat, when the blast of the terrible 
 ones is as a storm against the wall. Thou shalt 
 bring down the noise of strangers, as the heat in 
 
190 THE OCEAN. 
 
 a dry place ; even the heat with the shadow of a 
 cloud."^ 
 
 Yet, though day after day rolls on and leaves us 
 still in the same position, there are not wanting 
 many things to beguile the weariness of the time. 
 The gorgeous beauty of the sun's setting almost 
 makes amends for his unmitigated heat by day. As 
 his orb approaches the western horizon, the clouds, 
 which have been absent during the day, begin to 
 form in that quarter of the heavens; and, as he sinks, 
 assume hues of the richest purple edged with gold, 
 now hiding his disc, now allowing him to flash out 
 his softened effulgence through crimson openings, 
 till he falls beneath the massy mountain -like bed of 
 cloud that seems to lie heavily upon the surface of 
 the sea. Then the whole array begins to take the 
 appearance of a lovely landscape; the clouds forming 
 the land, while the open sky represents calm water. 
 Sometimes we seem to see the long capes and bold 
 promontories of a broken and picturesque coast, 
 deeply indented with bays and creeks, and fringed 
 with groups of islands; at others, silvery lakes, 
 studded with little wooded islets, appear embosomed 
 in mountains or surrounded by gentle slopes, here 
 and there clothed with umbrageous woods. Such 
 an appearance of reality is given to these fleeting 
 scenes, that it is difficult, after gazing at them, for 
 a few minutes, to believe they are mere shadows. 
 The mind forgets the world of w^aters around, and, 
 in the enthusiasm of the hour, goes out in busy 
 imagination to that beautiful land, and roves among 
 
 * Isa. xxxii. 2 ; xxv. 4, 5 ; iv. 6. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 191 
 
 its valleys and hills in dreamy enjoyment. We are 
 not, then, surprised that the imaginative Greeks 
 should have sung of their Fortunate Islands, the 
 habitations of the blessed, placed far away in the 
 ocean of the west, and invested with more than 
 earthly loveliness; nor that the existence of isles 
 of similar character, in the same mysterious, be- 
 cause unknown, regions, should have found a place 
 in the mythology of even so remote a nation as the 
 Hindoos. 
 
 The beauteous scenes before us, however, are as 
 transitory as th^ are lovely : night comes on with 
 a rapidity, startling to us accustomed to the long 
 twilight of the north ; the rich hues with which the 
 western sky is suffused, the crimson and ruddy gold, 
 speedily change to a warm and swarthy brown, and 
 one by one the stars come out, and light up the sky 
 with a strange and unwonted effulgence. Humboldt 
 describes in the following terms his own emotions 
 on first seeing the brilliant stars of these regions : — 
 
 "From the time we entered the torrid zone, we 
 were never wearied with admiring, every night, the 
 beauty of the southern sky, which, as we advanced 
 towards the south, opened new constellations to our 
 view. We feel an indescribable sensation, when, 
 on approaching the equator, and particularly on 
 passing from one hemisphere to the other, we see 
 those stars which we have contemplated from our 
 infancy, progressively sink, and finally disappear. 
 Nothing: awakens in the traveller a livelier remem- 
 brance of the immense distance by which he is 
 separated from his country, than the aspect of an 
 
192 THE OCEAN. 
 
 unknown firmament. The grouping of the stars of 
 the first magnitude, some scattered nebulae rivalling 
 in splendour the milky way, and tracts of space 
 remarkable for their extreme blackness, give a par- 
 ticular physiognomy to the southern sky. This 
 sight fills with admiration even those, who, unin- 
 structed in the branches of accurate science, feel 
 the same emotions of delight in the contemplation 
 of the heavenly vault, as in the view of a beautiful 
 landscape, or a majestic river. A travellei> has no 
 need of being a botanist to recognize the torrid zone 
 on the mere aspect of its vegetation ; and, without 
 having acquired any notions of astronomy, he feels 
 he is not in Europe, when he sees the immense con- 
 stellation of the Ship, or the phosphorescent clouds 
 of Magellan, arise on the horizon. The heaven and 
 the earth, everything in the equinoctial regions, as- 
 sume an exotic character."* 
 
 But of all the constellations that stud the sky of 
 the southern hemisphere, there is none that more 
 strikes a stranger than the Southern Cross. Its 
 beauty, as well as the singularity of its form, cannot 
 fail to inspire interest; even though we be, through 
 the grace of God, furnished with ideas of true 
 and spiritual worship, that prevent our viewing it 
 with the superstitious reverence with which it is 
 regarded by the inhabitants of South America. It 
 is not seen above the horizon until we are within 
 the tropics, and scarcely appears to advantage until 
 we approach the equator. As the two brilliant stars 
 which form the top and bottom of the Cross, have 
 
 * Personal Narrative, 1814. Vol. ii. p. 18. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. I93 
 
 nearly the same, right ascension, they assume a per- 
 pendicular positiou when upon the meridian; and 
 hence afford an accurate mode of measurino; time: 
 
 The Southern Cross. 
 
 as the hour of southing at the different seasons, vary- 
 ing four minutes every night, is well known to tlie 
 inhabitants of the southern hemisphere. It is very 
 common to hear the peasants observe one to another, 
 *'It is after midnight'' (or some other hour); "the 
 Cross begins to fall!" 
 
 Alone, in the midst of the ocean, called to nightly 
 watchings upon the deck, the mariner naturally 
 becomes familiar with the glowing orbs which are 
 revealed by the surrounding darkness; and if he 
 be a Christian, his thoughts are led out, as he lifts 
 
 13 
 
194 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 up his eyes on liigb, and beholds the stars marshal- 
 led in order, or the moon "walking in brightness/' to 
 Him that "created these things, that bringeth uut 
 their host by number, and calleth them all by 
 names.'' For ''the heavens declare the glory of 
 God; and the firmament sheweth His handywork. 
 Day unto day uttereth speech; and night unto night 
 sheweth knowledge. There is no speech nor lan- 
 guage, where their voice is not heard." 
 
 Between, or in the neighbourhood of the tropics, 
 the ship is rarely unaccompanied by fishes of many 
 species, which, in the clear waters of these southern 
 seas, are visible many fathoms beneath her keel. 
 
 CoRYPHBNE (Corifphcena), 
 
 One of the most common, and perhaps one of the 
 most beautiful, is the Coryphene {Coryphcena\ mis- 
 called by seamen, the Dolphin. One is never weary 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. I95 
 
 of admiring their beauty. Their forin is deep, but 
 thin and somewhat flattened; and their sides are of 
 brilliant pearly white, like polished silver. In small 
 companies of live or six, they usually appear and 
 play around and beneath the ship, sometimes close 
 to tlie surface, and sometimes at such a depth that 
 the eye can but dimly discern their shadowy out- 
 line. When playing at an inconsiderable depth, in 
 their turnings hither and thither, the rays of the 
 sun, reflected from ther polished sides, as one or 
 the other is exposed to the light, flash out in sudden 
 gleams, or are interrupted, in a very striking man- 
 nei'. Night and day these interesting creatures are 
 sp(^rting about, apparently insusce])tib]e of weari- 
 lu^ss. Their motion is very rapid, wlien tlieir powers 
 arv' put forth, as in pursuit of the timid little Flying- 
 fish. It is to these fishes that most of the accounts 
 of Dolphins, which we read in voyages, must be 
 referred, as, owing to some mistake of identity, 
 not easily accounted for, the name of Dolphin has 
 been universally misapplied by our seamen to the 
 Coryphene, while they confound the true Dolphin 
 with the Porpesse. From not adverting to this 
 habitual misnomer, some confusion has arisen: thus 
 the following interesting notice has been quoted 
 in a late valuable work on the Cetacea,"^ as illustra- 
 tive of the true Dolphins, although the fair nar- 
 rator herself takes care to inform us that she means 
 the Coryphcena hiiopuris: "The other morning, a 
 large Dolphin, which had been following the ship 
 for some distance, and was sparkling most gloriously 
 
 ♦Jaxdine'a Naturalist's Library. 
 
196 THE OCEAX. 
 
 in the sun, suddenly detected a shoal of Flying-fish 
 rising from the sea at some distance. AVith the 
 rapidity of lightning he wheeled round, made one 
 tremendous leap, and so timed his fall as to arrive 
 fairly at the place where our little friends, the Fly- 
 ing-fish, were forced to drop into the sea to refresh 
 their weary wing. A flight of sea-gulls now joined 
 in the pursuit; we gave up our proteges for lost, 
 when, to our great joy, we beheld them rising again, 
 for they had merely skimmed the wave, and, thus 
 recruited, continued their flight. Their restless foe 
 pursued them with giant strides, now cutting the 
 wave, which flashed and sparkled with the reflection 
 of his brilliant coat, and then giving one huge leap, 
 which brought him up with his prey: they seemed 
 conscious that escape was impossible; their flight 
 became shorter and more flurried, whilst the Dolphin, 
 animated by the certain prospect of success, grew 
 more vigorous in his bounds; exhausted, they drop- 
 ped their wings, and fell one by one into the jaws 
 of the Dolphin, or were snapped up by the vigilant 
 Gulls."^ 
 
 Captain Basil Hall has described a very similar 
 scene in nearly parallel terms; but, to prevent mis- 
 understanding, he also informs his readers that "the 
 Dolphin" of his narrative is the Coryplicena liippuris 
 of naturalists, and a true fish. 
 
 "Shortly after observing a cluster of Flying-fish 
 rise out of the water, we discovered two or three 
 Dolphins [Coryphenes] ranging past .the ship, in all 
 tb^ir beauty; and watched with some anxiety to 
 
 * Miss Lloyd's Sketches of Bermuda. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. I99 
 
 see one of those aquatic chases, of which our friends 
 the Indiainen had been telling us such wonderful 
 stories. We had not long to wait; for the ship, 
 in her progress through the water, soon put up 
 another shoal of these little things, which, as the 
 others had done, took their flight directly to wind- 
 ward. A large Dolphin, which had been keeping 
 company with us abreast of the weather gangway, 
 at the depth of two or three fathoms, and, as usual, 
 glistening most beautifully in the sun, no sooner 
 detected our poor, dear little friends take wing, than 
 he turned his head towards them, and, darting to 
 the surface, leaped from the water with a velocity 
 little short, as it seemed, of a cannon-ball. But, 
 although the impetus with which he shot himself 
 into the air gave him an initial velocity greatly 
 exceeding that of the Flying-fish, the start which his 
 fated prey had got, enabled them to keep ahead of 
 him for a considerable time. 
 
 "The length of the Dolphin's first spring could 
 not be less than ten yards; and, after he fell, we 
 could see him gliding like lightnings through the 
 water for a moment, when he again rose and shot 
 forwards with considerably greater velocity than at 
 first, and, of course, to a still greater distance. In 
 this manner the merciless pursuer seemed to stride 
 along the sea with fearful rapidity, while his bril- 
 liant coat sparkled and flashed in the sun quite splen- 
 didly. As he fell headlong on the water, at the end 
 of each huge leap, a series of circles were sent far 
 over the still surface, which lay as smooth as a 
 mirror. 
 
200 THE OCEAN. 
 
 "The group of wretched Flying-fish, thus hotly 
 pursued, at length dropped into the sea; but we 
 were rejoiced to observe that they merely touched 
 the top of the swell, and scarcely sunk in it ; at 
 least, they instantly set off again in a fresh and even 
 more vigorous flight. It was particularly interest- 
 ing to observe, that the direction they now took 
 was quite different from the one in which they had 
 set out, implying but too obviously that they had 
 detected their fierce enemy, who was following them 
 with giant steps along the waves, and now gaining 
 rapidly upon them. His terrific pace, indeed, was 
 two or three times as swift as theirs, poor little 
 things ! 
 
 "The greedy Dolphin, however, was fully as 
 quick-sighted as the Flying-fish which were trying ' 
 to elude him; for, whenever they varied their flight 
 in the smallest degree, he lost not the tenth part of 
 a second in shaping a new course, so as to cut off 
 the chase; while they, in a manner really not un- 
 like that of the hare, doubled more than once upon 
 their pursuer. But it was soon too plainly to be 
 seen that the strength and confidence of the Flying- 
 fish were fast ebbing. Their flights became shorter 
 and shorter, and their course more fluttering and 
 uncertain, while the enormous leaps of the Dolphin 
 appeared to grow only more vigorous at each bound. 
 Eventually, indeed, we could see, or fancied that 
 we could see, that this skilful sea-sportsman ar- 
 ranged all his springs with such an assurance of suc- 
 cess, that he contrived to fall, at the end of each, 
 just under the very spot on which the exhausted Fly- 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 201 
 
 ing-fish were about to drop ! Sometimes this catas- 
 trophe took place at too great a distance for us to 
 see from the deck exactly what happened ; but on 
 our mounting high into the rigging, we may be said 
 to have been in at the death ; for then we could dis- 
 cover .that the unfortunate little creatures, one after 
 another, either popped right into the Dolphin's jaws 
 as they lighted on the water, or were snapped up 
 instantly afterwards. 
 
 " It was impossible not to take an active part with 
 our pretty little friends of the weaker side, and ac- 
 cordingly we very speedily had our revenge. The 
 middies and the sailors, delighted with the chance, 
 rigged out a dozen or twenty lines from the jib- 
 boom end and spritsail-yard-arms with hooks, baited 
 merely with bits of tin, the glitter of which re- 
 sembles so much that of the body and wings of the 
 Flying-fish, that many a proud Dolphin, making 
 sure of a delicious morsel, leaped in rapture at the 
 deceitful prize.''* 
 
 Though these and other recorded anecdotes indu- 
 bitably refer to the bright pearly fishes just described, 
 there cannot be a doubt that the same habits are 
 found to mark the true Cetaceous Dolphins ; while 
 at the same time I confess that I do not recollect any 
 instance in which such pursuit has been witnessed, in 
 my own experience, or recorded in books of voyages. 
 Indeed I do not conceive that the chase of the Flying- 
 fish by the Coryphene has been often witnessed, nor 
 that it can be considered as any other than a rare 
 occurrence. As the aerial boundings of the Flying- 
 
 * Frag. Voy. and Trav. Second Series. Vol. i. p. 224. 
 
202 THE OCEAN. 
 
 fish, however, are of constant observation within the 
 tropics, it seems but natural to conclude that they 
 are but the frolicsouie putting forth of superabundant 
 animal energy ; that they are, in fact, performed in 
 sportive play, as the lamb skips and leaps upon the 
 grass, or the dog pursues its own evasive tail. 
 These flights, generally performed in shoals varying 
 in number from a dozen to a hundred or more, are 
 extremely pleasing, and sustain our interest even 
 long after they have become familiar to us. One 
 is apt, at first sight of a flock, especially if it be 
 unexpected, to mistake them for white birds flying 
 by, till they are seen to alight in the water. The 
 length of the bound is enormous, if it be indeed 
 effected. by a single impulse; but this point seems 
 hardly to be satisfactorily settled even yet. I feel 
 persuaded that I have more than once seen them 
 deviate from the uniform curve which they usually 
 describe, rising and sinking alternately so as to 
 keep at the same distance from the undulations of 
 the surface; and Humboldt, one of the most accu- 
 rate of observers, speaks unhesitatingly of their flap- 
 ping the air with their long fins. Indeed, it would 
 else seem almost impossible to imagine that so small 
 a fish, not so large as a herring, should be able to 
 propel itself to the height of twenty feet, and to tlio 
 distance of more than six hundred, through the air. 
 Generally, one takes his leap first, then the whole 
 flock follow at once, shooting in nearly a straight 
 line, and skimming along a little above the surface; 
 so little that they often strike the side of a rising 
 wave, and go under water. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 203 
 
 Another visitant, who very freely gives us much 
 of his company, is the White Shark (Carcarias vul- 
 garis)^ probably the most terrific monster that cleaves 
 the waves; certainly the most hated, and at the same 
 time feared, by the sailor. The catching of fish is at 
 all times a pleasing amusement to the mariner ; but to 
 catch the ''Shirk," as he is called, there is a peculiar 
 avidity, in which the gratification of a deep-seated 
 hatred of the species, and vengeance for his murder- 
 ous propensities, form the leading features. When 
 taken, whether entrapped by the concealed hook, or 
 struck by the open violence of the harpoon, and 
 brought on deck, he is subjected to every indignity 
 which an insane fury can heap upon an object — beat, 
 stabbed, and kicked, and even reviled as if capable 
 of understanding language. In truth, I have never 
 seen any animal, terrestrial or aquatic, which, so to 
 speak, has "villain'' written on its countenance in as 
 legible characters as the Shark. The shape of the 
 head, and the form of the mouth, opening so far be- 
 neath, are anything but prepossessing ; but there is 
 a peculiar malignity in the expression of the eye, that 
 seems almost satanic, and which one can never look 
 upon without shuddering. The mouth is armed with 
 teeth of very peculiar construction ; they are trian- 
 gular in form, thin and flat, the central part, however, 
 being thicker than (lie edges, which are as keen as a 
 lancet, and cut into fine serratures, like a saw. In 
 very large Sharks, the teeth have been found nearly 
 two inches in breadth: they are placed in rows, 
 sometimes to the number of six, one within another, 
 lying nearly flat when not in use, but erected ia a 
 
204 THE OCEAN. 
 
 moment to seize prey : and as they are so planted in 
 the jaw that each tooth is capable of independent 
 motion, being furnished with its own muscles, and as 
 the power of the jaws is enormous, they form one of 
 the most terrific and formidable apparatus existing 
 for the supply of carnivorous appetite. The fatal 
 voracity of this animal is well known : instances are 
 numerous of swimmers in tropical seas having been 
 severed in twain at one snap, or deprived of limbs, 
 while, on more than one occasion, the whole body of 
 a man has been taken from this living sepulchre. 
 Yet this sanguinary voracity is but the result of an 
 unerring instinct implanted in the animal by Goi>, 
 without the exercise of which its life could not be 
 sustained: and therefore it seems not only foolish, but 
 even sinful, to entertain feelings of personal revenge 
 against it, as if it were endowed with human reason, 
 *' knowing good and evil." I do not know that it is 
 wrong to kill an animal so destructive and dan- 
 gerous ; I reprobate only the imputation to it of 
 human motives, and the staining a useful act with 
 unnecessary cruelty. 
 
 The mode by which the race of these formidable 
 creatures is continued, differing as it does so greatly 
 from that of most other fishes, is exceedingly curious. 
 The Shark, instead of depositing some millions of 
 eggs in a season, like the Cod or tlie Herring, pro- 
 duces two eggs, of a square or oblong form, the coat 
 of which is composed of a tough horny substance ; 
 each corner is prolonged into a tendril, of which the 
 two which are next the tail of the enclosed fish are 
 stronger and more prehensile than the other pair. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 205 
 
 The use of these tendrils appears to be their entan- 
 glement among the stalks of sea- weeds, and the con- 
 sequent mooring of the egg in a situation of pro- 
 tection and comparative security. Near the head 
 there is a slit in the egg-skin, through which the 
 Avater enters for respiration, and another at the oppo- 
 site extremity by which it is discharged. That part 
 of the skin which is near the head, is weaker and 
 more easily ruptured than any other part ; a provi- 
 sion for the easy exclusion of the animal, which takes 
 place before the entire absorption of the vilellus or 
 yolk of the egg, the remainder being attached to the 
 body of the young fish, enclosed in a capsule, which 
 for awhile it carries about. The position of the ani- 
 mal, while within the egg, is with the head doubled 
 back towards the tail, one very unfavourable for the 
 process of breathing by internal gills, and hence there 
 is an interesting provision made to meet the emer- 
 gency. On each side a filament of the substance of 
 the gills projects from the gill-opening, containing 
 vessels in which the blood is exposed to the action 
 of the water. These processes are gradually absorbed 
 after the fish is excluded, until which the internal 
 gills are scarcely capable of respiration. How curious 
 an analogy we here discover with the Frogs and 
 Newts among the Reptiles ; and how impressively do 
 we learn the Divine benevolence, when we find that 
 the object of so much contrivance and care is the 
 dreaded and hated Shark ! 
 
 In these latitudes the Hammer-headed Shark 
 {Zygcena malleus), a fish of singular construction, 
 
 attains a large size. In most particulars it closely 
 
 s 
 
206 
 
 TJIE OCEAN. 
 
 resembles the species just noticed, but the head is 
 widened out on each side into an oblong projection, 
 at each extremity of which is placed the eye. The 
 whole of this part has the form of a double-headed* 
 hammer or maul. Undoubtedly one result of this 
 remarkable structure is a vast increase of the sphere 
 of vision ; but why a fish so formidably armed, and 
 endowed with such powers of motion, should be thus 
 favoured, we are not sufficiently acquainted with its 
 habits to determine. 
 
 Another singular deviation from the general struc- 
 ture is found in the Saw-fish {Prisiis antiquorum\ 
 which is a shark with the head prolonged into a flat 
 
 Hammer-Shark (Zyya:na malleus), and Saw-fish {Pristis antiqw^rum). 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 207 
 
 bony sword, each edge of which is armed with sharp 
 bony, spines, resembling teeth, pointing backwards: 
 there are about twenty of these in each row. The 
 body also is covered on the upper surface with hard 
 sharp tubercles, the points of which turn backwards. 
 In this respect, it resembles some of the Eay or Skate 
 tribe, as it does also in the flattened form of its body, 
 and in other respects. Its colour is a dark grey on 
 the upper parts, gradually softening into white 
 beneath. This species was known to the ancients, 
 being found in the Mediterranean Sea, as well as in 
 the Ocean, but it is in the tropical seas that it acquires 
 its most gigantic dimensions. It seems to be an animal 
 of scarcely less ferocity, though far less frequently 
 met with, than the Common Shark: to the Whales it 
 is a formidable antagonist, and though the form of its 
 saw-like sword does not seem most adapted for pene- 
 trating a resisting body, such is the vigour of its 
 attack, tliat it will bury its weapon to the root in the 
 flesh of the Wliale; and instances are not infrequent 
 in which it has been found firmly imbedded in the 
 hull of a ship. The following interesting narrative, 
 by Captain Wilson of the Halifax packet, gives us 
 an idea of the powers of this monster: — 
 
 *^ Being in the Gulf of Paria, in the ship's cutter, 
 on the 15th of April, 1839, I fell in with a Spanish 
 canoe, manned by two men, then in great distress, 
 who requested me to save their lives and canoe, '^^th 
 which request I immediately complied; and going 
 alongside for that purpose, I discovered that they 
 had got a large Saw-fish entangled in their turtle- 
 net, which was towing them out to sea, and but for 
 
208 TTTE OCEAN. 
 
 iny assistance they must have lost either their canoe 
 or their net, or perhaps both, which were their only 
 means of subsistence. Having only two boys with me 
 in the boat at the time, I desired them to cut the fish 
 away, which they refused to do ; I then took the 
 bight ©f the net from them, and with the joint en- 
 deavours of themselves and my boat's crew, we suc- 
 ceeded in hauling up the net, and to our astonish- 
 ment, after great exertions, we raised the saw of the 
 fish about eight feet above the surface of the sea. 
 It was a fortunate circumstance that the fish came 
 up with the belly towards the boat, or it would have 
 cut the boat in two. 
 
 ^'I had abandoned all idea of taking the fish, until, 
 by great good luck, it made towards the land, when 
 I made another attempt, and having about fifty 
 fathoms of rope in the boat, we succeeded in making a 
 running bowline-knot round the saw of the fish, and 
 this we fortunately made fast on shore. When the 
 fish found itself secured, it plunged so violently, that 
 I could not prevail on any one to go near it: the ap- 
 pearance it presented was truly awful. I immediately 
 went alongside the Lima packet, Capt. Singleton, 
 and got the assistance of all his ship's crew. By the 
 time they arrived the fish was rather less violent; 
 we hauled upon the net again, in which it was still 
 entangled, and got another fifty fathoms of line made 
 fast to the saw, and attempted to haul it towards the 
 shore; but, although mustering thirty hands, we could 
 not move it an inch. By this time the negroes be- 
 longing to Mr. Danglad's estate came flocking to our 
 assistance, making together with the Spaniards about 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 209 
 
 one hundred in number: we then hauled on both 
 ropes for nearly the whole of the day, before the 
 fish became exhausted. On endeavouring to raise 
 the fish it became most desperate, sweeping with its 
 saw from side to side, so that we were compelled to 
 get strong guy-ropes to prevent it from cutting us to 
 pieces. After that, one of the Spaniards got on its 
 back, and at great risk cut through the joint of the 
 tail, when animation was completely suspended: it 
 was then measured, and found to be 22 feet long 
 and 8 feet broad, and weighed nearly 5 tons."^ 
 
 Other monstrous creatures, of unpleasing forms 
 and formidable powers, rove at will through these 
 waters. I shall mention only the Horned Eay 
 (Cephahptera). Imagine a Thornback or Skate, of 
 the length of twenty-five feet, with the side-fins 
 greatly lengthened out, so as to make the total width 
 upwards of thirty feet: these side-fins, instead of 
 meeting in a point in front of the head, projecting on 
 each side into a curved point, like a horn. Such is 
 the Cephaloptera ; and it is powerful and voracious 
 in proportion to its size. Col. Hamilton Smith, in the 
 neighbourhood of Trinidad, had the pain of witness- 
 ing a fellow-creature involved in the horrible embrace 
 of one of these monsters. It was at early dawn that 
 a soldier was endeavouring to desert from the ship by 
 swimming on shore. A sailor from aloft, seeing the 
 approach of one of these terrific fishes, alarmed the 
 swimmer, who endeavoured to return; but, in sight 
 of his comrades, was presently overtaken, the crea- 
 ture throwing over him one of its huge fins, and thus 
 
 * Mag. Nat. Hist. 1839, p. 619. 
 14 8 2 
 
wjlO THE OCEAN. 
 
 carrying him down. In the following record, which 
 was inserted in a late Barbadoes paper, though the 
 description is not drawn up exactly as a Naturalist 
 w^ould have done it, one has no difliculty in recognis- 
 ing an enormous Cephaloptera : — "On the 22nd of 
 August [1843], the Brig Kowena was lying in La 
 Guayra Koads, the weather perfectly calm : I disco- 
 vered the vessel moving about among the shipping. 
 I could not conceive wdiat could be the matter. I 
 gave orders to heave in, and see if the anchor was 
 gone, but it was not: but to my surprise, I found a 
 tremendous monster entangled fast in the buoy-rope, 
 and moving the anchor slowly along the bottom. I 
 then had the fish towed on shore. It was of a flat- 
 tish shape, something like a devil-fish^ but very 
 curious shape, being wider than it was long, and 
 having two tusks, one on each side of the mouth, 
 and a very small tail in proportion to the fish, and 
 exactly like a bat's tail. The tail can be seen on 
 board the Brig Eowena. Dimensions of the fish 
 were as follows : — length from end of tail to end of 
 tusks, 18 feet; from wing to wing, 20 feet; the 
 mouth, 4 feet wdde ; and its weight, 3502 lbs." 
 
 Every one may imagine how much the tedium of 
 a long voyage is relieved by the company of other 
 vessels, or even by the speaking of a passing ship; 
 but a few who have only seen vessels lying in tiers, 
 side by side, at quays, or wharfs, are at all aware of, 
 or can readily understand, the anxious care with 
 which commanders guard against two ships on the 
 high sea coming within even a considerable distance 
 of each otlier. I have often been amused by hearing 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 211 
 
 the wishes expressed by passengers on their first 
 voyage, when a vessel is speaking at what they think 
 a most uncivil distance, that she would but come 
 nearer, particularly if the wind is light, as "there 
 can be no danger then." Little do they think that 
 when in a perfect calm the danger of contact is even 
 greatest, as, if there be wind enough to give the ves- 
 sel ''steerage way," she is under control, and the 
 evil may be avoided. On this subject, and on the 
 motions of ships in calms, an unexceptionable autho- 
 rity, Captain Basil Hall, thus speaks : — 
 
 " How it happens I do not know, but on occasions 
 of perfect calm, or such as appear to be perfect calm, 
 the ships of a fleet generally drift away from one 
 another, so that, at the end of a few hours, the whole 
 circle bounded by the horizon is speckled over with 
 these unmanageable hulks, as they may for the time 
 be considered. It will occasionally happen, indeed, 
 that two ships draw so near in a calm as to incur 
 some risk of falling on board one another. I need 
 scarcely mention that even in the smoothest water 
 ever found in the open sea, two large ships coming 
 into actual contact must prove a formidable encounter. 
 As long as they are apart, their gentle and rather 
 graceful movements are fit subjects of admiration; 
 and I have often seen people gaze for an hour at a 
 time at the ships of a becalmed fleet, slowly twisting 
 round, changing their position, and rolling from side 
 to side as silently as if they had been in harbour, or 
 accompanied only by the faint rippling sound trip- 
 ping along the water-line, as the copper below the 
 bmds alternately sunk into the sea, or rose out of it, 
 
212 THE OCEAN. 
 
 dripping wet, and shining as bright and clean as a 
 new coin, from the constant friction of the Ocean 
 during the previous rapid passage across the Trade- 
 winds. 
 
 "But all this picturesque admiration changes to 
 alarm when ships come so close as to risk a contact ; 
 for these motions, which appear so slow and gentle 
 to the eye, are irresistible in their force ; and as the 
 chances are against the two vessels moving exactly in 
 the same direction at the same moment, they must 
 speedily grind or tear one another to pieces. Sup- 
 posing them to come in contact side by side, the first 
 roll would probably tear away the fore and main 
 channels of both ships; the next roll, by interlacing 
 the lower yards, and entangling the spars of one ship 
 with the shrouds and backstays of the other, would, 
 in all likelihood, bring down all three masts of both 
 ships, not piecemeal, as the poet hath it, but in one 
 furious crash. Beneath the ruins of the spars, the 
 coils of rigging, and the enormous folds of canvas, 
 might lie crushed many of the best hands, who, from 
 being always the foremost to spring forward in such 
 seasons of danger, are surest to be sacrificed. After 
 this first catastrophe, the ships would probably drift 
 away from one another for a little while, only to 
 tumble together again and again, till they had ground 
 one another to the water's edge, and one, or both of 
 them, would fill, and go down. In such encounters 
 it is impossible to stop the mischief; and oak and 
 iron break and crumble in pieces like sealing-wax 
 and pie-crust. Many instances of such accidents are 
 on record, but I never witnessed one. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 213 
 
 "To prevent these frightful rencontres, care is 
 always taken to hoist out the boats in good time, 
 if need be, to tow the ships apart, or, what is gene- 
 rally sufficient, to tow the ships' heads in opposite 
 directions. I scarcely know why this should have 
 the eftect; but certainly it appears that, be the calm 
 ever so complete, or dead^ as the term is, a vessel 
 generally forges ohead^ or steals along imperceptibly 
 in the direction she is looking to; possibly from the 
 conformation of the hull."* 
 
 But there are indications of our patience being 
 at length rewarded by a breeze from the eastward; 
 and now it comes, rippling the surface as it ap- 
 proaches, turning that into a deep uniform blue 
 which has so long borne a glassy brightness reflected 
 from the sky. The seamen are joyous and alert, 
 for they know that this is no "cat's-paw," but the 
 *' regular trade." Now it strikes the ship; the 
 sails, gracefully swelling, receive the unwonted im- 
 pulse; and the lengthened wake, where the water 
 coils and frets in the newly-cut furrow, tells that 
 the vessel makes way once more. The breeze 
 freshens; the little waves become larger, and, arch- 
 ing over each other, break with patches of whiten- 
 ing foam; every sail is speedily set that will draw; 
 and we run gaily along towards the west, under an 
 eight-knot breeze. We can scarcely stop to notice 
 the amity that subsists between the Shark and the 
 Pilot-fish {Naucrates ducior\ a beautiful little crea- 
 ture, about the size of a herring, the back striped 
 transversely with broad alternate bands of brown and 
 
 * Frag. Voy. and Trav. 2nd Series, i. p. 226. 
 
214 THE OCEAN. 
 
 bright azure; nor tlie three or four pretty little 
 Rudder-fishes {Perca saltatrix^ Lixx.), which have 
 been following and accompanying us for several 
 days past. These are amusing little creatures. They 
 are about six inches long, yellowish brown, with 
 pale spots: they keep close to the stern, in the angle 
 formed by the rudder and the counter of the ship, 
 the "dead water,'* as it is called by seamen. Hence 
 they occasionally dart out after any little atom of 
 floating or sinking substance which promises to be 
 eatable, and then, having either seized or rejected it, 
 scuttle back again to their corner, remaining there 
 day and night without rest. Nor can wc do more 
 than glance at the Sucking-fishes (Echeneis)^ that 
 are swimming aroun 1, or have attaciicd themselves 
 to the side of tlie rudder by means of tlie singular 
 oval disk on tlie head. As this oro-an is of siuGfular 
 construction, so its use in the economy of the animal 
 is involved in entire obscurity. The theory of the 
 fish being a very slow swimmer, and needing to be 
 carried along by others, must have been formed by 
 persons who never had an opportunity of seeing the 
 Remora alive. I have seen many, and could detect 
 no inferiority in their powers of swimming to a 
 young Shark of the same size, which they much re- 
 semble in general appearance and motion, when in 
 the water. There seems to be a perfect vacuum 
 formed by the adhesion of the disk, and the external 
 pressure, when under water, is of course great. As 
 the mouth opens upon the upper surface of the muz- 
 zle, owing to the projection of the lower jaw, it 
 is possible that this habit may be connected with 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 215 
 
 taking food: there are many little creatures, such 
 as Onistacea^ Barnacles, &c., that are parasitical on 
 the bodies of marine animals, or attach themselves 
 to any submerged substance. If the Echeneis feeds 
 on these, there is an obvious reason why the head 
 should be affixed to the surface during the dislodg- 
 ment of the adhering prey, in order to acquire 
 greater steadiness, as well as a leverage by which 
 to act more effectively. At all events, we know 
 that it is not a useless habit; we trace enough 
 of manifest design and contrivance in what w^e do 
 know of the animal creation, to warrant our con- 
 fident conclusion, when we find any instinct, the 
 intention of which is not obvious, that it also is 
 tbe production of infinite wisdom and goodness, 
 and that it could not have been spared without 
 injury to the animal. 
 
 Borne on the wings of the welcome breeze, we 
 rapidly approach that archipelago of lovely islands 
 that gladdened the heart and rewarded the zeal of 
 the chivalric World- FINDER, the first fruits of the 
 vast continent which the genius and daring of one 
 master-mind opened to astonished Europe. The 
 joyful sound of "Land in sight!" resounds through 
 the ship, and yonder, upon the bow, is discovered, 
 rising out of the blue sea, the beautiful island of 
 Antigua. As we draw near, we are struck with its 
 loveliness ; the coast is low, but the land rises behind 
 into rounded hills of moderate elevation, whose 
 swelling eminences and gentle slopes assume some- 
 what of the appearance of the chalk hills and downs 
 of our own sweet England. But there are features 
 
216 THE OCEAN. 
 
 vrhich effectually distinguish this island from our 
 owQ^ and iaii not to remind us that we are beholding 
 the gorgeousness of the tropics. The summits of 
 the hills are clothed with magnificent forest-trees of 
 strange forms and foliage ; the graceful palms wave 
 their feathery crowns against the deep-blue sky: 
 leafless cacti, thick and cylindrical, project from the 
 rocks, or take the shape of enormous candelabra: the 
 great American aloe, with its thick and spiny leaves, 
 shoots up it5 glorious head of yellow blossoms to the 
 height of twentj feet : the clusters of golden fruit 
 depend from the plantain and banana, whose gigantic 
 fronds are cut by the winds into ragged segments ; 
 Vy o je the .vhole array is bound and matted together 
 by s.roiig rope like climbing plants, which, crossing 
 each other in every direction, and twisting around the 
 forest-trees, and around each other, like huge cables, 
 present an immense net of vegetation, impenetrable 
 except by the axe of the woodman. Tree-ferns, 
 possessing all the grace and elegance of those with 
 which we are fiimiliar, but growing to a giant size, 
 shoot up from the clefts of the rocks, or from the 
 branches of the loftier trees, their rich browm stalks 
 contrasting with the vivid green of their fan-shaped 
 fronds. The sides of the hills are clothed with lux- 
 uriant plantations of Indian corn, or the still more 
 rich and beautiful sugar-cane ; and here and there 
 a walk of cocoa-trees is rendered conspicuous by the 
 glowing scarlet blossoms of the coral trees, by whose 
 shadow they are sheltered from the vertical sun. 
 The coast is broken into numerous little bays and 
 coves, some penetrating fer into the island, like 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 21 1 
 
 canals- among the plantations. A multitude of little 
 islets are scattered around on the surface of the sea, 
 on many of which the cattle are grazing on the rich 
 and succulent pasture. Some of them, however, 
 are little more than accumulations of sand, formed 
 of pow^dered coral and sea-shells, and affording sup- 
 port only to some coarse sedges, and to mangrove- 
 trees. The latter, indeed, delights in such situa- 
 tions, flourishing at the very edge of the sea, and 
 even where the ^ ground is continually liable to 
 inundation. The contorted roots of this tree grow 
 to a considerable extent above the soil, so that the 
 base of the trunk is elevated on a cone of matted 
 roots, through w4iich the water w^ashes, w^hile from 
 the branches young twigs are perpetually shooting 
 downward, till, reaching the soil, they take root, 
 and send forth other shoots : thus, in a few years, 
 a single plant wall spread into a grove, and cover 
 a large space of land. As we sail with tortuous 
 course through these delightful groups of ever- 
 verdant isles, fresh scenes of beauty are continually 
 rising before us. Now a conical hill, of reofular 
 form, arrests the attention, clothed with thick foliage 
 from the wnter's edge to the summit, where the white 
 clouds appear to rest : then we admire the irregular 
 surface of another isle, w^iose dark ravines seem 
 to acquire additional gloom from the glowing sun- 
 light that plays upon the surrounding eminences: 
 here a little islet of bright green looks in the blue 
 sea like an emerald set in sapphire; there the bold 
 cliffe and black precipices of a larger island an- 
 nounce a very diflferent formation. Now and then 
 
218 THE OCEAN. 
 
 we open a small but deep and beautiful bay. "A 
 pretty little village or plantation appears at the 
 bottom of the cove: the sandy beach stretches like 
 a line of silver round the blue water, and the cane- 
 fields form a broad belt of vivid green in the back- 
 ground. Behind this, the mountains rise in the 
 most fantastic shapes, here cloven into deep chasms, 
 there darting into arrowy points, and every where 
 shrouded, and swathed, as it were, in wood, which 
 the hand of man will probably never lay low. The 
 clouds, which within the tropics are infallibly at- 
 tracted by any woody eminences, contribute greatly 
 to the wildness of the scene: sometimes they are 
 so dense as to bury the mountains in darkness, at 
 other times they float transparently like a silken 
 veil; frequently the flaws from the gulleys perforate 
 the vapours, and make windows in the smoky mass; 
 and then, again, the Avind and the sun will cause the 
 whole to be drawn upwards majestically, like the 
 curtain of a gorgeous theatre." 
 
 Around these islands the water is frequently shal- 
 low, a fact made sufficiently obvious by its colour: 
 instead of the deep-blue tint which marks the un- 
 fathomed Ocean, the water on these shoals becomes 
 of a bright pea-green, caused by the nearness of 
 the yellow sands at the bottom; and the shallower 
 the water, the paler is the tint. The light thrown 
 upwards by reflection upon the under part of the 
 swollen sails, transfers the same hue to them, giving 
 them a singular aspect; but once I observed a still 
 more curious appearance, arising from the same 
 cause. Being becalmed off one of the little Keys 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 219 
 
 of the Florida Eeef, the crew had been amusing 
 themselves, with fishing, in which they had been 
 very successful. An Osprey {Hali<jeetits ossifragus\ 
 attracted, doubtless, by the fish that lay in profu- 
 sion about the decks, was slowly sailing around, 
 occasionally alighting on the ropes and spars. As 
 he hovered overhead, turning his head from side to 
 side, every feather was distinctly seen; but from 
 the reflection of the water beneath, all his under 
 parts, which are 'pure white, appeared of a fine pea- 
 green, and it was only on catching a side-glance at 
 him, that I discovered his true colour, and identified 
 the species. It is very pleasing to peer down into 
 the varying depths, especially in the clear waters of 
 these seas, and look at the many-coloured bottom; 
 sometimes a bright pearly sand, spotted with shells 
 and corals ; then a large patch of brown rock, whose 
 gaping clefts and fissures are but half hidden by the 
 waving tangles of purple weed ; where multitudes of 
 strange creatures revel and riot undisturbed. 
 
 " Come down, come down from the tall ship's side; 
 What a marvellous sight is here! 
 Look ! purple rocks and crimson trees, 
 Down in the deep so clear ! 
 
 *'See! where th#se shoals of dolphins go, 
 A glad and glorious band ; 
 Sporting amidst the day-bright woods 
 Of a coral fairy land. 
 
 '*See ! on the violet sands beneath, 
 How the gorgeous shells do glide ! 
 sea ! old sea ! who yet knows half 
 Of thy wonders and thy pride? 
 
220 THE OCEAN. 
 
 " Look, how the sea-plants trembling float, 
 All like a mermaid*s locks, 
 "Waving in thread of ruby red, 
 Over those nether rocks ! 
 
 "Heaving and sinking, soft and fair, 
 Here hyacinth — there green, — 
 With many a stem of golden growth. 
 And starry flowers between. 
 
 ** But away ! away ! to upper day ! 
 For monstrous shapes are here ; 
 Monsters of dark and wallowing bulk. 
 And horny eyeballs drear : 
 
 "The tusked mouth and the spiny fin, 
 Speckled and warted back. 
 The glittering swift and flabby slow, 
 Ramp through this deep sea track. 
 
 .^ " Away ! away ! to upper day ! 
 
 To glance o'er the breezy brine. 
 And see the nautilus gladly sail. 
 The flying-fish leap and shine V* 
 
 While pursuing our pleasant course amidst these 
 sandy keys, we may often observe the Green Turtle 
 (Chehnia mydas) swimming or floating at the sur- 
 face. In general it is difficult to approach them 
 within less than a few yards, as they are very wary, 
 and dive with great rapidity. The shoals and reefs 
 surrounding the islands, where, the sun penetrates 
 and warms the water, are favourite resorts of these 
 marine Reptilia; and here, too, grow in abundance 
 the sea-plants {Zostera^ &c.) on which they feed. 
 At night, the females land on the low sandy beaches, 
 and after examining the place with great caution 
 and circumspection, lay their eggs in holes, which 
 they scoop out with their fin-like feet. The work 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 221 
 
 being accomplished, the sand is again scraped back 
 over the eggs, and the surface made smooth as before. 
 The sun soon hatches the eggs, and the little Turtles 
 crawling forth from the sand, betake themselves to 
 the sea. The usefulness of this animal as an article 
 of luxurious food is well known ; but its real value 
 can only be appreciated, when we view it as afford- 
 ing an immediate relief from the horrors of scurvy, 
 which, arising from the constant use of salted pro- 
 visions, has often proved so terrible a scourge in 
 long voyages. There is a peculiarity in the struc- 
 ture of the heart of this and kindred animals, which 
 is worthy of notice. In man and other warm-blooded 
 animals, the blood is brought by the veins to the 
 heart, and poured into a chamber called the right 
 auricle; a communication exists between this and 
 a second chamber, called the right ventricle; from 
 the latter the blood is forced through a large ar- 
 tery to the lungs, to be renewed by exposure to the 
 air; from the lungs it is sent through veins to a 
 third chamber of the heart, called the left auricle^ 
 and thence into a fourth, called the left ventricle^ 
 from which the great artery, called the aorta^ carries 
 it again into the whole body. Thus, no particle of 
 the blood can be conveyed again into the system 
 without having passed through the lungs ; but in the 
 Turtle the case is different. All the four cham- 
 bers of the heart are present, but there is a commu- 
 nication open between the left and right ventricles ; 
 and the aorta and pulmonary artery both originate 
 from the right ventricle. In consequence, a part 
 only of the blood is sent thence to the lungs, which, 
 
 t2 
 
222 THE OCEAN. 
 
 returning through the left auricle and ventricle^ is 
 thrown into the right ventricle^ and mixed with that 
 which is just brought from the body ; the mixed 
 blood being partly returned to the body through the 
 aorta, and partly sent to the lungs. But this is the 
 course only when the animal is breathing ; and as a 
 large part of its life is passed under water, this con- 
 trivance enables the circulation to go on under cir- 
 cumstances when breathing necessarily ceases. For 
 if no air enterg the lungs, the blood cannot pass 
 through them; therefore, when under water, the 
 blood passing through the right auricle and ventricle^ 
 is immediately sent by the aorta into the body with- 
 out any exposure to the air. Of course, as the blood 
 thus unrenewed would become more and more im- 
 pure, this could not proceed very long without loss 
 of life, and hence there is a limit to the period 
 during which the breathing may be suspended, when 
 the animal must come to the surface or die. 
 
 Many of the fishes of these seas partake of the 
 brilliancy of colour with which the birds and insects 
 of the same sunny region are so lavishly adorned. 
 I have seen some of great beauty readily captured 
 with a hook from the deck of a vessel in shallow 
 water ; — such as the Yellow-fin {Sparus syiiagris, 
 Linn.), which has its body marked with longitudinal 
 bands of delicate pink and yellow alternately; the 
 fins are bright yellow, and the tail fine pale crimson. 
 A larger species, which the seamen denominated the 
 Market-fish {Labrus anthias^ L.), is all over of a 
 silvery tint with a ruddy glow, the fins and tail 
 bright crimson ; this species has very large scales. 
 
THE ATLANTIC OCEAN. 223 
 
 Then there is the Hog- fish (Lahrus Jlavus, L. ?), of 
 singular beauty, shaped somewhat like a perch, with 
 silvery grey scales ; the head marked all over with 
 streaks of brilliant violet blue, fantastically arranged, 
 somewhat like the stripes upon the head of the 
 Zebra. Still, however, even here there is some 
 deformity ; at least, every thing does not accord with 
 our habitual ideas of comeliness ; these beauties are 
 set off, as by a foil, by the visage of the Cat-fish 
 {Silurus catus\ a creature of remarkably hideous 
 aspect, but which is esteemed as food. 
 
 In some of the quiet nooks and sheltered bays 
 of these lovely islands, where the vegetation is green 
 and luxuriant to the water's edge, we may catch 
 a sight of a herd of Manatees, or Sea-Cows. These 
 animals are usually classed with the Whales, but 
 they seem, indeed, to be much more intimately con- 
 nected with the Pachydermata^ an order that con- 
 tains the Elephant and Hippopotamus. The form is 
 long and tapering, but plump, and has been com- 
 pared to that of a filled wine-skin or leather bottle. 
 The hinder feet are altogether wanting, but the fore 
 limbs assume the appearance of broad fiat fins or 
 flippers, the fingers of which are not separated ex- 
 ternally, but can be distinctly felt through the skin ; 
 and the nails or claws by which the paw is termi- 
 nated, sufficiently indicate their presence. These 
 creatures are perfectly inoffensive in their manners, 
 timid, and retiring ; they delight in secluded places, 
 shallow creeks, and particularly the mouths of the 
 great South American rivers, often proceeding many 
 miles up the country. For such situations they are 
 
 / 
 
224 THE OCEAN. 
 
 peculiarly adapted; the broad valleys of these re- 
 gions, parched up to barrenness in the dry season, 
 and then inundated, so as to resemble seas durinsr 
 the periodical rains, would not be suited to the capa- 
 cities of a terrestrial ruminant; but the aquatic 
 habits of the Manatee enable it to avail itself of the 
 rich and abundant vegetation of the watery expanse, 
 as well as to range the coast when it is parched up 
 by the returning drought. Being exclusively her- 
 bivorous, the flesh is highly esteemed ; its flavour is 
 thought to resemble that of excellent pork, though 
 by some it has been rather compared to beef. Hunt- 
 ing this animal is a favourite amusement in the 
 countries of its resort; a party proceed in a small 
 boat to its haunt, furnished with a harpoon, to 
 which is attached a stout line; when the weapon 
 is infixed, the creature dives; in the meanwhile the 
 boat is rowed ashore, and the Manatee, exhausted 
 by its efforts to escape, is drawn on land by the 
 cord, and despatched. Many of its habits are ex- 
 ceedingly interesting: it is fond of sporting in the 
 water, and leaping from the surface in the manner 
 of the true Cetacea. Such is the attachment evinced 
 by these animals for each other, that it is said, when 
 one is harpooned, the rest of the herd will assemble, 
 and endeavour to drag out the harpoon with their 
 teeth. When basking on the shore, the young are 
 collected into the centre of the group for protec- 
 tion, and if a calf has been killed, the mother will 
 suffer herself to be secured without effort; while, 
 on the other hand, if the dam be taken, the young 
 will follow the boat to the shore. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 When tlie astonishing sagacity and enterprise of 
 tlie Genoese had discovered the confines of a new 
 world across the trackless Atlantic, it was without 
 hesitation concluded, not only by himself, but by 
 all Europe, that the new land formed the extreme 
 eastern shore of Asia; and hence the name of Indies, 
 by this mistake, was given to these islands, which 
 has been perpetuated even to the present time. 
 Aware of the round form of the earth, the geogra- 
 phers of that age could well conceive the possibility 
 of reaching India by a westerly course; but, igno- 
 rant of the magnitude of the globe, they Jiad formed 
 a very inadequate idea of its existence, being totally 
 unaware of the vast continent, and still vaster ocean, 
 which separated Asia from the Atlantic. But as, 
 impelled by an insatiable thirst for gold, the unprin- 
 cipled Spaniards pushed their career of robbery and 
 murder farther and farther into the continent, they 
 began to hear tidings of a boundless sea, which 
 stretched away to the south and west, beyond the 
 horizon of the setting sun. Balboa, one of the reck- 
 less spirits who sought fortune and fame at all ha- 
 zards in the newly -found regions, boldly determined 
 to seek the sea of which the Indians spake. At the 
 head of a little band of men, guided by a Mexican, 
 
 1* (225) 
 
226 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 he succeeded, after severe privations and imminent 
 dangers, in crossing the isthmus that connects the 
 northern and southern portions of the continent. 
 They had arrived at the foot of a hill, from the top 
 of which the Indian assured him he would obtain a 
 sio-ht of the wished-for sea ; when in the enthusiasm 
 
 Balboa discovers the Pacific. 
 
 of the moment, leaving his companions behind, the 
 Spanish chief ran to the summit, and beheld a limit- 
 less Ocean sleeping in its immensity at his feet. 
 With the spurious piety common to the times — a 
 piety that could consist with the grossest injustice, 
 the blackest perjury, and the most barbarous cruelty, 
 —he knelt down and gave thanks aloud to God for 
 such a termination of his toils ; then having descend- 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 227 
 
 ed the cliffs to the shore of the Ocean, he bathed 
 ill its mighty waters, taking possession of it by the 
 name of tlje Great South Sea, on behalf of the King 
 of Spain. This Avas in the year 1513 ; but it was 
 not till seven years afterwards that its surface was 
 ruffled by a European keel. Then Magalhaens or 
 Magellan, a Portuguese navigator of great ability, 
 in the service of Spain, having run down the coast 
 of South America, discovered the straits which have 
 since borne his name, through which he sailed, and 
 emerging from them on the 28th November, 1520, 
 first launched out upon the broad bosom of the 
 South Sea. For three months and twenty days he 
 sailed across it, during which long period its surface 
 was never ruffled by a storm ; and from this circum- 
 stance he gave to the Ocean the appellation of the 
 Pacific, which it still retains. The immediate vici- 
 nity of the Straits, however, has been considered 
 peculiarly subject to tempests ; while the almost con- 
 tinual prevalence of westerly winds, joined to the 
 severity of the climate, has always given a character 
 of difficulty and hazard to the passage from the one 
 Ocean to the other. 
 
 In approaching the extreme point of South Ame- 
 rica, navigators have been struck with the extraor- 
 dinary size of a floating sea- weed, the Macrocystes 
 pyrifera of botanists. It consists of a smooth round 
 stem, commonly from 500 to 1000 feet in length: 
 Foster mentions one which was 800 feet, and some 
 specimens are reported even to attain the enormous 
 dimensions of 1500 feet. From the stem grow a 
 great number of pear-shaped air-vessels, which end 
 
228 THE OCEAN. 
 
 in long, flat, "wrinkled fronds of a semi4ransparent 
 brown hue. . I have already spoken of the Gulf- weed 
 {Sargadsum vulgare\ as being met with in partieular 
 parts of the Altantic: similar collections of it occur 
 also in these and other seas, and much mystery 
 seems to lie about its origin and mode of growth. 
 From specimens having been found with roots, it 
 appears certain that in a living state it is attached 
 to the bottom, whence it is not impossible that it 
 may be detached spontaneously at a certain period 
 of its growth, that the seed-vessels may be perfected 
 by exposure to light and air. Kear the shores sea- 
 weeds are found so uniformly growing to rocks as 
 to form a very valuable indication of the presence 
 of hidden dangers. These appear to be chiefly of 
 the former kind. 
 
 To these remote and inhospitable seas many ves- 
 sels are annually despatched from this country, as 
 well as from the United States, in pursuit of various 
 species of Seals, and of the Sperm Yv'hale. To obtain 
 the former, they resort to any of the small islands 
 which are scattered over the southern part of the 
 Atlantic and Pacific, but particularly those which lie 
 around Cape Horn. These animals yield two valu- 
 able products, oil and fur; but not indiscriminately, 
 the oil being afforded by the Elephant Seal {Macro- 
 rhinus jy^oboscideus), a singular animal, of large size; 
 being often seen thirty feet long, and eighteen round 
 at the thickest part. A very remarkable formation 
 of the snout has given the distinctive name to this 
 species. At a certain season of the year, in the 
 adult males, the skin of the tip of the nose, which 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 229 
 
 covers a number of cells ordinarily empty, becomes 
 enlarged and lengthened by the blood that the ani- 
 mal has the power of forcing into the cells. This 
 projection is now a foot in length; but it appears 
 to be nothing more than a mere appendage, some- 
 w^hat resembling, in more respects than one, the 
 fleshy wattle on the head of the turkey, which can 
 be similarly mflated. In the spring — that is, in these 
 latitudes, the months of August and September — 
 the Elephant Seals betake themselves to the rocky 
 shores in large herds: at this time they are exceed- 
 ingly fat, and a single male will sometimes yield a 
 butt of oil. They remain on shore until the middle 
 of summer, when the young, which have been born 
 in the mean time, are fit to take the water and pro- 
 vide for themselves. As the old ones have taken no 
 food during the whole of this period, they are become 
 very lean and weak, but soon recruit their powers. 
 Though furnished with large and powerful tusks, 
 and endowed with sufficient strength to use them, 
 the Sea-Elephant is a most mild and inoffensive 
 creature, suffering the seamen not only to walk 
 among them uninjured, but even to bathe in the 
 midst of the herd when swimming, with perfect im- 
 punity. In self-defence, however, or in defence of 
 their young, their resistance becomes formidable. 
 One of Anson's men, having killed a young one, had 
 the cruelty and rashness to skin it in the presence of 
 its mother: but she, coming behind him, got the 
 sailor's head into her mouth, and so scored and 
 notched his skull with her sharp teeth, that he died 
 
 in a day or two afterwards. 
 
 u 
 
230 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Among themselves, however, the males are accus- 
 tomed to fight at certain periods with gi*eat fero- 
 city. "Their mode of battle is very singular. The 
 two rival giant knights waddle heavily along; they 
 meet and join snout to snout; they then raise the 
 
 /TTfTZ/ff 
 
 Elephant Seals, Fighting. 
 
 fore part of the body as far as the fore paws, and 
 open their immense mouths; their eyes are inflamed 
 with rage, and they dash against each other with the 
 greatest violence in their power: now they tumble 
 one over the other; teeth crash with teeth, and jaws 
 with jaws; they wound each other deeply, some- 
 times knocking out each other's eyes, and more fre- 
 quently their tusks; the blood flows abundantly; 
 but these raging foes, without ever seeming to ob- 
 iserve it, prosecute the combat till their strength is 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 231 
 
 completely exhausted. It is seldom that either is 
 left dead ou the field, and the wounds they inllict, 
 however deep, heal Avith iucouceivable rapidity. The 
 object of these eucouiiters is to obtain the lordship 
 of a herd of females, by which a male is always 
 accompanied, and over which he rules with undi- 
 vided empire." 
 
 While on land, the motions of these animals are 
 slow and unwieldy, and apparently productive of 
 much fatigue. Their gait is described as singular : 
 as they crawl along, the vast bodj^ trembles like a 
 great bag of jelly, owing to the* mass of blubber by 
 which the whole animal is invested, and which is 
 as thick as it is in a whale. After having proceeded 
 thus for fifteen or twenty yards, they halt to rest; 
 and if forced to go forward by repeated blows, their 
 appearance presently manifests the distress to which 
 they are subjected by the increased exertion. It is 
 remarkable that, in these circumstances, the pupil 
 of the eye, which ordinarily is bluish-green, becomes 
 blood-red. They do not, therefore, commonly wan- 
 der far from the sea, but generally choose low sandy 
 shores, or the mouths of rivers, for their haunts; 
 though they have been known to ascend hills of 
 twenty feet elevation, in search of some pools of 
 water. They appear to be incommoded by the 
 direct beams of the sun ; and, to shelter themselves 
 from its influence, they have the habit of scooping 
 up the wet sand with their forepaws, and throwing 
 it over their bodies, until they are entirely enveloped 
 by it. 
 
 It is for the oil which is produced by this species 
 
232 THE OCEAN. 
 
 of Seal that many vessels are sent to the islands of 
 the racilic, and to the icy regions of the Antarctic 
 Ocean. Its skin, though serviceable as leather for 
 harness, &c., yields no fur, being clothed only with 
 coarse hair. The oil, however, is of a very superior 
 quality ; it is clear and limpid, without any smell, 
 and never becomes rancid ; it burns slowly, and 
 without smoke or disagreeable odour. The hunters 
 destroy the animals with long lances : w^atching the 
 instant when the Seal raises the left forepaw to ad- 
 vance, they plunge the lance into its heart, when it 
 immediately dies. The fat is then peeled from the 
 carcass, and cut up and packed in casks in a similar 
 manner to that of the Whale. 
 
 The soft yellow fur, with a changeable gloss, which 
 a few years ago was so much made into caps, is 
 another product of a South Sea voyage. It is the 
 covering of more than one species of Seal, belonging 
 to a tribe called Otaries, because their heads are 
 furnished with external ears, of which the others 
 are deprived. That which is by eminence called the 
 Fur-Seal {Otaria FalMandica\ is clothed externally 
 with long hair of a grey hue ; but when this hair is 
 pulled out, there is seen a thick fur of great soft- 
 ness, curly or wavy, and of a fine yellowish brown. 
 The habits of this animal are in general similar to 
 those of the Sea-Elephant just described: it is, how- 
 ever, much more active on land, often escaping from 
 a man running. Its history aftbrds us an instance of 
 change of instincts produced by experience. When 
 the Seals of South Shetland were first visited, they 
 had no apprehension of danger from man ; but would 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 233 
 
 unsuspectingly remain while their fellows were slain 
 and skinned; but latterly they have learned to 
 guard against the new dangers, by placing them- 
 selves on insulated rocks, from which they can in 
 a moment throw themselves into the water. We 
 may form a notion of the zeal with which this com- 
 mercial enterprise was prosecuted, as well as of its 
 valuable character, if it had been pursued with pru- 
 dent restrictions, from the fact that in the years 
 1821 and 1822, there were taken from the South 
 Shetland Isles, 320,000 skins of Fur-Seals, and 940 
 tuns of Sea-Elephant oil. The former valuable ani- 
 mal might, by proper precautions, have been made 
 to produce 100.000 skins annually, for a long time 
 to come. "This would have followed from not 
 killing the mothers till the young were able to take 
 the water.; and even then, only those which appeared 
 to be old, together with a proportion of the males, 
 thereby diminishing their total number, but in slow 
 progression. The system of extermination was prac- 
 tised, however, at South Shetland; for whenever a 
 Sc\al reached the beach, of whatever denomination, 
 lie was immediately killed and his skin taken; and 
 by this means, at the end of the second year, the 
 animals became nearly extinct ; the young, having 
 lost their mothers when only three or four days old, 
 of course all died, which, at the lowest calculation, 
 exceeded 100,000."- 
 
 Other species of Otaries, which frequent these 
 seas, have large heads, clothed with long shaggy hair, 
 
 * Weddeir? Voyage, p. 141. 
 u 2 
 
234 THE OCEAN. 
 
 which, falling clown on the neck, assumes the ap- 
 pearance of a mane, and hence they are frequently 
 called Sea-lions. Of some of these animals which 
 Captain Cook met with, he says : " It is not at all 
 dangerous to go among them, for they either fled 
 or lay still. The only danger was in going between 
 them and the sea; for if they took fright at any 
 thing, they would come down in such numbers, that 
 if 3^ou could not get out of their way, you would be 
 run over. When we came suddenly upon them, or 
 waked them oat of their sleep (for they are sluggish, 
 sleepy animals), they would raise up their lieads, 
 snort and snarl, and look fierce, as if they meant to 
 ■devour us; but as we advanced upon them, tliey 
 always ran away, so that they are downright bullies." 
 Like the Sea-Elephant, however, they are quarrel- 
 some among themselves. They often seize each 
 other with a degree of rage which is not to be de- 
 scribed ; and many of them are seen with deep gashes 
 on their backs, which they had received in these 
 wars. Others of the eared Seals are fierce and fear- 
 less towards man himself. Woodes Eogers describes 
 one which he met with at the Galapagos, which he 
 calls a Sea-bear, probably of a species (Oiaria vr- 
 sina) common in the seas of which I am speaking. 
 He says, *' A very large one made at me three 
 several times; and if I had not happened to have 
 a pikestaff headed with iron, he might have killed 
 me. I was on the level sand when he came 
 open-mouthed at me fron the water, as fierce and 
 quick as an angry dog let loose. All the tlirec times 
 he made at mc, T struck the pike into his breast, 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 235 
 
 which at last forced him to retire into the water, 
 snarling with an ugly noise, and showing his long 
 teeth."-^ 
 
 Dividing the dominion of these inliospitable islands 
 with the Seals, may be seen myriads of Penguins ; 
 curious birds, which seem to be the link which con- 
 nects the feathered with the finny race. Their 
 little wings, destitute of quills, but covered with stiff 
 scaly feathers, hang down by their sides, perfectly 
 incompetent to lift them from the ground, resem- 
 bling in shape the fins of a fish, or still more the 
 flippers of a turtle. But see the Penguin in the 
 water ; the deficiency of flight is abundantly com- 
 pensated by the power and agility it possesses in 
 this element: it dashes along over the surface in 
 gallant style, or diving, shoots through the water 
 with the rapidity of a fish, urging its course by the 
 united action of its finny wings and its broad 
 webbed feet; then, coming again to the top, leaps 
 over any obstacle in its course, many feet at a bound, 
 and pursues its way. On the sandy shores or flat 
 rocks in the Southern Ocean, the Penguins, of several 
 species, assemble in innumerable multitudes, for the 
 purpose of hatching their eggs and rearing their 
 young. The feet are placed very far back on the 
 body, so that the bird assumes an erect position when 
 resting or walking on land; and from their posture^ 
 their colours, their numbers, and their orderly ar- 
 rangement, they have been compared, when seen at a 
 distance, to an army of disciplined soldiers. One voy- 
 ager likens them to a troop of little children standing 
 
 * Kerr's Voyages, x. 374. 
 
236 THE OCEAN. 
 
 lip ill white aprons, from their white bellies contrast- 
 ing with their bine backs. The presence of these 
 birds is described as greatly increasing the dreary 
 character of these desolate regions ; their perfect 
 indiiference to man conveying an almost awful im- 
 pression of their loneliness. The intrusion of sea- 
 men even into the very midst of them causes no 
 alarm; no resistance is offered, no escape is attempted; 
 the birds immediately gaze around with a sidelong 
 glance at the visitors, but they move not from their 
 eggs, standing quietly while their companions are 
 one by one knocked on the head, and waiting with- 
 out dread till their own turn comes. We can scarcely 
 form an adequate idea of one of these camps or 
 towns, as they have been appropriately called. A 
 space of ground, covering three or four acres, is laid 
 out and levelled, and then divided into squares for 
 the nests, as accurately as if done by a surveyor : 
 between these compartments they march and coun- 
 termarch with an order and regularity that remind 
 one of soldiers on parade. But what shall we say to 
 a colony of these birds, the King Penguin {Aptmo- 
 dytes patachonica)^ which w^as seen by Mr. G. Ben- 
 nett, on Macquarie Island? It covered thirty or 
 forty acres; and though no conjecture could possibly 
 be formed of the number of birds composing the 
 town, yet some notion of its amazing amount may 
 be given from the fact, that during the whole day 
 and night 80,000 or 40,000 are continually landing, 
 and as many going to sea. There are three princripal 
 species, which inhabit the southern portion of the 
 globe, which bear great resemblance to each other 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 23T 
 
 in manners, and generally are found in company. 
 These are the one just mentioned, the Crested Pen- 
 guin {A. chrysocome\ and the Jackass Penguin {A. 
 deniersa). The latter has obtained its title from its 
 nightly habit of emitting discordant sounds, which 
 
 
 Pengthns. 
 
 have been likened to the effusions of our humble 
 sonorous friend of the common. This species seems 
 to deviate from the general manner of breeding, as 
 it burrows on the sandy li^ls, and is more sensible 
 of injury than its fellows. For Forster describes the 
 ground as every where so much bored, that a person 
 
238 THE OCEAN. 
 
 in walking often sinks up to the knees; and if the 
 Penguin chance to be in her hole, she revenges her- 
 self on the passenger by fastening on his legs, which 
 she bites very hard. 
 
 The following notices of these singular birds, by 
 those who have seen them in their haunts, are inte- 
 resting, as illustrative of their economy: — "One day," 
 says Mr. Darwin, "having placed myself between 
 a Penguin and the water, I was much amused by 
 watching its habits. It was a brave bird; and, till 
 reaching the sea, it regularly fought and drove me 
 backwards. Nothing less than heavy blows would 
 have stopped him; every inch gained he firmly kept, 
 standing close before me, erect and determined. 
 When thus opposed, he continually rolled his head 
 from side to side in a very odd manner, as if the 
 power of vision lay only in the anterior and basal 
 part of each eye. This bird is commonly called the 
 Jackass Penguin, from its hgbit, while on shore, of 
 throwing its head backwards, and making a loud 
 strange noise, very like the braying of that animal ; 
 but while at sea and undisturbed, its note is very 
 deep and solemn, and is often heard in the night- 
 time. In diving, its little plumeless wings are used 
 as fins; but on the land, as front legs. When crawl- 
 ing (it may be said on four legs) through the tus- 
 socks, or on the side of a grassy cliff, it moved so 
 very quickly that it might readily have been mis- 
 taken for a quadruped. When at sea and fishing, 
 it comes to the surface for the purpose of breathing, 
 with such a spring, and^dives again so instantane- 
 ously, that I defy any one at first sight to be sure 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 239 
 
 that it is not a fish leaping for sport."^ Of the same 
 species, apparently, Captain Fitzroy thus speaks :— 
 ^'Multitudes of Penguins were swarming together 
 in some parts of the island [Noir Ishmd], among the 
 bushes and tussocks near the shore, having gone 
 there for the purposes of moulting and rearing their 
 young. They were very valiant in self-defence, and 
 ran, open-mouthed, by dozens, at any one w^ho- in- 
 vaded their territory, little knowing how soon a stick 
 could scatter them on the ground. The young were 
 good eating, but the others proved to be black and 
 tough when cooked. The manner in which they 
 feed their young is curious, and rather amusing, 
 the old bird gets on a little eminence, and make^'^^ 
 a great noise, between quacking and braying, hold' 
 ing its head up in the air, as if it were haranguing 
 the penguinnery, while the young one stands close to 
 it, but a little lower. The old bird having continued 
 its clatter for about a minute, puts its head down, 
 and opens its mouth wddely, into which the young 
 one thrusts its head, and then appears to suck from 
 the throat of its mother for a minute or two, after 
 which the clatter is repeated, and the young one 
 is again fed; this continues for about ten minutes. 
 I observed some that were moulting make the same 
 noise, and then apparently swallow w^hat they thus 
 supplied themselves with; so, in this w^ay, I suppose, 
 tliey are furnished wdth subsistence during tlie time 
 they cannot seek it in the water."f Mr. Weddell 
 observes of the King Penguins: — "In pride these 
 
 ♦Voyages of Adventure and Beagle, iii. 256. f Ibid. i. 387. 
 
240 THE OCEAN. 
 
 birds are perhaps not surpassed even by the pea- 
 cock, to which, in beauty of plumage, they are indeed 
 very little inferior. During the time of moulting, 
 they seem to repel each other with disgust, on 
 account of the ragged state of their coats; but as they 
 arrive at the maximum of splendour, they re-assem- 
 ble, and no one who has not completed his plumage 
 is allowed to enter the community. Their frequently 
 looking down their front and sides, in order to con- 
 template the perfection of their exterior brilliancy, 
 and to remove any speck which might sully it, is 
 •truly amusing to an observer. 
 
 "About the beginning of January they pair and 
 lay their eggs. During the time of hatching, the 
 male is remarkably assiduous, so that when the hen 
 has occasion to go off to feed and wash, the egg is 
 transported to him; which is done by placing their 
 toes together, and rolling it from the one to the 
 other, using their beaks to place it properly. As 
 they have no nest, it is to be remarked that the egg 
 is carried between the tail and legs, where the female, 
 in particular, has a cavity for the purpose. 
 
 "The hen keeps charge of her young nearly a 
 twelvemonth, during which time they change and 
 complete their plumage; and in teaching them to 
 swim, the mother has frequently to use some arti- 
 fice; for when the young one refuses to take the 
 water, she entices it to the side of a rock and cun- 
 ningly pushes it in; and this is repeated until it takes 
 the sea of its own accord."" All the species are 
 arrant thieves, each losing no opportunity of stealing 
 
 * Voyayo towards the South Pole, p. 66. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 241 
 
 materials during nest-building time, and even tlie 
 eggs from each other, if tlidy are left unguarded. 
 They are usually thought, when seen at sea, to 
 indicate that land is at no great distance; but this 
 indication is not always correct, for they are occa- 
 sionally seen very far from any shore, and, indeed, 
 with their swimming powers, one can readily imagine 
 that the space of a few leagues w^ould be no object 
 of concern. The Crested Penguin, in particular, 
 lives in open sea; it has been seen some hundreds 
 of miles from land, voyaging in pairs, male and 
 female. 
 
 The chief object of commercial speculation in the 
 Pacific is the pursuit of the Sperm Whale, than 
 which the whole wide range of hunian enterprise 
 affords no occupation of more daring adventure, or 
 niore romantic interest. A crew of thirty or forty 
 hardy fellows leave their native land, and boldly 
 steer away to the most distant parts of the globe. 
 The tempestuous sea of Cape Horn soon finds them 
 hotly engaged in striking their giant game; or, if 
 they find it not here, they do not hesitate to stretch 
 away to the shores of New Zealand, or even to 
 seek the leviathan of the deep five thousand miles 
 farther, in the distant seas of China and Japan. 
 Now they are braving the horrors of the Antarctic 
 sea, threading an intricate and perilous course 
 through fields and bergs of floating ice, '* under the 
 frozen serpent of the south;" anon they are upon 
 the equator, toiling with undaunted spirit beneath 
 the rays of a vertical sun. The bleak and barren 
 rocks of the Horn, tenanted by Penguins, are for- 
 
 16 X 
 
242 THE OCEAN. 
 
 saken for tlie sunny isles of Polynesia, and these, 
 again, for the inhospitable shores of Kumschatka. 
 Peculiar dangers attend them in their protracted 
 voyage; if they escape unscathed from the storms 
 of the south, it is to enter an ocean strewn with in- 
 numerable reefs of stony coral, whose positions are 
 but imperfectly indicated in charts, to touch one of 
 which would be inevitable destruction; if these are 
 safely passed^ it is to penetrate into a sea vexed w^ith 
 the most terrible of tempests, the typhoon. The 
 duration of the voyage is protracted to a length 
 which would justify our calling it an exile; this is 
 no summer's trip ; three and even four years are 
 the ordinary periods allotted to this enterprise. The 
 object of the pursuit, gigantic in size and power, 
 seems to demand no ordinary courage in its assail- 
 ant ; and more especially in his own element, when 
 he is "making the sea to boil like a pot of oint- 
 ment," to venture to the battle in a frail boat, needs 
 a hardihood of more than common calibre. The 
 moment of victory is frequently the moment of 
 danger; the dying struggles of the lanced Whale 
 are of fearful impetuosity; the huge and muscular 
 tail lashes the Ocean into foam, and the long and 
 powerful lower jaw, serried with teeth, snaps con- 
 vulsively in every direction. Timid as this mighty 
 animal usually is, instances are not infrequent, in 
 which a consciousness of strength has been accom- 
 panied by the will to use it. The destruction of 
 the ship Essex, an American whaler, affords a re- 
 markable instance of the ferocity and determination, 
 as well as of the power, of the Sperm Whale. This 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 243 
 
 vess^el was whaling in the vicinity of the Society 
 Islands, when one of these animals, having grazed 
 its back in passing beneath the vessel's keel, became 
 enraged, and after swimming to some distance, sud- 
 denly turned, and rushed with amazing force against 
 the ship. The helmsman vainly endeavoured to 
 avoid the blow, and the animal, repeating the attack, 
 stove in the ship's bows, when she speedily filled 
 and went down, barely allowing tlie hands on board 
 time to take to the boat. Those who were out in 
 pursuit, seeing, to their astonishment, their vessel 
 sink without any apparent cause, hastened to the 
 spot, and the whole crew found themselves in open 
 boats, three thousand miles from the coast of Chili, 
 to which they determined to proceed, but where 
 three or four only arrived, after painful and pro- 
 tracted sufterings. 
 
 The Sperm Whale {Physeter macroceplialus) attains 
 a greater length than the Greenland Whale, from 
 which it is at once distinguished by the remarkable 
 form of the head. As in the latter, the head occu- 
 pies about one- third of the entire length, but it 
 is of the same thickness throughout, appearing as 
 if it had been suddenly cut off at the muzzle; so 
 that the head bears no small resemblance to a huge 
 box. There is no whalebone; but the lower jaw, 
 which is narrow, and fits into the upper, is armed 
 with a series of sharp teeth, which are received into 
 hollows in the upper gums. The blow-hole is placed 
 at the front angle of the head ; the eye is just above 
 the inner corner of the mouth, and over this, where 
 the head joins the body, there is a hunch, called the 
 
244 THE OCEAN. 
 
 bunch of the neck ; from hence the body is nearly 
 straight to Avithin one-third of its length from the 
 tail, where there is a larger prominence called the 
 hump ; it now rapidly tapers away to the tail : the 
 whalers distinguish this tapering part by the name 
 of "the small," and the broad horizontal tail, as "the 
 flukes." The whole of the upper portion of the 
 square and bluff head is occupied by a cavity, tech- 
 nically termed "the case;" which is not covered by 
 bone, but by a thick, tendinous, elastic skin, and 
 lined with a beautiful glistening membrane. This 
 cavity is filled with a clear oil, which, after death, 
 cools into the substance well known as spermaceti. 
 Some idea may be formed of the capacity of the case, 
 from the fact that, in a large Whale, it will frequently 
 be found to contain ten large barrels of this valuable 
 product. Immediately beneath the case is placed 
 "the junk," a thick triangular mass of tough elastic 
 substance, which also yields a considerable quantity 
 of spermaceti. The fins are comparatively small, and 
 are situated a little behind the mouth ; they do not 
 appear to be used in giving motion, which is effected 
 by the tail, but in balancing the body, and support- 
 ing the young. 
 
 The general colour of the animal is very dark 
 grey, nearly black on the upper parts, but more sil- 
 very beneath. Old males usually have a large spot 
 of pale grey on the front of the head, when they are 
 said to be grey-headed. The motions of these enor- 
 mous creatures are exceedingly curious : when mov- 
 ing perfectly at leisure, the Whale swims slowly 
 along, just below the surface of the water, effecting 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 245 
 
 his progress by gently moving his tail from side to 
 side obliquely. The bunch and hump may be seen 
 above the water, and by the disturbance which they 
 cause in cutting the fluid, some foam is produced, 
 by which an experienced whaler can judge, even at 
 some miles' distance, how fast the animal is going. 
 When disturbed, however, or from any cause in- 
 clined to increase his velocity, he uses a very dif- 
 ferent mode of progression. The broad tail now 
 strikes the water upward and downward alternately 
 with great force ; at every blow downward the fore 
 part sinks down several yards into the water, while 
 by the force of the upward blow the head is thrust 
 entirely out of the water. A Whale can swim in 
 this manner, the head alternately appearing and 
 disappearing, which the seamen call "going head- 
 out," at the rate of twelve miles an hour. It may 
 appear surprising that so bulky a portion of the 
 animal as the enormous head, should be so easily 
 thrust into the air, the head being usually the 
 heaviest part of an animal : but here we trace the 
 beneficent hand of God in creation, the volume of the 
 head being occupied not with dense bone, but, as we 
 have seen, with an oil which is considerably lighter 
 than water, and which renders this part the most 
 buoyant of the whole body. And when we consider 
 that the breathing aperture, or blow-hole, must be 
 projected from the water for the reception of air, we 
 see the reason of this buoyancy.*^ 
 
 * For most of the particulars of the history and pursuit of this 
 animal I am indebted to Mr. Beale*s valuable work on the Sperm 
 Whale 
 
 x2 
 
246 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Every thing connected with the breathing of the 
 Sperm Whale is performed with a regularity that 
 is yevj remarkable. The length of time he remains 
 at the surface, the number of "spoutings" made at 
 each time, the length of interval between the spouts, 
 the time he remains below the surface, before again 
 rising to breathe, are all, when he is undisturbed, 
 as regular in succession and duration as it is pos- 
 sible to imagine. This is a circumstance of the 
 greatest value to the v/haler; for though there is 
 considerable variation in these particulars in different 
 animals, yet such is the precision with wliich each 
 maintains his own rates of movement, that when 
 the periods of any particular Whale have been ob- 
 served, the whaler can calculate, even to a minute, 
 when it will reappear, and how long it will continue 
 at the surface. A large male, called "a bull whale," 
 usually remains at the surface about ten minutes, 
 during which he spouts sixty or seventy times; 
 then, to use the nautical phrase, ^'his spoutings are 
 out," the head gradually sinks, the "small'' is pro- 
 jected from the water, and presently the "flukes" 
 of the tail are raised high in the air, and the animal 
 descends perpendicularly to an unknown depth, re- 
 maining below from an hour to an hour and twenty 
 minutes, when he comes up to respire again. 
 
 The regular recurrence of these motions can be 
 depended on only when the Whale is perfectly at 
 ease; for, if alarmed, he dives immediately, rising, 
 however, soon again to complete his spoutings. 
 When "going head out," also, he spouts at every 
 projection of the head, and much more hurriedly 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 247 
 
 than usual. One would be apt to suppose that a 
 creature so huge and powerful, would be little the 
 subject of fear or alarm; but, in truth, it is a re- 
 markably timid animal; the approach even of a 
 boat causing him to descend with precipitation. It 
 is graciously ordained, that the creatures which are 
 formed to contribute to man's comfort or sustenance, 
 though many of them are more powerful than he, 
 should be impressed with such a fear of him, as 
 in general to be incapable of using their superior 
 strength to his disadvantage. ^'And the fear of 
 you, and the dread of you, shall be upon every beast 
 of the earth, and upon every fowl of the air ; upon 
 all that moveth upon the earth, and upon all the 
 fishes of the sea ; into your hand are they deliver- 
 ed."'-'* But this huge animal has other enemies 
 than man : equally with the Greenland Whale, it 
 is subject to the assaults of some of the larger 
 predaceous fishes; the Sword-fish and the Saw-fish 
 plunge into his body their formidable snouts, and the 
 " Thresher" leaps upon him from above. Mr. Beale 
 records the following incident, as reported to him 
 by an eye-witness, a gentleman on whose veracity he 
 could rely. " He stated that he had been observing 
 a Sperm Whale during the time it had remained 
 at the surface to breathe, which afterwards went 
 through the evolution of peaking its flukes in the 
 usual manner, and disappeared. As it was a large 
 Whale, and as he knew it was likely to remain under 
 water for a considerable time, he scarcely expected 
 io see it again. However, in this he was mistaken ; 
 
 * Gen. ix. 2. 
 
248 THE OCEAN. 
 
 for after it had disappeared only for a few minutes, 
 it again rose, apparently in great trepidation, and, 
 as it reared with great velocity, half of its huge 
 body projected out of the water. Gaining, however, 
 in a few seconds the horizontal position, it went on 
 at its utmost speed, going head out; the moment 
 after which, he saw a fish, somewhat resembling 
 a Conger-eel in figure, but rather more bulky, and 
 to all appearance about six or eight feet in length, 
 flying itself high out of the Avater after the Whale, 
 and fall clumsily on its back, which caused still 
 more alarm to the immense but timid animal, so 
 that it beat the water with its tail, and reared its 
 enormous head so violently, that sounds from the 
 former could be heard at a great distance : it still, 
 however, continued its rapid career, receiving every 
 few minutes the unwelcome visits of its galling 
 adversary. My informant had good reason to be- 
 lieve that some other animal was at the same time 
 attacking it from below; for, on more than one 
 occasion, he saw some animal dart at times to the 
 surface with amazing quickness, as if engaged with 
 great fury in the contest ; and which, he supposes, 
 prevented the Whale from descending, in which he 
 had the power, no doubt, if he had not been thus 
 prevented, of leaving his antagonists far behind. 
 The attack was continued for a considerable time, 
 during which the Whale had got a great distance 
 from the ship, when it twice threw itself completely 
 out of its native element, no doubt endeavouring 
 to escape from its tormenting adversaries by this^ 
 act of * breaching,' and which I have myself seen 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 249 
 
 him do, after having been unsuccessfully chased by 
 the boats."^ 
 
 A Whale will occasionally place himself perpen- 
 dicularly in the water, his whole head being visible, 
 presenting a most extraordinary appearance, like a 
 black rock in the Ocean: the object of this posture 
 is to take a rapid and comprehensive glance around 
 him, when he is apprehensive of danger. Some- 
 times, when attacked by boats, he will carefully 
 sweep his tail from side to side upon the surface, 
 as if to discover by feeling, the object of his dread. 
 At other times, he amuses himself by lashing the 
 water with the same organ, in the most violent man- 
 ner; covering the sea with foam, while the strokes 
 resound on every side. Breaching or leaping bodily 
 into the air, is alluded to in the above extract. 
 
 The food of the Sperm Whale consists of different 
 species of cuttle or squid, occasionally varied with 
 small fish : to obtain these, Mr. Beale supposes with 
 much probability, that he descends to a consider- 
 able depth, and remaining as quiet as possible, 
 allows his narrow lower jaw to hang down perpen- 
 dicularly at right angles with his body. The whole 
 inside of his mouth, and particularly the teeth, being 
 of a glistening white hue, the squid are attracted 
 to visit it, and when a sufficient number are Avithin, 
 the mouth is supposed to be closed. That the prey 
 is obtained in some other way than by pursuit is 
 proved by the fact, that Whales are often found 
 blind, and others with the lower jaw distorted, which 
 yet are in as good condition as others. These dis- 
 
 * Beale's Sperm Whale, p. 49. 
 
250 THE OCEAN. 
 
 tortious arise from battles between old "bull whales;'' 
 they rush upon each other with great fury, their 
 mouths wide open, each endeavouring to seize his 
 adversary by the lower jaw. In this manner they 
 often become locked together by the jaws, and then 
 struggling with all their gigantic power, the contest 
 frequently terminates in the dislocation or fracture 
 of the jaw. The teeth are not used for chewing, the 
 prey being swallowed entire. 
 
 In the chase and capture of this immense creature, 
 as might be expected from the peculiarities of it^ 
 habits, there are several circumstances that distin- 
 guish it from the Greenland whale-fishery, while, 
 at the same time, there is a general resemblance. 
 Ships of three or four hundred tons are selected 
 for the voyage, strongly built, manned with a crew 
 of about thirty hands, and provisioned for four years. 
 A watch is stationed aloft immediately on leaving the 
 Channel, although the Sperm Whale is rarely seen in 
 the Atlantic north of the equator. The look-out on 
 the mast-head is never interrupted during the voyage, 
 or until the cargo is completed, the men on this duty 
 being relieved in succession. On a Sperm Whale 
 being perceived, the intelligence is communicated by 
 the watch calling out aloud in a peculiar tone, "There 
 she spouts!" a cry which fails not to produce a gene- 
 ral rush on deck of all hands. The captain eagerly 
 asks, "Whereaway?" The position of the prey is 
 pointed out, while at every fresh spouting the watch, 
 accompanied by every individual on board who has 
 caught sight of the object, vociferates, "There again!" 
 When the spoutings are out, and the Whale descends, 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 251 
 
 the elevation of the tail into the air is announced 
 in the same manner by ^' There goes flukes!" The 
 reason of these announcements appears to be, that 
 the times of the animal's motions may be accurately 
 marked by the proper officers, though they may not 
 see them themselves, as affording an unfailing cri- 
 terion by which to judge of his future movements. 
 On the first signal being given, the boats, which are 
 always kept in complete readiness at the ship's side, 
 are lowered, and the men take their places with joy- 
 ous alacrity. If not too far off, they strain every 
 nerve to arrive at the animal before his spoutings 
 are out, which in a large bull Whale may be about 
 ten minutes. Should they be unable, however, to 
 effect this, they endeavour to mark his direction of 
 diving, and station themselves near the spot where 
 they expect he will break water. On his reappear- 
 ance, the boats are rowed up as silently as possible, 
 and the foremost harpooner darts his weapon with 
 all his force into his side. The instant this is done 
 he cries, "Stern all!" and the boat is withdrawn with 
 precipitation. The Whale, writhing with the agony, 
 dives perpendicularly, drawing the line of the har- 
 poon swiftly through its groove: the other boats 
 are ready to bend on their lines, each of whi<jh is 
 two hundred fathoms long ; for sometimes a Whale 
 will drag after him four lines descending to the 
 depth of 4800 feet. Presently he is seen approach- 
 ing the surface: "The gurgling and bubbling water, 
 which rises before, also proclaims that he is near; 
 his nose starts from the sea; the rushing spout is 
 projected high and suddenly, from his agitation." 
 
ggS THE OCEAN. 
 
 On his reacliing the surface, the other boats infix 
 their harpoons, while at the same instant the former 
 harpooner thrusts deeply his steel lance into the 
 body, and "Stern all!" again resounds. 
 
 Now comes the most dangerous part of the busi- 
 ness; the Whale is in his "flurry," or last agony; 
 he dashes hither and thither, snaps convulsively with 
 his huge jaws, rolls over and over, coiling the line 
 around his body, or leaps completely out of the 
 water. The boats are often upset, sometimes broken 
 into fragments, and the men wounded or drowned. 
 Now the crimson blood is spouted from the blow- 
 hole, and falls in showers around; the poor animal 
 whirls rapidly round in unconsciousness, in a por- 
 tion of a circle, rolls over on its side, and is still in 
 death. 
 
 The huge body is now towed to the ship ; a hole 
 is cut into the blubber near the head, into which 
 a strong hook is inserted ; a difficult and dangerous 
 operation. A strong tension is then applied to this 
 hook, and by it the blubber is hoisted up, as it is 
 gradually cut by the spades in a spiral strip, going 
 round and round the body. As this strip or band of 
 blubber is pulled off, the body of course revolves, until 
 the vStripping reaches " the small," when it will turn 
 no more. The head, which at the commencement 
 of the process was cut off and secured astern, is 
 now hoisted into a perpendicular position, the front 
 of the muzzle opened, and the spermaceti dipped 
 out of the " case" by a bucket at the end of a pole. 
 The "junk" is then cut into oblong pieces, and the 
 remainder of the head, with the carcass, cut adrift. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 253 
 
 The oil is afterwards extracted from the blubbef 
 and junk by exposing them to the action of fire in 
 large pots, the skinny portions which remain serv- 
 ing for fuel: and the spermaceti is purified in the 
 same manner. The products are then stowed away 
 in barrels in the vessel's hold. 
 
 The following narrative, from the interesting work 
 of Mr. Beale, gives us a vivid picture of this excit- 
 ing pursuit: '^At daybreak, one fine morning in 
 August, as our first mate was going aloft to look 
 out for Whales, he discovered no less than thi*ee 
 ships within a mile of us; but they were situated 
 in various directions. We soon discovered them to 
 be whalers, who, like ourselves, were cruising after 
 the Spermaceti Whale, and, therefore, their appear- 
 ance only had the effect of redoubling our vigilance 
 in the look-out, so that we might, if possible, be 
 the first to obtain the best chance, if one of those 
 creatures hove in sight. And it was not long be- 
 fore a very large Whale made his appearance right 
 in among the ships. The water was smooth at the 
 time, for we had but a light air of wind stirring, 
 so that our boats were instantly lowered without 
 the loss of time of bringing the ship to. But, al- 
 though we managed matters as quietly and secretly 
 as possible, we found the moment our boats quitted 
 the ship's side, that all the others had been as vigi- 
 lant as ourselves, and had also lowered their boats 
 after the Whale. The whole of them immediately 
 began the chase, nine boats in all, being three from 
 each ship. They all exerted themselves to the ut- 
 most, and, as we expected, in vain; for before any 
 
254 THE OCEAN. 
 
 of the boats had got even near him, the enormous 
 animal lifted his widely-expanded flukes, and de- 
 scended perpendicularly into the depths of the Ocean 
 to feed. Those in the boats, however, having no- 
 ticed his course, proceeded onwards, thinking the 
 Whale would continue to pursue the same direction 
 under water; but, as he was going slowly at the 
 time he was up, they did not proceed more than a 
 mile from the place at which he descended, before 
 they separated about a hundred yards from each 
 other, and then, peaking their oars, all the men in 
 each boat stood up, looking in different directions, 
 so as to catch the first appearance of the spout, when 
 the Whale again rose to breathe. When an hour 
 after his descent had expired, the excitement among 
 us who were on board the ship, became wound up 
 to its highest pitch. The captain, who had remained 
 on board, ascended to the fore-top-gallant-yard to 
 watch the manoeuvres of the boats, and for the 
 purpose of the better ordering the signals to them, 
 or working of the ship. All those who were down 
 after the Whale appeared as feverish with anxiety 
 as ourselves, for every now and then they were to 
 be seen shifting their position a little, thinking 
 to do so with advantage; then they would cease 
 rowing, and stand up on the seats of the boats, and 
 look all round over the smooth surface of the Ocean 
 with ardent gaze. But one hour and ten minutes 
 expired before the monster of the deep thought 
 proper to break cover; and when he did, then a 
 rattling chase commenced with the whole of the 
 boats, and they really flew along in fine style, some 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 255 
 
 of them appearing to be actually lifted quite on the 
 surface of the water, from the great power of the 
 rowers ; and we had the satisfaction of observing, 
 that our boats were quite equal to the others in. 
 the speed with which they were propelled. But it 
 was again a useless task, as the Whale had outwitted 
 those in the boats, by having gone, while under 
 water, much farther than any of his pursuers had 
 anticipated, and they again had the mortiiication of 
 witnessing the turning of his flukes, as he once more 
 descended into the depths of his vast domain. We 
 now knew to a minute the time that he would remain 
 below, while the people in the boats continued to 
 row slowly onwards the whole time. A fine breeze 
 now sprang up, so that we were enabled to keep 
 company with the boats, keeping a little to wind- 
 ward of them, as the Whale was going ^on a wind,' 
 as a 'seaman would say, meaning that it was blowing 
 across him. 
 
 ^' When the hour and ten minutes had again nearly 
 past, the nine boats were nearly abreast of each 
 other, and not much separated, so that the success 
 of first striking the Whale depended very much 
 upon the swiftest boat, especially if the Whale came 
 up ahead. We had now all the boats on our lee- 
 beam, while the ships were all astjrn of us, the most 
 distant not being more than half a mile, so that we 
 enjoyed an excellent view of this most exciting and 
 animated scene. True to his time, the leviathan 
 at length arose right ahead of the boats, and at 
 not more than a quarter of a mile distant from them. 
 The excitement among the crews of the various 
 
256 THE OCEAN. 
 
 boats, when they saw his first spout, was tremen- 
 dous ; they did not shout, but we could hear an agi- 
 tated murmur from their united voices reverberating 
 along the surface of the deep. Tliey flew over the 
 limpid waves at a rapid rate : the mates of the vari- 
 ous boats cheered their respective crews by various 
 urgent exclamations. * Swing on your oars, my 
 boys, for the honour of the Henrietta !' cried one ; 
 
 * Spring away, hearties !' shouted another ; and yet 
 scarcely able to breathe from anxiety and exertion ; 
 
 * It's our fish !' vociferated a third, as he passed the 
 rest of his opponents but a trifling distance. ' Lay 
 on, my boys!' cried young Clark, our first mate, as 
 he steered the boat with one hand and pressed down 
 the after oar with the other: 'she'll be ours yet; 
 let's have a strong pull, a long pull, and a pull 
 air together !' he exclaimed, as he paused from his 
 exertions at the after oar, which soon brought up 
 his boat qviite abreast of the foremost. 
 
 "But the giant of the Ocean, who was only a 
 short distance before them, now appeared rather 
 'gallied,' or frightened, having probably seen or 
 heard the boats, and as he pufted up his spout to 
 a great height, and reared his enormous head, he 
 increased his speed, and went along quite as fast as 
 the boats, but foi^ only two or three minutes, when 
 he appeared to get perfectly quiet again, while the 
 boats gained rapidly upon him, and were soon close 
 in his wake. ' Stand up !' cried young Clark to 
 the harpooner, who is also the bow-oarsman ; while 
 the same order was instantly given by his opponent, 
 whose boat was abreast of our mate's with the rest 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 25t 
 
 close to their sterns. The orders were instantly 
 obeyed, for in a second of time both boat-steerers 
 stood in the bows of their respective boats, with 
 their harpoons held above their heads ready for the 
 dart ; but they both panted to be a few yards nearer 
 to the Whale, to do so with success. The monster 
 plunged through the main quickly, but the boats 
 gained upon him every moment, when the agitation 
 of all parties became intense, and a general cry of 
 *Dart! dart!' broke from the hindermost boats, 
 who each urged their friends, fearful of delay. The 
 viproar became excessive, and while the tumult of 
 voices, and the working and splashing of the oars, 
 rolled along the surface of the deep, both the har- 
 pooners darted their weapons together, which, if 
 they had both struck the Whale, would have origin- 
 ated a contention between them, regarding their 
 claims. But, as it happened, neither of them had 
 that good fortune; for, at the moment of their 
 darting the harpoons, the Whale descended like a 
 shot, and avoided their infliction, leaving nothing 
 but a white and green-looking vortex in the disturbed 
 blue Ocean, to mark the spot where his monstrous 
 form so lately floated. A general huzza burst from 
 the sternmost boats, when they saw the issue of this 
 chase, thinking, now, that another chance awaited 
 them on the next rising of the Whale, and they soon 
 began to separate themselves a little, and to row 
 onwards again in the course which they thought he 
 had taken. Our captain, feeling irritated at the ill- 
 success of the mate, now ordered his own boat to 
 be lowered, intending to make one in the chase him- 
 
 17 y2 
 
258 THE OCEAN. 
 
 self; but, just as he had parted from the ship, going 
 down a little to leeward, a tremendous shout arose 
 from the people in our own boats, joined with a loud 
 murmuring from the rest of the boats' crews; for 
 the Whale, not having had all its spoutings out, had 
 now risen again to finish them, and was coming to 
 windward at a quick rate, right towards our ship. 
 The captain saw his favourable situation in a mo- 
 ment, and passing quickly to the bows of the boat, 
 he stood to waylay him as he came careering along, 
 throwing his enormous head completely out of the 
 water, for he was now quite ' gallied.' He soon 
 came, and caught a sight of the boat just as he 
 got within dart ; the vast animal rolled himself 
 over in an agony of fear, to alter -his course ; but 
 it was too late ; the harpoon was hurled with ex- 
 cellent aim, and was plunged deeply into his side, 
 near the fin. 
 
 " As the immense creature almost flew out of the 
 water from the blow, throwing tons of spray high 
 into the air, showing that he was 'fast,^ a triumph- 
 ant cheering arose from those in our own boats, as 
 well as from those in the ship, accompanied by ex- 
 clamations loud and deep, and not of the most fa- 
 vourable kind to us, from all the rest. But onwards 
 they all came, and soon cheerfully rendered assist- 
 ance to complete its destruction ; but which was not 
 done, however, without considerable difiiculty, the 
 Whale continuing to descend the moment either of 
 the boats got nearly within dart of him. But after 
 an hour's exertion in this way, six out of the ten 
 boats which were now engaged got fast to him by 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 259 
 
 their harpoons, but not one of them could get near 
 enough to give him a fatal lance. He towed them 
 all in various directions for some time, taking care 
 to descend below the surface the moment a boat 
 drew up over his flukes, or otherwise drew near, 
 which rendered it almost impossible to strike him 
 in the body, even when the lance was darted, 
 although the after part of his ^ small' was perfo- 
 rated in a hundred places: from these wounds 
 the blood gushed in considerable quantities, and 
 as the poor animal moved along, towing the boats, 
 he left a long ensanguined stain in the Ocean. At 
 last, becoming v/eak from his numerous and deep 
 wounds, he became less capable of avoiding his foes, 
 which gave an opportunity for one of them to pierce 
 him to the life ! Dreadful was, that moment, the 
 acute pain which the leviathan experienced, and 
 which roused the dormant energies of his gigantic 
 frame. As the life-blood gurgled thick through the 
 nostril, the immense creature went into his ' flurry' 
 with excessive fury ; the boats were speedily sterned 
 off, while he beat the w^ater in his dying convul- 
 sions with a force that appeared to shake the firm 
 foundation of the Ocean."* 
 
 Few occurrences in a long voyage are more gene- 
 rally interesting and exciting than the sight, and par- 
 ticularly the speaking, of another ship. Even in 
 crossing the Atlantic this is the case ; but how much 
 more in a voyage to the Pacific, where many months 
 may elapse without the appearance of a vessel ! The 
 
 * Hist, of Sperm Whale, p. 176. 
 
260 THE OCEAN. 
 
 call of "Sail hoT' has an electric effect: all the 
 telescopes on board are soon pointed towards her; 
 her rig, her canvas, her direction, the force of wind 
 she has, the tack she is on, if "by the wind," are 
 all carefully scrutinized and commented on. If the 
 courses of the two vessels, and their positions, are 
 such that they will approach very near to each other, 
 they will ^' speak," as a matter of course ; but there 
 are few commanders so churlish as not to submit 
 to a slight deviation of their course in order to com- 
 municate with another. Perhaps the stranger is 
 seen directly astern, following right in the wake, a 
 circumstance which, as far as my own observation 
 extends, commonly excites a slight feeling of un- 
 easiness, and a more than usual attention to her ap- 
 pearance, powers of sailing, &c. Though the reason 
 assures one that the occurrence of a ship in that 
 particular direction, is as likely as in any other 
 quarter, yet the mind will recur to the idea of pur- 
 suit, and thoughts of walking the plank, or hanging 
 at the yard-arm, will crowd up to the imagination, 
 especially if the locality happen to be the West 
 Indies, or the Spanish Main, or any other sea ha- 
 bitually infested with pirates. But as she gains 
 a greater nearness, her hull and rig indicate her to 
 be a peaceful trader, and presently the bunting is 
 run up to the peak, and the folds of England's fair 
 ensign flow out upon the breeze. The approach 
 of a vessel is always a pleasing sight ; her graceful 
 movements, as she bounds over the waves, the white 
 foam rolling up under her bows, her taper masts 
 and spars, the elegant curves which the breeze gives 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. ggj 
 
 to her running rigging, the'white, plump sails, belly- 
 ing from the wind, are all beautiful; if she is to 
 windward, her clean white decks are visible as she 
 lies over, the crew collected in the waist, or about 
 the bows, the oiScers and passengers assembled on 
 the quarter-deck, gazing with equal curiosity to our 
 own, upoii our appearance; the captain standing 
 with his speaking-trumpet in his hand ready to seize 
 the moment of nearest approach. He raises his 
 trumpet to his mouth — " Ship ahoy !" " Hilloa T' 
 " What ship is that, pray ? Where are you from ? 
 Where are you bound ? How long are you out ? 
 What's your longitude?" These and similar ques- 
 tions are mutually asked and answered, each reply 
 being acknowledged by a slight motion of the trum- 
 pet in the air. If there be opportunity, the pre- 
 vailing character of the winds with each, the pros- 
 pects of the voyage, the state of the respective 
 crews, and other nautical subjects, are interchanged ; 
 but usually the time afforded for speaking by the 
 vessels remaining within hail, is very brief, and they 
 again diverge, and soon are lost to each other below 
 the horizon. Very often, from the sighing of the 
 wind among the cordage, the working of the ship, 
 the ripple and splash at her side, as well as from 
 distance, while the questions from being so much 
 in course, are perfectly intelligible, the answers are 
 almost inaudible, and can sometimes only be guessed 
 at, the consonants being entirely lost, and the vowel- 
 sounds alone heard. This will explain a laughable 
 incident which took place a few years ago, on the 
 
262 THE OCEAN. 
 
 homeward passage of the* John Bull transport, from 
 Eio Janeiro. 
 
 One fine starlight evening, about half-past eight 
 o'clock, the officer on deck came into the cabin, and 
 announced that a ship was hailing. All hands im- 
 mediately came on deck, and the captain asked the 
 position of the stranger. At that moment, "Ship 
 ahoy!" was heard, the voice apparently being to 
 windward. A lantern was put over the gangway, 
 the mainsail was hauled up, and the mainyard 
 backed, to stop the vessel's way. No ship was to be 
 seen. " Silence, fore and aft !" ordered the captain, 
 for the decks were now crowded, soldiers, sailors, 
 women, children, all were up. " Ship ahoy !" again 
 came over the waves, and "Hilloa!" answers the 
 captain at the top of his voice. Every one now 
 listened with breathless attention for the next ques- 
 tion, expecting the name of the ship would be de- 
 manded, as usual : " Ship ahoy !" again resounded, 
 and several together answered ''Hilloa!" louder than 
 before : but no notice was taken of the reply, and 
 no sail was in sight. "It is very strange!" ex- 
 claimed the captain; "where can she be?" One 
 thought she might have passed them ; others sug- 
 gested that it might be a pirate-boat about to board. 
 The captain took the hint, put the troops under arms, 
 cleared away the guns ready for action, and double- 
 shotted them. Silence being again obtained, "Ship 
 ahoy!" was heard again, and the voice still seemed to 
 come from the windward. The chief mate then sug- 
 gested the possibility of some person being on a raft, 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 263 
 
 and volunteered to go in a boat to ascertain. The 
 boat was lowered, and the two mates, with the boat's 
 crew, each armed with sword and pistol, rowed at 
 some distance round the ship. 
 
 On the officer's return, they reported that they 
 could neither hear nor see anj^ thing. Silence pre- 
 vailed while they reported this to the captain, every 
 one being desirous to know the issue of the search. 
 Instantly, the same " Ship ahoy F' was heard, 
 though much less audibly, and, apparently, at a 
 greater distance than before. The next moment 
 it was heard much louder and closer. A feeling of 
 intense excitement now prevailed in each of the 
 crowd of persons on board the transport. More than 
 an hour had passed since the ship was hove to ; every 
 one had repeatedly heard the stranger's hail, coming 
 through the darkness, but nothing had been seen 
 of him, and no further question or answer could be 
 elicited. The screams of the women and children, 
 and the muttering of the men, showed that super- 
 stitious dread of something supernatural and un- 
 earthly was creeping over every one. The captain 
 issued orders to shoulder arms and to make ready 
 the guns. 
 
 Just at this crisis, one of the cabin-boys, who had 
 been standing near the mainmast, stepped aft to the 
 chief mate, and said, "It's a fowl in the hencoop, 
 sir, that's a-making that 'ere noise." That officer 
 indi2:nantlv bestowed on him a sound box on the 
 ear for his information, but immediately recollecting 
 that he was an intelligent lad, accompanied him to 
 
3g4 'THE OCEAN. 
 
 the hencoop with a lantern ; where he saw a fowl 
 lying on its side. He took it out, and placed it on 
 the capstan; and there, in the sight of the whole 
 company, was beheld a poor hen dying of the croup, 
 occasionally emitting a sound "ee-a-aw," which re- 
 sembled the words "Ship ahoy!" coming from a 
 distance, as closely as any hail that was ever heard.^ 
 
 * Naut Mag. 1842, p. 409. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 CONTINUED. 
 
 A KEMARKABLE feature in the Pacific Ocean, and 
 one that distinguishes it from every other sea, is the 
 immense assemblage of small islands with which it is 
 crowded, particularly in the portion situated between 
 the tropics. For about three thousand miles from 
 the coast of South America, the sea is almost entirely 
 free from islands ; but thence to the great isles of 
 India, an immense belt of Ocean, nearly five thou- 
 sand miles in length, and fifteen hnridred in breadth, 
 is so studded with them as almost to be one con- 
 tinuous archipelago. The term Polynesia, by which 
 this division of the globe is now distinguished, is 
 compounded of two Greek words, signifying many 
 islands. Very few of these gems of the Ocean are 
 more than a few miles in extent, though Tahiti, and 
 some in the more western groups, are of rather larger 
 dimensions; while Hawaii, the largest island in 
 Polynesia, is about the size of Yorkshire. 
 
 The isles, which in such vast numbers thus stud 
 the bosom of the Pacific, are of three distinct forms, 
 the Coral, the Crystal, and the Volcanic. Of these, 
 the first formation greatly predominates; but the 
 largest islands are of the last description: of the 
 crystal formation but few specimens are known. 
 
 Z (265) 
 
266 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Imagine a belt of land in the wide Ocean, not more 
 than half a mile in breadth, but extending, in an 
 irregular curve, to the length of ten or twenty miles 
 or more : the height above the water not more than 
 a yard or two at most, but clothed with a mass of 
 the richest and most verdant vegetation. Here and 
 there, above the general bed of luxuriant foliage, 
 rises a grove of cocoa-nut trees, waving their fea- 
 thery plumes high in the air, and gracefully bending 
 their tall and slender stems to the breathing of the 
 pleasant trade-wind. The grove is bordered by a 
 
 Coral Island. 
 
 narrow beach on each side, of the most glittering 
 whiteness, contrasting with the beautiful azure 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 26T 
 
 waters by whicli it is environed. From end to end 
 of the curved isles stretches, in a straight line, form- 
 ing, as it were, the cord of the bow, a narrow beach, 
 of the same snowy whiteness, almost level with the 
 sea at the lowest tide, enclosing a semi- circular space 
 of water between it and the island, called the lagoon. 
 Over this line of beach, which occupies the leeward 
 side, the curve being to windward, the sea is break- 
 ing with sublime majesty ; the long unbroken swell 
 of the Ocean, hitherto unbridled through a course 
 of thousands of miles, is met by this rampart, when 
 lihe huge billows, rearing themselves upwards many 
 yards above its level, and bending their foaming 
 c»*ests, "form a graceful liquid arch, glittering in the 
 rays of a tropical sun, as if studded with brilliants. 
 But, before the eyes of the spectator can follow the 
 splendid aqueous gallery which they appear to have 
 reared, with loud and hollow roar they fall, in mag- 
 nificent desolation, and spread the gigantic fabric 
 in froth and spray upon the horizontal and gently 
 broken surface." Contrasting strongly with the 
 tumult and confusion of the hoary billows without, 
 the water within the lagoon exhibits the serene 
 placidity of a mill-pond. Extending downwards to 
 a depth, varying from a few feet to fifty fathoms, the 
 waters possess the lively green hue common to 
 soundings on a white or yellow ground ; while the 
 surface, unruffled by a wave, reflects with accurate 
 distinctness the mast of the canoe that sleeps upon 
 its bosom, and the tufts of the cocoa-nut plumes that 
 rise from the beach above it. Such is a Coral 
 Island, and if its appearance is one of singular loveli- 
 
268 THE OCEAN. 
 
 ness, as all who have seen it testify, its structure, 
 on examination, is found to be no less interesting 
 and wonderful. The beach of white sand, which 
 opposes the whole force of the Ocean, is found to 
 be the summit of a rock which rises abruptly from 
 an unknown depth, likie a perpendicular wall. The 
 whole of this rampart, as far as our senses can 
 take cognizance of it, is composed of living coral, 
 and the same substance forms the foundation of the 
 curved and more elevated side which is smiling in 
 the luxuriance and beauty of tropical vegetation. 
 The elevation of the coral to the surface is not 
 always abruptly perpendicular ; sometimes reefs of 
 varying depths extend to a considerable distance 
 in the form of successive platforms or terraces. In 
 these regions may be seen islands in every stage 
 of their formation: "some presenting little more 
 than a point or summit of a branching coralline 
 pyramid, at a depth scarcely discernible through the 
 transparent waters ; others spreading, like submarine 
 gardens or shrubberies, beneath the surface; or 
 presenting here and there a little bank of broken 
 coral and sand, over which the rolling Avave occa- 
 sionally breaks;" while others exist in the more 
 advanced state that I have just described, the main 
 bank sufficiently elevated to be permanently pro- 
 tected froni the waves, and already clothed with 
 verdure, and the lagoon enclosed by the narrow 
 bulwark of the coral reef. Though the rampart thus 
 reared is sufficient to preserve the inner waters in 
 a peaceful and mirror-like calmness, it must not 
 be supposed that all access to them from the sea 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 269 
 
 is excluded. It almost invariably happens that, in 
 the line of reef, one or more openings occur, which, 
 though sometimes narrow and intricate, so as scarcely 
 to allow the passage of a native canoe, are not un- 
 frequently of sufficient width and depth to permit 
 the free ingress of large ships. This is a very re- 
 markable instance of the Divine care over the little 
 creatures which rear these solid structures; they 
 appear to be endowed with an instinctive knowledge, 
 that if the reef were carried uninterruptedly along 
 from one point to another, so as completely to shut 
 in the lagoon, the water within would soon become 
 unfit to support their existence, and would ulti- 
 mately be dried up. The advantage to man of these 
 openings is very great; without them the islands 
 might smile invitingly, but in vain ; no access could 
 be obtained to them by shipping, through the tre- 
 mendous surf by which their shores are lashed ; but 
 by these entrances the lovely lagoons are converted 
 into the most quiet, safe, and commodious havens 
 imaginable, where ships may lie, and wood and 
 water, and refresh their crews, in security, though 
 the tempest howl without. It is a scarcely less 
 beneficent provision that the position of the open- 
 ings is in most cases indicated so as to be visible 
 at a great distance. Had there been merely an 
 opening in the coral rock, it could not have been 
 detected from the sea, except by the diminution 
 of the foaming surf just at that spot; a circumstance 
 that could scarcely be visible, unless the observer 
 were opposite the aperture. But, in general, there 
 is on each side of the passage, a little islet, raised 
 
 z2 
 
2Y0 'THE OCEAN. 
 
 on the points of the reef, which, being commonly 
 tufted with cocoa-nut trees, is perceptible as far off 
 as the island itself, and forms a most convenient 
 landmark. 
 
 Notwithstanding that the highest point of these 
 narrow islets is rarely more than a yard above the 
 tide, it is a remarkable fact that fresh water is fre- 
 quently found in them. It is probable that the coral 
 rock acts as a filter, allowing the sea- water to perco- 
 late through its porous substance, but excluding all 
 its saline particles held in solution. 
 
 Though I have described the two parts of a Coral 
 Island, or Atgll, as it is called, as distinct, yet the 
 difference is only in appearance ; the foundation on 
 every side is the same, a coral reef rising to the sur- 
 face : but the side most exposed to the action' of the 
 waves driven in by the trade-winds, is invariably the 
 first to be projected, and attains a higher elevation 
 than the leeward side. Neither must it be supposed 
 that the belt to windward is always continuous, 
 though the interruptions are comparatively few. A 
 close inspection will likewise show that the outline 
 of the whole reef possesses much less regularity of 
 form than its aspect from a distance indicated. The 
 form, however, is invariably a more or less close 
 approach to a circle. Sometimes the land is con- 
 tinuous through the whole circumference, with the 
 exception of a channel or two into the lagoon, which 
 presents the appearance of a circular pond with a 
 verdant border surrounding it ; again, another atoll 
 will be found which has brought its ring of reef 
 scarcely to the surface, exposing, perhaps, a single 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 271 
 
 bare spot on the windward edge at the lowest ebb of 
 spring tide. 
 
 Captain Basil Hall has recorded some pleasing 
 observations on this singular formation, in his voyage 
 to Loo-Choo. He says — 
 
 "The examination of a coral reef during the dif- 
 ferent stages of one tide, is particularly interesting. 
 When the sea has left it for some time, it becomes 
 dry, and appears to be a compact rock, exceedingly 
 hard and rugged ; but no sooner does the tide rise 
 again, and the waves begin to wash over it, than 
 millions of coral worms protrude themselves from 
 holes on the surface, which were before quite in- 
 visible. These animals are of a great variety of 
 shapes and sizes, and in such prodigious numbers 
 that in a short time the whole surface of the rock 
 appears to be alive and in motion. The most com- 
 mon of the worms at Loo-Choo was in the form of a 
 star, with arms from four to six inches long, which 
 it moved about with a rapid motion in all directions, 
 probably in search of food. Others were so sluggish 
 that they were often mistaken for pieces of the rock ; 
 these were generally of a dark colour, and from four 
 to five inches long, and two or three round. When 
 the rock was broken from a spot near the level of 
 high- water, it was found to be a hard; solid stone; 
 but if any part of it were detached at a level to 
 which the tide reached every day, it was discovered 
 to be full of worms, all of different lengths and 
 colours, some being as fine as a thread, and several 
 feet long, generally of a very bright yellow, and 
 sometimes of a blue colour; while others resembled 
 
272 'TH^' OCEAN. 
 
 snails, and some were not unlike lobsters or prawns 
 in shape, but soft, and not above two inches long."* 
 Some of the animals thus described by the Captain, 
 were doubtless intruders that had sought shelter or 
 food in the interstices of the coral : the true archi- 
 tects of these wonderful structures are polypes of 
 minute size, which, though of many varying species, 
 and even genera, agree in the simplicity of their form 
 and structure. They consist of a little oblong bag 
 of jelly, closed at one end, but having the other 
 extremity open, and surrounded by tentacles, usually 
 six or eight in number, set like the rays of a star. 
 Multitudes of these tiny creatures are associated in 
 the secretion of a common €tony skeleton, the coral, 
 or madrepore ; in the minute orifices of which they 
 reside, protruding their mouths and tentacles when 
 under water, but withdrawing themselves by sudden 
 contraction into their holes the moment they are 
 molested. 
 
 It was for a long time supposed that all the islands 
 of coral formation were reared from their bases, 
 fathomless depths in the Ocean, by the unaided efforts 
 of these minute creatures; and from exaggerated 
 notions of the rapidity with which the process was 
 going on, anticipations were frequently uttered that 
 a large portion of the Pacific might, at no very dis- 
 tant period, be occupied by the spreading structures 
 united into a vast coral continent. More accurate 
 observations have, however, satisfactorily proved that 
 the living animals cannot exist at a greater depth 
 than twenty or thirty fathoms, so that the whole of 
 
 * Voyage to Loo-Choo, p. 75. (Constable's edit.) 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 2t3 
 
 these animal secretions must have been deposited 
 within that distance from the surface. At the same 
 time, it is no less true that the water in the immediate 
 vicinity of the islands is fathomless, and that the 
 descent of their outer edge is remarkably abrupt 
 and precipitous. The only satisfectory explanation of 
 the phenomenon appears to be the one proposed and 
 ably supported by Mr. Darwin, in his elaborate 
 treatise on Coral reefs. Many islands of the com- 
 mon rock formation are found in the Pacific, on the 
 shelving sides of which, a few fathoms below water, 
 the coral animals have fixed their stony habitations, 
 forming what is called a fringing reef, distinguished 
 from others by being immediately attached to the 
 land, without the intervention of any lagoon or 
 channel of water. Mr. Darwin supposes that every 
 island in the Pacific originally presented this struc- 
 ture, but that wherever a variation at present exists, 
 the solid rock has been gradually, and perhaps very 
 slowly, subsiding to a lower level. Now, let us 
 assume this state of things for a moment, and look at 
 the results. We must, however, mention two well- 
 ascertained instincts of the Polype : the one is, that 
 it works up towards the light ; the other, that its 
 proceedings are most vigorous at the outer edge, 
 w^here it is washed by the beating waves. Let A 
 represent the section of a rocky island; B, B, the level 
 of low- water; and D, the reef of coral fringing the 
 coast. After the lapse of time, during which it has 
 been subsiding, the water-level stands at />, h; the 
 coral at D has died from the too great depth, l)at the 
 animals have been working upwards upon the dead 
 
 18 
 
2*^4 '^"^ OCEAN. 
 
 matter, so that living coral is still near the surface ; 
 the~superior vigour of the species inhabiting the sea- 
 ward edge, however, has caused that edge to be more 
 
 Section op Coral Island. 
 
 elevated than the interior, as at c7, d; so that the 
 appearance is now that of a rocky isle, diminished in 
 extent, surrounded by a reef at some distance, sepa- 
 rated by the intervention of a shallow cliannel, e, e: 
 this is exactly the appearance of Tahiti and the 
 larger islands generally, as I shall mention more fully 
 when I come to the volcanic formation. The subsi- 
 dence still goes on; and, after a while, the water, 
 13, j8, is level with the summit of the island, which, of 
 course, is now an island no longer; the growth of the 
 coral has kept pace with the depression, and it is 
 still at the surface, as at 6, 5; the more slowly grow- 
 ing species of the interior are still overflowed, and, as 
 the island is submerged in the centre, the water, f,f, 
 is no longer an annular channel, but a round lagoon ; 
 and thus we have an atoll, as at first described. The 
 subsequent process of elevating and clothing the new 
 islets is a rapid one. Chamisso observes, " As soon 
 as it has reached such a height that it remains 
 almost dry at low-water at the time of ebb, the 
 
 1 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 275 
 
 corals leave off building higher; sea-shells, frag- 
 ments of coral, sea-hedgehog shells, and their broken- 
 off prickles, are united by the burning sun through 
 the medium of the cementing calcareous sand, which 
 has arisen from the pulverization of the above-men- 
 tioned shells, into one whole or solid stone, which, 
 strengthened by the continual throwing up of new 
 materials, gradually increases in thickness, till it at 
 last becomes so high that it is covered only during 
 -some seasons of the year by the spring-tides. The 
 heat of the sun so penetrates the mass of stone when 
 it is dry, that it splits in many places, and breaks off 
 in flakes. These flakes, so separated, are raised one 
 upon another by the weaves, at the time of high- 
 water. The always-active surf throws blocks of coral 
 (frequently of a fathom in length, and three or four 
 feet thick), and shells of marine animals, between 
 and upon the foundation stones. After this the cal- 
 careous sand lies undisturbed, and offers to the seeds 
 of trees and plants cast upon it by the .waves, a soil 
 upon which they rapidly grow, to overshadow its 
 dazzling white surface. Entire trunks of trees, 
 w^hich are carried by the rivers from other countries 
 and islands, find here, at length, a resting-place, after 
 their long wanderings; with these come some small 
 animals, such as lizards and insects, as the first inha- 
 bitants. Even before the trees form a wood, the real 
 sea-birds nestle there; strayed land-birds take refuge 
 in the bushes; and at a much later period, when 
 the work has been long since completed, man also 
 appears, builds his hut on the fruitful soil formed 
 by the corruption of the leaves of the trees, and 
 
2T6 THE OCEAN. 
 
 calls himself lord and proprietor of this new crea- 
 tion/'^ 
 
 The species of Polypes which contribute to the 
 formation of coral structures are very numerous, 
 and differ greatly from each other in the forms of 
 their respective habitations. Some form large round- 
 ed masses, with numerous winding depressions, as 
 the Brainstones {Meandnna)] some are studded with 
 holes, filled with thin shelly plates placed perpen- 
 dicularly, and converging to a point in the centre, 
 as Astrcea; some assume the appearance of a mush- 
 room, as Agaricia; but the most general form is 
 that of an irregular, branching shrub. The various 
 kinds are not found scattered indiscriminately over 
 the whole edifice, but each occupjang its own zone 
 and position, each performing its own part, assigned 
 by God, in carrying up the wondrous architecture. 
 The principal and most important place is filled by 
 the genus Poriies^ which occupies the outside of the 
 reef, at the exposed edge, constructing large rounded 
 masses. The next in importance is the Millepora 
 complanata^ which forms thick vertical plates, unit- 
 ing at different angles by their edges, so as to pre- 
 sent the appearance of a honeycomb: the marginal 
 plates only being alive. These two kinds alone 
 are able to endure the intermitting exposure to 
 which the upper edge is subject, in being conti- 
 nually washed over by the surf; other species are 
 found a few fathoms down. Inside the lagoon, 
 there are quite distinct sorts, generally brittle, a^d 
 thinly branched; while great round Brainstones 
 
 * Kotzebue's Voyage. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 2i[7 
 
 {Meandrma)^ and flower-like Caryophilh^ occupy 
 the bottom. In the shallow hollows of the reef, 
 Pocilhpora verrucosa^ a species having short waved 
 plates or branches, is found : when alive it is a beau- 
 tiful object, being of a delicate pale crimson hue. 
 
 Conflicting statements have been made respect- 
 ing the activity of the building processes going on 
 •in the present age; some affirming that the reefs 
 have acquired no perceptible addition, either to 
 their height or extent, since they have been known ; 
 others anticipating a speedy filling up of the Pacific 
 from their rapid growth. The truth seems to be, 
 that, while in some localities no change in extent 
 can be traced through many years, in others very 
 rapid enlargements are made. As showing the rate 
 at which coral grows under favourable circumstances, 
 Mr. Darwin mentions two or three interesting cases. 
 In the lagoon of Keeling Atoll, a channel was dug, 
 for the passage of a schooner built upon the island, 
 through the reef into the sea; in ten years after- 
 wards, when it was examined, it was found almost 
 choked up with living coral. Dr. Allan, at Mada- 
 gascar, placed several masses of coral, of difterent 
 species, each weighing ten pounds, in the sea three 
 feet beneath the surface, where they were secured 
 from removal by stakes. This was in December; 
 and in the month of July following, they were found 
 nearly extending to the surface, immovably fixed to 
 the rock, and grown to several feet in length. A 
 ship in the Persian Gulf, in the course of twenty 
 months, had her copper encased with living coral to 
 the thickness of two feet. 
 
 2k 
 
2Y8 THE OCEAN. 
 
 It may excite surprise, that the openings in the 
 reefs are not gradually filled up in those cases 
 where no stream of fresh water flows into the sea. 
 But it appears that the presence of any sediment 
 is so annoying to the animals, as to prevent their 
 acting with energy. This may be produced in 
 various modes : there are many animals which 
 feed on the living coral. Mr. Darwin observed 
 two Parrot-fishes {Scarus\ one outside and the 
 other inside the reef, both engaged in devouring 
 it: many small Mollusca penetrate into it, and 
 the Sea-cucumbers {Holiiihuria\ which are very 
 numerous and large, are continually nibbling at it. 
 The rolling of dead masses by the surf must also 
 chafe away particles continually, and the presence 
 of the deposited sand thus formed is doubtless one 
 reason why the coral grows languidly within the 
 la2:oon ; whereas the abraded atoms on the outside 
 are at once washed off by the waves, and sink to 
 the bottom of the Ocean. Now, the water which 
 is contmually thrown into the lagoon by the surf 
 breaking over the reef, can find an outlet only 
 through the openings of which I am speaking ; and 
 thus a constant current is maintained through them, 
 and particularly at the sides, where the opposing 
 waves offer less resistance, carrying out some of the 
 sediment, and depositing it in its course on the 
 coral margins of the aperture. The coral sand made 
 by these abraded fragments is quickly cemented 
 by the influence of the sun into a solid mass, where 
 exposed to the air; and it is, perhaps, owing to this 
 property that the numberless little islets are formed 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 2T9 
 
 along the reef, even where there is no aperture. 
 The surf in violent gales can roll up upon the reef 
 masses of torn-off coral, weighing many hundred- 
 weights; such a mass, once lodged, would be the 
 nucleus of an islet ; the sand would speedily accu- 
 mulate around it, which the sun would soon cement 
 into a mass, and then the islet would.be ready for 
 vegetation. 
 
 The following lines are beautifully descriptive 
 of the formation of an atoll, though the author 
 seems to hold the erroneous notion of the whole 
 structure being elevated from the bottom by the 
 coral polypes :■ — 
 
 " Millions of millions thus, from age to age, 
 With sinijljst skill, and toil unweariable, 
 No moment urid no movement unimproved^ 
 Laid line on line, on terrace terrace spread. 
 To swell the heightening, brightening, gradual mound, 
 By marvellous structure climbing tow'rds the day. 
 Each wrought alone, yet altogether wrought j 
 Unconscious, not unworthy, instruments, 
 By which a Hand invisible was rearing 
 A new creation in the secret deep. 
 Omnipotence wrought in them, with them, by them; 
 Hence what Omnipotence alone could do 
 Worms did. * * -•• '•• * * 
 
 ''Atom by atom thus the burthen grew, 
 Even like an infant in the womb, till Time 
 Beliver'd Ocean of that monstrous birth, 
 A Coral Island, stretching east and west. 
 In God's own language to its parent saying, 
 'Thus far, no farther, shalt thou go; and here 
 Shall thy proud wnves be stayed:' — A point at first 
 It peer'd above those waves ; a point so small, 
 I just perceived it, fix'd where all was floating; 
 And when a bubble crossed it, the blue film 
 
280 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Expanded like a sky above the speck ; 
 
 That speck became a hand-breadth; day and night 
 
 It spread, accumulated, and ere long 
 
 Presented to my view a dazzling plain, 
 
 White as the moon amid the sapphire sea; 
 
 Bare at low water, and as still as death ; 
 
 But when the tide came gurgling o'er the surface, 
 
 'Twas like a resurrection of the dead; 
 
 From graves innumerable, punctures fine 
 
 In the close coral, capillary swaa-ms 
 
 Of reptiles, horrent as Medusa's snakes, 
 
 Cover'd the bald-pate reef; then all was life. 
 
 And indefatigable industry ; 
 
 The artizans were twisting to and fro. 
 
 In idle-seeming convolutions; yet 
 
 They never vanished with the ebbing surge, 
 
 Till pellicle on pellicle, and layer 
 
 On layer, was added to the growing mass. 
 
 Ere long the reef o'ertopped the spring-flood's height. 
 
 And mock'd the billows when they leap'd upon it. 
 
 Unable to maintain their slippery hold. 
 
 And falling down in foam-wreaths round its verge. 
 
 Steep were the flanks, with precipices sharp. 
 
 Descending to their base in ocean-gloom, 
 
 Chasms few, and narrow, and irregular, 
 
 Form'd harbours, safe at once and perilous — 
 
 Safe for defence, but perilous to enter. 
 
 A sea-lake shone amidst the fossil isle, 
 
 Reflecting in a ring its clifls and caverns, 
 
 With heaven itself seen like a lake below."* 
 
 The islands of tlie second class seem to have been 
 originally of the same structure as those already 
 noticed, but have been elevated to the height of 
 one hundred to five hundred feet, by some unknown 
 agency. The character of their vegetation resem- 
 bles that of the volcanic isles, of which I shall pre- 
 sently speak, but they do not possess their sub- 
 
 * Montgomery's Pelican Island. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 281 
 
 lime grandeur, nor the peculiar loveliness of the 
 atolls. The rocks are crystallized carbonate of lime, 
 supposed to have been originally coral, "but, by 
 exposure to the action of the atmospheric air, to- 
 gether with that of the water percolating through 
 them, the loose particles of calcareous matter have 
 been washed away, and the whole mass has become 
 harder and brighter." In the islands named Atiu 
 
 Crystal Islands. 
 
 and Mauke, the latter of which was discovered by 
 Mr. Williams in 1823, that gentleman found seve- 
 ral extensive caverns, having a stratum of crystal- 
 lized coral, fifteen feet in thickness, as a roof. In 
 one of these exquisitely beautiful caverns he walked 
 about for two hours, and found no termination 
 to its windings. This circumstance, together with 
 
 2a2 
 
282 THE OCEAN. 
 
 the absence of scoria, lava, and other volcanic pro- 
 ducts, in these islands, has led him to the concla- 
 sion that they have been elevated by some expan- 
 sive power, or volcanic agency, without eruption.^^ 
 
 In one of the Tonga Isles there is a very curious 
 submarine cavern, connected with an interesting 
 'legend. Mr. Mariner, who describes it, informs us 
 that being in the vicinity one day, a chief proposed 
 to visit this cave. One after another of the young 
 men dived into the water without rising again, and 
 at length the narrator followed one of them, and, 
 guided by the light reflected from his heels, en- 
 tered a large opening in the rock, and presently 
 emerged in a cavern. The entrance is at least a 
 fathom beneath the surface of the sea at low- water, 
 in the side of a rock upwards of sixty feet in height; 
 and leads into a grotto about forty feet wide, and 
 of about the same height, branching off into two 
 chambers. As it is apparently closed on every side, 
 there is no light but the feeble ray transmitted 
 through the sea; yet this was found sufficient, after 
 the eye had been a few minutes accustomed to the 
 obscurity, to show objects with some little distinct- 
 ness. Mr. Mariner, however, desirous of better 
 light, dived out again, procured his pistol, and after 
 carefully wrapping it up, as well as a torch, re-en- 
 tered the cavern as speedily as possible. Both the 
 pistol and torch, on being unwrapped, were found 
 perfectly dry, and by flashing the powder of the 
 priming, the latter was lighted, and the beautiful 
 grotto illuminated. The roof was hung with sta- 
 
 , * Williams's Missionary Enterprises, p. 28. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 283 
 
 lactites in fantastic forms, bearing some resemblance 
 to the Gothic arches and carved ornaments of some 
 old church. After having examined the curiosities 
 of the place, the party sat down to drink cava^ while 
 an old chief communicated some interesting parti- 
 culars in the history of the grotto. 
 
 In former times there lived a governor of one of 
 the neighbouring islands, who exercised his autho- 
 rity with the most grinding tyranny and injustice. 
 A conspiracy against his life was formed by a sub- 
 ordinate chief, w^hich was discovered, and he himself 
 condemned to death with his family. One of 
 his daughters, however, a beautiful girl, was re- 
 served for a more hateful destiny, that of becoming 
 the wife of the cruel tyrant. It happened that 
 another young chief, who had long loved this maiden, 
 had, a little while before, accidentally discovered 
 the submarine cavern, when diving in pursuit of 
 turtle. He had kept his discovery a profound 
 secret, reserving it as a safe retreat for himself, in 
 case he should be unsuccessful in a plan of revolt, 
 •which he also had in view. No sooner, however, 
 were the tyrant's decisions known than he hastened . 
 to the damsel, and acquainting her with her danger, 
 besought her to escape Avith him. The emergency 
 was great; little solicitation sufficed to obtain her 
 consent; the Avoods concealed her until evening, 
 when her lover brought his canoe to a lonely part 
 of the beach, in which she embarked with him. 
 As he paddled her across the rippling waves, he 
 made known to her his discovery of the grotto, 
 in which he proposed to conceal her until they 
 
284 THE OCEAN. # 
 
 could find an opportunity for escape to a distant 
 island. Arrived at the cliff, he conducted her 
 through the waters to her new abode, where they 
 rested awhile from their fears and fatigue, par- 
 taking of some refreshment, which he had previously 
 stored there for himself. Early in the morning he 
 returned home to avoid suspicion; but failed not, 
 in the course of the day, to repair again to the place 
 which held all that was dear to him: he brought 
 her mats to lie on, the finest gnatoo for a change 
 of dress, the best of food for her support, sandal- 
 wood oil, cocoa-nuts, and every thing he could think 
 of to render her life as comfortable as possible. 
 He gave her as much of his company as prudence 
 would allow, and at the most appropriate times, 
 lest the prying eye of curiosity should find out his 
 retreat. 
 
 But, though happy in each other's affections, 
 during their sojourn in this secluded cave, the length 
 of time he found it necessary to be absent from 
 his bride, to prevent suspicion and detection, was 
 a great source of discomfort; and he longed for 
 an opportunity to arrive, when he might without 
 hazard acknowledge her as his chosen wife, and 
 restore her to liberty and security. At length he 
 proposed to his vassals an emigration to the Feejee 
 Islands, and requested them to accompany him. 
 They complied, but asked him respectfully, if he 
 would not take a Tonga wife with him. He 
 laughingly replied, no; but that he might pos- 
 sibly find one by the way. Having put to sea, 
 he steered by the cliffs of Hoonga, the isle of the 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 285 
 
 grotto ; and suddenly bidding his crew wait while 
 he fetched his wife, dived, to their astonishment, 
 beneath the wave. They waited awhile in the 
 greatest suspense and wonder; and at lengthy when 
 they had despaired of seeing him more, how was 
 their astonishment increased to see him suddenly 
 appear, accompanied by a lovely female! Soon, 
 however, they recognized her features as those of 
 one whom they had believed to have been slain, 
 in the general massacre of her family ; but having 
 been briefly informed by the chief of the events 
 that had transpired, they joyfully congratulated him 
 on his happiness. At length they arrived safely 
 at Feejee, where they resided under the protection 
 of a chief two years; when, hearing of the death 
 of the tyrant from whose persecutions they had fled, 
 the young chief returned with his wife to their 
 native island, and lived long in peace and happiness. 
 The only point of difficulty in this pleasing story 
 is the time which the young bride is said to have 
 spent in the cavern; viz., two or three months; as 
 it is not easy to understand how the air could have 
 remained so long fit for the support of life, if un- 
 renewed by communication with the atmosphere. 
 However, it is quite probable, that there might 
 have been clefts in the ceiling, which might admit 
 air without admitting light; although Mr. Mariner 
 could discover none, even by swimming up each 
 of the chambers with the torch in his hand. He, 
 however, bears testimony, expressly, to the purity 
 of the air during his visit to the retreat, so that 
 we will not reject the narrative on that account. 
 
286 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 The islands of the third class differ greatly in 
 appearance and structure from those of either of 
 the preceding. Abundant traces of their volcanic 
 origin show that they have been elevated from the 
 bed of the Ocean by the resistless energy of fire, 
 which has given a bold and irregular form to their 
 rocky mountains that greatly increases the romantic 
 
 Volcanic Islands. 
 
 beauty of their scenerj?-. 'Every visitor to the South 
 Seas has spoken in eulogy of these lovely islands. 
 The highly- wrought descriptions given in Cook's 
 voyages are declared by recent writers to be no 
 whit beyond the reality. Instead of the long, low 
 coral island, with its grove of cocoa-nut trees almost 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 28t 
 
 springing from the water's edge, these islands rise 
 up from the sea in tall clifts, or gentle slopes, while 
 the towering mountains of the interior, wooded to 
 their summits, pierce the clouds. " The mountains 
 frequently diverge in short ranges from the interior 
 towards the shore, though some rise like pyramids 
 with pointed summits, and others present a conical 
 or sugar-loaf form, while the outline of several 
 is regular, and almost circular." In some places 
 the ;iiountain 'ranges terminate in abrupt precipices 
 frowning over the Pacific, that frets and foams be- 
 low; in others, there is a broad belt of level land, 
 of the most fertile character, and rich in the va- 
 rious productions of a tropical region. To these are 
 now added charms of another character. When 
 visited by Cook, there was the loveliness and mag- 
 nificence of Nature, but that was all ; man was evil ; 
 plunged in the grossest idolatry, cruelty, and licen- 
 tiousness, he strangely contrasted with the scenes 
 around him : but, now that the glad tidings of sal- 
 vation through the Lord Jesus Christ have been, 
 by the grace of God, made known to them, how 
 incomparably is the scene enhanced ! The wretched 
 hut is exchanged for the neat and picturesque cot- 
 tage ; cultivated fields and pleasant gardens chequer 
 the mountain sides; the sound of the axe and ham- 
 mer has replaced the savage war-cry, and the peace- 
 ful people flock to the worship of the true God, 
 instead of a licentious dance before a hideous idol. 
 O, how far does the moral beauty of such a change 
 as this exceed the beauty of mere, natural scenery, 
 though it be lovely as is that of Tahiti! Captain 
 
288 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Gambler has thus described his emotions on visit- 
 ing these scenes: — "After passing the reef of coral 
 which forms the harbour, astonishment and delight 
 kept Us silent for some moments, and were succeeded 
 by a burst of unqualified approbation at the scene 
 before us. We were in an excellent harbour, upon 
 whose shores industry and comfort were plainly per- 
 ceptible; for in every direction, white cottages, pre- 
 cisely English, were seen peeping from amongst the 
 rich foliage which everywhere clothes the lowland 
 in these islands. Upon various little elevations be- 
 yond these, were others, which gave extent and 
 animation to the whole. The point on the left, 
 in going in,* is low, and covered with wood, with 
 several cottages along the shore. On the right, 
 the high land of the interior slopes down with 
 gentle, gradual descent, and terminates in an ele- 
 vated point, which juts out into the harbour, form- 
 ing tvv^o little bays. The principal and largest is 
 to the left, viewing them from seaward ; in this, 
 and extending up the valley, the village is situ- 
 ated. The other, which is small, has only a few 
 houses; but so quiet, so retired, that it seems the 
 abode of peace and perfect content. Industry flou- 
 rishes here. The chiefs take a pride in building 
 their own houses, which are now all after the Euro- 
 pean manner; and think meanly of themselves, if 
 they do not excel the lower classes in the arts 
 necessary for their construction. Their wives, also, 
 surpass their inferiors in making cloth. The queen 
 
 ^^' The captain is speaking of the harbour of Fa-re, in the island of 
 Huaheine. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 289 
 
 and her daughter-in-law, dressed in the English 
 fashion, received us in their neat little cottage. 
 
 '' The sound of industry was music to my ears. 
 Hammers, saws, and adzes, were lieard in every 
 direction. Houses in frame met the eye in all parts, 
 in different stages of forwardness. Many boats, after 
 our manner, were building, and lime burning for 
 cement and whitewashing. 
 
 *' I walked out to the point forming the division 
 between the two bays. When I had reached it, I 
 sat down to enjoy the sensations created by the 
 lovely scene before me. I cannot describe it; but 
 it possessed charms independent of the beautiful 
 scenery and rich vegetation. The blessings of Chris- 
 tianity were diffused among the fine people who 
 inhabited it; a taste for industrious employment had 
 taken deep root ; a praiseworthy emulation to excel 
 in the arts which contribute to their welfare and 
 comfort had seized upon all, and in consequence 
 civilization was advajicing with rapid strides." 
 
 The volcanic islands, like the first-described class, 
 are protected from the fury of the tempestuous 
 Ocean by the natural rampart of a coral reef. 
 The reef is often a mile and a half, or two miles 
 from the beach, though sometimes it approaches 
 so close as to be connected with it, interrupting 
 in that part the continuity of the lagoon. The 
 usual width of the coral rock is from five to twenty 
 or thirty yards; yet over this the waves usually 
 break, and when rolling in upon an unbroken line 
 of reef, perhaps two miles in length, the spectacle 
 is one of surpassing grandeur and beauty. The 
 
 19 2B 
 
290 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 BOLABOLA. 
 
 island of Bolabola, however, is surrounded by a ring 
 of land almost unbroken, on which are growing 
 groves of cocoa-nuts ; the reef being wholly elevated 
 above the sea. 
 
 The openings in the reefs in the larger islands 
 are almost invariably placed opposite the mouth 
 of a river. One can readily understand, that a 
 current of fresh water Avould be detrimental to the 
 health of a polype formed for living in the sea, 
 and therefore the openings here might have been 
 expected. But this effect is increased by the sedi- 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 291 
 
 ment deposited, as has already been observed in 
 speaking of the coral islands. The little green 
 wooded islets, which serve as gateways here, as in 
 the former case, are susceptible of ready explanation. 
 Where a river empties itself, a great quantity of 
 vegetable matter, rubbish, and earth, is perpetually 
 carried down, and this would naturally be deposited 
 at the shallows on either side, where the stream 
 met the boiling waves of the Ocean. The heap 
 would very soon be raised, by accumulations, above 
 the surface of the tide, decomposition would take 
 place, seeds washed down would spring up, and, 
 under a tropical climate, the 3^oung soil Avould 
 speedily be clothed with trees and shrubs. In the 
 small isles where there is no efflux of fresh water, 
 the process would be more protracted, but not essen- 
 tially different: the current driven in through the 
 aperture would bring sea- weeds, and the floating 
 matters washed off the land, and when the soil was 
 once raised above the surface, though composed 
 of but sand and pulverized coral, the cocOa-nut 
 would grow and thrive. It is remarkable to see 
 this graceful palm rising from the very sea-sand, 
 where its roots are daily wet with salt-water, yet 
 towering to the height of seventy feet, throwing 
 out its elegant plumose fronds, and producing its 
 clusters of flowers and fruit, as luxuriantly as if 
 it were growing in the rich alluvial valleys of the 
 interior. These little fairy islets, so useful as well 
 as ornamental, give a very peculiar character to the 
 prospects from the land. " Detached from the large 
 islands, and viewed in connection with the Ocean 
 
292 THE OCEAN. 
 
 rolling through the channel, on the one side, or the 
 foaming billows dashing, and roaring, and breaking 
 over the reef on the other, they appear like emerald 
 gems of the Ocean, contrasting their solitude and 
 verdant beauty with the agitated element sporting in 
 grandeur around." 
 
 Upon the mind of a European, the sailing in a 
 small vessel through one of these sheltered lagoons 
 has a most novel and interesting effect. The shore, 
 on the one hand, presenting its shifting aspects 
 of beauty, as the boat skims past, the convol- 
 vulus and other brilliant creeping plants entwined 
 about the dark rocks, or trailing in unrestrained 
 wildness over the sands; the solemn groves, now 
 revealing their sombre and shady retreats, now pro- 
 jecting their massy foliage in full sun-light; the 
 valuable bread-fruit {Artocarpus\ the light and 
 elegant aito {Casuarina\ the magnificent ' tamanu 
 {Callophyllum\ with its glossy evergreen leaves, the 
 hutu {Barringtonia) of giant height, adorned with 
 large flowers of white and pink, are relieved by the 
 coral-tree {Erythrino)^ with its light-green waving 
 leaves and bunches of scarlet blossoms, and the 
 hoary foliage of the candle-nut {Alurites), The 
 cocoa-nut, always beautiful, whether growing alone 
 or in groves, but particularly pleasing when seen 
 planted around a neat white-washed cottage, in 
 company with the broad-leaved plantain or banana ; 
 the light tree-ferns displaying their elegant tracery 
 against the sky, the native chestnut {Tuscarpus)^ 
 rearing its stately head above its fellows, and mark- 
 ing the position of a running stream; — these and 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 293 
 
 many other trees of beauty and usefulness strike the 
 eye of a stranger. Seaward, there is the long line of 
 the reef; a low but impregnable barrier, with the 
 surging wave foaming over it; and, beyond, the 
 boundless Pacific, unbroken by any object, save the 
 white-sailed canoe in the distance, scarcely distin- 
 guishable from the crest of a wave, but perhaps 
 freighted with the humble native missionary, bear- 
 ing to some neighbouring island that gospel of 
 Christ which he has found to be "the power of 
 God unto [his] salvation." Beneath and around is 
 the placid and lake-like lagoon, the progress of th(# 
 boat alone dimpling its smooth face. So transparent 
 is the water, that the varied bottom is distinctly 
 visible many fathoms down, showing the growth of 
 living coral branching in fantastic imitation of the 
 shrubs and trees on the shore, and representing to 
 the charmed imagination an extensive submarine 
 shrubbery of many hues. Even the irregular move- 
 ments of the spined urchins {Echini) are clearly seen 
 as they crawl upon the sands, and the multitudes of 
 playful little rock-fishes {Labri\ of every rich and 
 glowing tint, gliding with easy and graceful motion 
 amorig the branches, rivet the spectator's attention. 
 
 Mr. Ellis thus describes his feeling in a similar 
 situation, walking on the lonely sea-beach by moon- 
 light : " The evening was fair, the moon shone 
 brightly, and her mild beams, silvering the foliage 
 of the shrubs that grew near the shore, and playing 
 on the rippled and undulating wave of the Ocean, 
 added a charm to the singularity of the prospect, 
 and enlivened the loneliness of our situation. The 
 
 2b2 
 
294 THE OCEAN. 
 
 scene was unusually impressive. On one side, the 
 mountains of the interior, having their outline edged, 
 as it were, with silver from the rays of the moon, 
 rose in lofty magnificence, while the indistinct form, 
 rich and diversified verdure, of the shrubs and trees, 
 increased the effect of the scene. On the other 
 hand was the illimitable sea, rolling in solemn ma- 
 jesty its swelling waves over the rocks which de- 
 fended the spot on which we stood. The most pro- 
 found silence prevailed, and we might have fancied 
 that we were the only beings in existence ; for no " 
 sound was heard, excepting the gentle rustling of 
 the leaves of the cocoa-nut tree, as the light breeze 
 from the mountain swept through them; or the 
 hollow roar of the surf, and the rolling of the 
 foaming wave, as it broke over the distant reef, 
 and the splashing of the paddle of our canoe, as 
 it approached the shore. It was impossible, at 
 such a season, to behold this scene, exhibiting im- 
 pressively the grandeur of creation and the insig- 
 nificance of man, without experiencing emotions of 
 adoring wonder and elevated devotion, and exclaim- 
 ing with the Psalmist, *When I consider thy hea- 
 vens, the work of thy fingers, the moon and the 
 stars which thou hast ordained ; what is man, that 
 thou art mindful of him, or the son of man, that 
 thou visitest him ?' "^ 
 
 The same pleasing writer has given us a vivid pic- 
 ture of the emotions awakened by passing a night 
 upon the open sea in a small boat. He was pro- 
 ceeding from the island of Eimeo to Huaheine: 
 
 * Polynesian Resoarubesi 2nd ed. voL ii. p. 245. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 295 
 
 ''Nothing can exceed the solemn stillness of a niglit 
 at sea within the tropics, when the wind is light, 
 and the water comparatively smooth. Few periods 
 and situations amid the diversified circumstances 
 of human life, are equally adapted to excite con- 
 templation, or to impart more elevated conceptions 
 of the Divine Being, and more just impressions of 
 the insignificancy and dependence of man. In order 
 to avoid the vertical rays of a tropical sun, and the 
 painful effects of the reflection from the water, 
 many of my voyages among the Georgian and So- 
 ciety Islands have been made during the night. At 
 these periods I have often been involuntarily brought 
 under the influence of a train of thought and feel- 
 ing peculiar to the season and the situation, but 
 never more powerfully so than on the present oc- 
 casion. 
 
 '*The night was moonless, but not dark. The 
 stars increased in number and variet}^ as the even- 
 ing advanced, until the whole firmament was over- 
 spread with luminaries of every magnitude and 
 brilliancy. The agitation of the sea had subsided, 
 V and the waters around us appeared to unite with the 
 indistinct, though visible, horizon. In the heaven 
 and the ocean, all powers of vision were lost; while 
 the brilliant lights in the one being reflected from 
 the surface of the other, gave a correspondence to the 
 appearance of both, and almost forced the illusion 
 on the mind, that our little bark was suspended in 
 the centre of two united hemispheres. 
 
 '^The perfect quietude that surrounded us was 
 equally impressive. No objects were visible but the 
 
296 THE OCEAN. 
 
 lamps of heaven and the luminous appearances of the ' 
 deep. The silence was only broken by the murmurs 
 of the breeze passing through our matting sails, or 
 the dashing of the spray from the bows of our boat, 
 excepting at times, when we heard, or fancied we 
 heard, the blowing of a shoal of porpoises, or the 
 more alarming sounds of a spouting whale. 
 
 " At a season such as this, when I have reflected 
 on our actual situation, so far removed, in the event 
 of any casualty, from human observation and assist- 
 ance, and preserved from certain death only by a few 
 feet of thin board, which my own unskilful hands 
 had nailed together, a sense of the wakeful care of 
 the Almighty has alone afforded composure. 
 
 *'The contemplation of the heavenly bodies, al- 
 though they exhibit the wisdom and maje^y of God, 
 who 'bringeth out their host by number, and call- 
 eth them all by names, by the greatness of His 
 might,' impressed at the same time the conviction 
 that I was far from home, and those scenes which 
 in memory were associated with a starlight evening 
 in the land I had left. Many of the stars which 
 I had beheld in England were visible here: the 
 constellations of the zodiac, the splendours of Orion, 
 and the mild twinkling of the Pleiades, were seen ; 
 but the northern pole-star, the steady beacon of 
 juvenile astronomical observation, the Great Bear, 
 and much that was peculiar to a northern sky, were 
 wanting. The effect of mental associations, con- 
 nected with the appearance of the heavens, is sin- 
 gular and impressive. During a voyage which I 
 subsequently made to the Sandwich Islands, many 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 2M 
 
 a pleasant hour was spent in watching the rising of 
 those luminaries of heaven, which we had been 
 accustomed to behold in our native land, but which 
 for many years had been invisible. When the polar 
 star rose above the horizon, and Ursa Major, with 
 other familiar constellations, appeared, we hailed 
 them as long-absent friends; and could not but 
 feel that we were nearer England than when we 
 left Tahiti, simply from beholding the stars that 
 had enlivened our evening excursions at home.""^ 
 
 A stranger is forcibly struck with the remark- 
 able fearlessness which the natives of these islands 
 have of the sea. They appear almost as amphi- 
 bious as seals, sporting about in the deep sea for 
 many hours, sometimes for nearly a whole day 
 together. No sooner does a ship approach a 
 large island, than the inhabitants swim off to wel- 
 come her; and long before she begins to take in 
 sail, she is surrounded by human beings of both 
 sexes, apparently as much at home in the Ocean 
 as the fishes themselves. The children are taken 
 to the water when but a day or two old, and many 
 are able to swim as soon as they are able to walk. 
 In coasting along the shore, it is a rare thing to 
 pass a group of cottages, at any hour of the day, 
 without seeing one or more bands of children joy- 
 ously playing in the sea. They have several dis- 
 tinct games which are played in the water, and 
 which are followed with exceeding avidity, not only 
 by children, but by the adult population. One of 
 these is the fastening of a long board or pole on 
 
 ^ Poly. Res. iii. 164. / 
 
298 THE OCEAN. 
 
 a sort of stage, where the rocks are abrupt, in such 
 a manner that it shall project far over the water : 
 then they chase one another along the board, each 
 in turn leaping from the end into the sea. They are 
 also fond of diving from the yard-arms or bowsprit 
 of a ship. But the most favourite pastime of all, and 
 one in which all classes and ages, and both sexes, 
 engage with peculiar delight, is swimming in the 
 surf. Mr. Ellis has seen some of the highest chiefs, 
 between fifty and sixty years of age, large and cor- 
 pulent men, engage in this game with as much 
 interest as children. A board about six feet long 
 and a foot wide, slightly thinner at the edges than 
 at the middle, is prepared for this amusement, 
 - stained and polished, and preserved with great care 
 by being constantly oiled, and hung up in their dwell- 
 ings. With this in his hand, which he calls the 
 wave-sliding board, each native repairs to the reef, 
 particularly when the sea is running high, and the 
 surf is dashing in with more than ordinary violence, 
 as on such occasions the pleasure is the greater. 
 They choose a place where the rocks are twenty or 
 thirty feet under water, and shelve for a quarter of 
 a mile or more out to sea. The waves break at this 
 distance, and the whole space between it and the 
 shore is one mass of boiling foam. Each person 
 now swims, pushing his board before him, out to 
 sea, diving under the wavi5S as they curl and break, 
 until he is arrived outside the rocks. He now 
 lays himself flat on his breast along his board, 
 and waits the approach of a huge billow : Avlicn 
 it comes, he adroitly balances himself on its sum- 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 299 
 
 mit, and paddling with his hands, is borne on the 
 crest of the advancing wave, amidst the foam and 
 spray, till within a yard or two of the shore or 
 rocks. Then, when a stranger expects to see him 
 the next moment dashed to death, he slides off his 
 board, and catching it by the middle, dives sea- 
 ward under the wave, and comes up behind, laugh- 
 ing and whooping, again to swim out as before. 
 , The utmost skill is required, in coming in, to keep 
 the position on the top of the wave ; for, if the 
 board get too forward, the swimmer will be over- 
 turned and thrown upon the beach; and, if it fall 
 behind, he will be buried beneath the succeeding 
 wave ; yet some of the natives are so expert as to 
 sit, and even to stand upright upon their board, 
 while it is thus riding in the foam. 
 
 Their sport is, however, not unfrequently disturbed 
 by the appearance of a shark. This terrific animal is 
 particularly abundant among the South Sea Islands, 
 and remarkably bold and ferocious. The cry of 
 "A Shark!" among the surf swimmers will instantly 
 set them in the utmost terror, and generally they fly 
 with precipitation to the shore; though sometimes 
 they unite and endeavour to frighten him away with 
 their shouting and splashing. Often, however, the 
 animal is too determined lightly to give up his prey, 
 as was the case in the following instance recorded by 
 Mr. Eichards of the Sandwich Islands : — 
 
 "At nine o'clock in the morning of June 14th, 
 1826, while sitting at my writing-desk, I heard 
 a simultaneous scream from multitudes of people, 
 * Pau i ka mano !' (Destroyed by the shark !) The 
 
300 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 beach was instantly lined by hundreds of persons 
 and a few of the most resolute threw a large canoe 
 into the water, and, alike regardless of the Shark 
 
 msnEGlErJOHMH 
 
 White Shark, 
 the attitude op the fish in taking its prey. 
 
 and the high rolling surf, sprang to the relief of 
 their companion. It was too late ; the Shark had 
 already seized his prey. The affecting sight was 
 only a few yards from my door, and while I stood 
 watching, a large wave almost filled the canoe, and 
 at the same instant a part of the mangled body was 
 seen at the bow of the canoe, and the Shark swim- 
 ming towards it at her stern. When the swell had 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 301 
 
 rolled by, the water was too shallow for the Shark 
 to swim. The remains, therefore, were taken into 
 the canoe, and brought ashore. The water was 
 so much stained by the blood, that we discovered 
 a red tinge in all the foaming billows, as they 
 approached the beach. 
 
 "The unhappy sufferer was an active lad about 
 fourteen years old, who left my door only about 
 half an hour previous to the fatal accident. I saw 
 his mother, in the extremity of her anguish, plunge 
 into the water, and swim towards the bloody spot, 
 entirely forgetful of the power of her former 
 god.""^ 
 
 "A number of people, perhaps a hundred, were 
 at this time playing in the surf, which was higher 
 than usual. Those who were nearest to the vic- 
 tim, heard him shriek, perceived •him to strike with 
 his right hand, and at the same instant saw a Shark 
 seize his arm. Then followed the cry which I 
 heard, which echoed from one end of Latraina to 
 the other. All who were playing in the water made 
 the utmost speed to the shore, and those who were 
 standing on the beach saw the surf-board of the 
 unhappy sufferer floating on the water, without any 
 one to guide it. When the canoe reached the spot, 
 they saw nothing but the blood with which the 
 water was stained for a considerable distance, and 
 by which they traced the remains whither they 
 had been carried by the Shark or driven by the 
 swell. The body was cut in two by the Shark, just 
 
 * The Shark was formerly worshipped in the Sandwich Islands. 
 2C 
 
302 THE OCEAN. 
 
 above the hips; and the lower part, together with 
 the right arm, was gone."'^"' 
 
 A dreadful instance of the voracity of these for- 
 midable animals occurred a few years ago among 
 the Society Islands. Upwards of thirty natives were 
 passing from one island to another, in a large double 
 canoe, which consists of two canoes fastened toge- 
 ther, side by side, by strong horizontal beams, 
 lashed to the gunwales by cordage. Being overtaken 
 by a storm, the canoes were torn apart, and were 
 incapable, singly, of floating upright. In vain the 
 crew attempted to balance them — they were every 
 moment overturned. Their only resource was to 
 form a hasty raft of such loose boards and spars 
 as were in the craft, on which they hoped to drift 
 ashore. But it happened, from the small size of 
 their raft, and their aggregated weight, that they 
 were so deep in the water, that the waves washed 
 above their knees. Tofesed about thus, they soon 
 became exhausted with hunger and fatigue; when 
 the Sharks began to collect around them, and soon 
 had the boldness to seize one and another from the 
 raft, who, being destitute of any weapon of defence, 
 became an easy prey. The number and audacity 
 of these monsters every moment increased, and the 
 forlorn wretches were one by one torn off, until, but 
 two or three remaining, the raft at length, light- 
 ened of its load, rose to the surface, and placed the 
 survivors beyond the reach of their terrible assailants. 
 The tide at length bore them to one of the islands, 
 a melancholy remnant, to tell the sad fate of their 
 companions. 
 
 * American Missionary Herald. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 303 
 
 With such simple vessels as were used by these 
 people, it is surprising that such accidents did not 
 more frequently occur. "When we consider that, 
 before their intercourse with Europeans, they pos- 
 sessed no metal tools, that their work was performed 
 wholly by the eye, without line, rule, or square, 
 and that the seams were closed merely by, as it 
 were,^^y^^y the planks to each other with cinet, 
 it does seem surprising that their canoes could even 
 live in a sea. Yet they were strong and secure, 
 and many of them remarkably dry and comfortable, 
 leaking very little, for they were accustomed to 
 insert between the seams the cocoa-nut husk, which 
 always swells when wetted; and the expansion of 
 this substance closed the crevices neatly. Their 
 craft, though varying much in size and minor 
 points, according to the. purposes for which they 
 were intended, were built nearly on the same model; 
 the stem and stern generally being curved upwards, 
 so as to project out of water. As they were much 
 higher than wide, they needed some contrivance 
 to obtain uprightness; and this they secured, either 
 by lashing two together by cross-beams, making 
 the double canoe just now alluded to, or by means 
 of an outrigger^ which is a stout plank or spar, 
 parallel to the side of the canoe, and fixed at some 
 distance from the larboard side, by two horizontal 
 poles, which connect it with the vessel. The out- 
 rigger floats on the water, and while it remains fast, 
 there is no possibility of capsizing. * They were 
 furnished with masts, sails made of the leaves of 
 the pandanus^ woven into a sort of matting, and 
 
504 THE OCEAN. 
 
 rigging made of cocoa-nut fibre, wliicli makes good 
 rope. 
 
 The mode in wliicli these scattered isles were 
 peopled is a subject of interesting discussion, as 
 the physical character of the inhabitants, their lan- 
 guage, and many peculiarities in their customs, seem 
 to indtcate their Asiatic origin; while, on the other 
 hand, it was deemed highly improbable that the 
 progress should have been made in a direction op- 
 posed to that of the trade-wind, and in such feeble 
 craft as they possessed. But the trade- wind is occa- 
 sionally exchanged for violent and continued gales 
 in other directions; and instances have come to 
 our knowledge, in whidt voyages of several hun- 
 dred miles have been performed by native canoes, 
 directly to windward. Thus, Captain Beechy 
 found at By am Martin Island a native of Tahiti, 
 named Tuwarri, who, with a few companions, had 
 sailed from Chain Island on a voyage to Tahiti; 
 but after being out some time, he was met by a 
 violent storm, which drove him far out of his course 
 and knowledge. At length, after very severe pri- 
 vations and sufferings, he arrived at Byam Martin, 
 four hundred and twenty miles distant in a wind- 
 ward direction from the point of embarkation.* 
 Such involuntary emigrations as this, when we con- 
 sider how intimately the various groups are con- 
 nected with each other, and with the Indian Archi- 
 pelago, seem sufi&cient to warrant the conclusion, 
 that the tiie of population has flowed in a direction 
 from west to east. 
 
 ♦ Voyage to the Pacific, <fec. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 305 
 
 la the transparent waters of the lagoons and 
 sheltered bays, fishes of great variety and beauty 
 are seen; and as many of them are of large size, 
 and of exquisite flavour, the obtaining of them 
 forms no small part of the occupation of the Poly- 
 nesians. Some of their modes of fishing are highly 
 curious and ingenious. One, which is very suc- 
 cessful, reminds us of a wire mouse-trap. A cir- 
 cular space in the lagoon, of about three or four 
 yards in diameter, is enclosed by building up a 
 wall from the bottom to the surface, in a part where 
 it is not very deep. In one part of the top an 
 opening is left a foot or two wide, and five or six 
 inches deep. From each side of this aperture an- 
 other stone wall, likewise reaching to the surface, 
 is built to the length of fifty or a hundred yards 
 in a diverging direction, so as to include a large 
 space of water, which is open at one end, but, be- 
 coming narrower and narrower, leads into the cir- 
 cular pen. Fishes are usually found in these traps 
 every morning, which are either taken out with a 
 hand -net, or allowed to remain till wanted, as in a 
 preserve. 
 
 Many fishes, which have the habit of springing 
 out of water when alarmed, are taken by means 
 of rafts. These are from fifteen to twenty feet 
 longj and six or eight feet wide, built of light wood, 
 such as the native hibiscus. Along one side a fence 
 or screen is raised to the height of four or five 
 feet, by fixing a row of upright stakes in the raft, 
 to which slender poles are attached horizontally, one 
 above another. A large party of men proceed with 
 
 20 2c2 
 
306 THE OCEAN. 
 
 twenty or thirty of these rafts to a shallow part of 
 the lagoon, and then arrange themselves in a large 
 circle, enclosing a large space of water. They then 
 gradually narrow the circle by approaching each 
 other, keeping the fenced edge of the raft on the 
 outside. At this juncture a few persons go into the 
 circle with a canoe, and beat the surface of the water 
 violently with long Avhite sticks, making as much 
 commotion as possible. The fish, alarmed, dart away 
 towards the rafts, and leaping out of water, endea- 
 vour to clear them; but, striking against the perpen- 
 dicular fence, they fall on the raft, and are gathered 
 into baskets, or into canoes prepared on the outside 
 of the circle. 
 
 From the seeds of some of the native plants, a 
 liquor is prepared, which has the property of in- 
 toxicating fishes, and rendering them insensible. 
 The mixture is frequently poured into the water 
 in narrow places near the shore, or upon the reef; 
 soon after which the fish come out of their retreats, 
 and float in considerable numbers on the surface 
 as if dead, Avhen they are caught without resist- 
 ance. 
 
 Sometimes the long leaves of the cocoa-nut are 
 tied up in bunches, and affixed along a line, which 
 being carried out and dropped into the water, the 
 two ends are towed in two canoes towards the shore. 
 This rude apology for a net, drives many fishes 
 into the shallows, whence they are taken out with 
 hand-nets, or speared. Nets, however, made on 
 the same principle as our own, are manufactured 
 by them, and are exceedingly well made. They 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 30Y 
 
 are of various kinds: a casting-net is used with 
 much dexterity, being thrown from the hand over a 
 shoal of small fishes, as the fisherman walks along 
 the shore. Salmon-nets are made forty fathoms long, 
 and are very effective; stones tied in bags of matting 
 being used instead of leads, and floats of light wood 
 for corks. 
 
 Fishing with the barbed spear is a favourite amuse- 
 ment in these islands. Before the introduction of 
 iron, the implement was made of hard wood; ten or 
 twelve pointed pieces being fastened to the end of a 
 pole eight feet long; but now iron heads are usually 
 employed,, barbed on one side. With these spears 
 the natives proceed to the reef, and wade into the 
 sea as high as their waists, their feet being defended 
 from the sharp points of the coral and the spines of 
 the sea-urchins by sandals made of tough bark, 
 twisted into cords. Stationing themselves near an 
 opening in the rocks, they watch the motions of the 
 fishes, as they shoot to and fro, and dart the spear, 
 sometimes with one hand, but more commonly with 
 both, frequently striking their prey with great dex- 
 terity. 
 
 The fishermen often pursue their avocation by 
 night; sometimes in the dark, sometimes by moon- 
 light, but more usually by torchlight. Their torches 
 are either large bunches of dried reeds firmly tied 
 together, or else are made of the candle-nut {Aleu- 
 rites triloba)^ which the natives use to light their 
 houses. These nuts are heart-shaped, about as 
 large as a walnut, and enclosed in a very hard 
 shell. After being slightly baked in an oven, the 
 
308 THE OCEAI^. 
 
 ehell is removed, a hole bored through the kernel, 
 and a rush passed through the hole, when thej are 
 hung up in strings for use. Torches are made by 
 enclosing four or five strings of the nuts in the leaves 
 of the screw-pine {Pandanus\ which not only keep 
 them together, but increase the brilliancy of the 
 light. 
 
 These nocturnal fishing expeditions are described 
 as producing a most picturesque effect. Large par- 
 ties of men proceed to the reef, when the sea is com- 
 paratively smooth, and hunt the totara, or hedge-hog- 
 fish, probably a species of . Diodon: and it is a 
 beautiful and interesting spectacle, to behold a long 
 line of reef illuminated by the flaming torches, the 
 light from which glares redly upon the foaming surf 
 without, and the calm lagoon within. Each fisher- 
 man holds his torch in his left hand high above his 
 head, while he poises his spear in his right, and 
 stands with statue-like stillness, watching the ap- 
 proach of the fish. 
 
 A similiar mode of fishing is practised in the rivers, 
 and though the circumstances are difierent, the efiect 
 is not inferior. "Few scenes," says Mr. Ellis, "pre- 
 sent a more striking and singular effect, than a band 
 of natives walking along the shallow parts of the 
 Y-ocky sides of a river, elevating a torch with one 
 hand, and a spear in the other ; while the glare of 
 their torches is thrown upon the overhanging boughs, 
 and reflected from the agitated surface of the stream ; 
 their own bronze- coloured and lightly-clothed forms, 
 partially illuminated, standing like figures in relief; 
 while the whole scene appears in briglit contrast with 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 309 
 
 the dark and almost midnight gloom that envelopes 
 every other object."*^ 
 
 Another mode of fishing by torchlight is described 
 by the late Mr. "Williams, who accompanied some 
 natives of Atiu on an excursion. The object of the 
 pursuit was the Flying-fish, which is only taken by 
 night. Double canoes were used, which, having 
 been dragged from the rocks, thirty feet above the 
 level of the water, down a broad sloping ladder, were 
 launched over the surf. A torch was lighted, and 
 the principal fisherman took his station on the fore 
 
 Fishing by Torchlight. 
 
 part of the canoe, bearing a ring-net attached to a 
 light pole twelve or fifteen feet long. The rowers 
 
 * Polj. Res. i. 150. 
 
3 10 THE OCEAN. 
 
 now commenced paddling with all their might, while 
 the headsman produced a great noise by stamping on 
 the hollow box of the canoe. The Flying-dsh, which 
 were securely feeding at the outer edge of the reef, 
 terrified by the noise and splashing of the oars, 
 darted out to sea. The torch answered a double pur- 
 pose ; enabling the headsman to discern his prey, and 
 dazzle the eyes of the fishes ; and as they dashed past 
 the canoe, on the surface of the water, he thrust 
 forward his net, and turned it over upon them. 
 Many of the natives have acquired great skill in 
 this exercise, and the quickness of their sight, and 
 the celerity of their movements are astonishing ; so 
 that sometimes vast quantities of fish are taken in 
 this manner."^ 
 
 A large number of fishes are taken with the hook, 
 as by more cultivated nations ; and with all the 
 superiority in art, and all the advantage of metals 
 possessed by Europeans, the native-made hooks are 
 preferred, as far more effective than ours. Many 
 of them are really beautiful productions, and, when 
 we consider their total want of metallic tools, ex- 
 cite our astonishment at the skill and ingenuity of 
 the manufacturers. Our hooks are all made on one 
 pattern, however varying in size; but the forms 
 of theirs are exceedingly various, and made of dif- 
 ferent substances, viz., wood, shell, and bone. " The 
 hooks made with wood are curious; some are ex- 
 ceedingly small, not more than two or three inches 
 in length, but remarkably strong ; others are large. 
 The wooden hooks are never barbed, but simply 
 
 * Missionary Enterprises, p. 270. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 311 
 
 pointed, usuallj^ curved inwards at the point, but 
 sometimes standing out very wide, occasionally 
 armed at the point with a piece of bone. The 
 best are hooks ingeniously made with the small 
 roots of the aito-tree, or iron- wood {Casuarina). 
 In selecting a root for this purpose, they choose 
 one partially exposed, and growing by the side of 
 a bank, preferring such as are free from knots and 
 other excrescences. The root is twisted inte the 
 shape they wish the future hook to assume, and 
 
 Polynesian Fishing-tackle. 
 
 allowed to grow till it has reached a size large 
 enough to allow of the outside or soft parts being 
 removed, and a sufficiency remaining to form the 
 hook. Some hooks thus prepared are not much 
 
312 "THE OCEAN. 
 
 thicker than a quill, and perhaps three or four 
 inches in length. Those used in taking sharks are 
 formidable-looking weapons; some are a foot or 
 fifteen inches long, exclusive of the curvatures, and 
 not less than an inch in diameter. They are such 
 frightful things, that no fish, less voracious than a 
 shark, would approach them. In some the marks 
 of the sharks' teeth are numerous and deep, and 
 indicate the effect with which they have been 
 used."^ 
 
 The most curious, as well as most serviceable 
 hooks, are made of the inner part of the shell of 
 the pearl-oyster, or other large bivalves, the inte- 
 rior of which is pearly, called mother-of-pearl. 
 These have great care and pains bestowed upon 
 them : the smaller ones are cut almost circular, and 
 made to resemble a worm, thus answering the pur- 
 pose of bait as well as hook. A much larger kind 
 is that used for the capture of the albacore, bonito,^ 
 and coryphene. The shank is about six inches in 
 length, and nearly an inch in width, cut out of 
 pearl-shell, in the shape of a small fish, and finely 
 polished. The barb is formed separately ; it is an 
 inch and a half in length, and is firmly bound in 
 its place by a bandage of fine flax. The line is 
 fastened to this, and braided all along the curve of 
 the hook, and again fastened at the head. Some- 
 times a number of long bristles are attached to the 
 shell to mimic the appearance of the Flying-fish. 
 
 The line is affixed to the end of a long bamboo 
 rod ; and the anglers, sitting in the stern of a light 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 
 
 813 
 
 single canoe, are rowed briskly over the waves. The 
 rod is held so that the hook shall just skim the 
 tops of the billows ; the albacore or bonito, deceived 
 by the resemblance, leaps after the fancied Flying- 
 fish, and finds itself a prey. Twenty or thirty large 
 fishes are occasionally taken by two men in this 
 manner, in the course of a morning. 
 
 A still more ingenious mode of deception is prac- 
 tised upon these large fishes, by employing a swift 
 double canoe, from the bows of which projects into 
 the air a long curved pole resembling a crane. At 
 some distance from the end this divides into two 
 
 Angling in a Double Canoe. 
 
 branches, which diverge from each other. The foot 
 is secured in a sort of socket between the two canoes, 
 and is so managed that the ends of the pole are 
 
 2D 
 
314 THE OCEAN. 
 
 capable of being lowered or elevated by a rope which 
 proceeds from the fork. A man sits in the high 
 stern, holding this rope in his hand, and watching 
 the capture of the fishes. From the end of the pro- 
 jectiDg arms depends the line, with the pearl-hook 
 fashioned to resemble the Flying-fish. To increase 
 the deception, bunches of feathers are fastened to 
 the tips of the arms, to represent those aquatic 
 birds which habitually follow the Flying-fish in its 
 course, to seize it in the air. The presence of 
 these birds is so sure an indication of the position 
 of the fish, that the fishermen hasten to the spot 
 where they are seen hovering in the air. The canoe 
 skims rapidly along, rising and falling on the waves, 
 by which a similar motion is communicated to the 
 hook, which skips along, sometimes out and some- 
 times in the water, while the plumes of feathers 
 flutter immediately above. The artifice rarely fails 
 to succeed; if the bonito perceives the hook, he 
 instantly engages in pursuit, and if he misses his 
 grasp, perseveres until he has seized it. The mo- 
 ment the man in the stern perceives the capture, 
 he hoists the crane, and the fish is dragged in, 
 and thrown into a sort of long basket, suspended 
 between the two canoes. The crane is then lowered 
 again, and all is ready for another candidate. 
 
 Yet another mode of fishing, not wanting in in- 
 genuity, is adopted by the inhabitants of the Samoa 
 group. A number of hollow floats, about eight 
 inches in height, and the same in diameter, are at- 
 tached to a stout cord, a short distance apart. To 
 each of them a line is attached, about a foot in 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. • 315 
 
 length, to the end of which a piece of fish-bone 
 is suspended by the middle. This bone is ground 
 exceedingly sharp at each end, so that when it is 
 seized by the fish, the points enter the mouth in 
 contrary directions, and secure it. The floats an- 
 swer other purposes besides the obvious one of 
 regulating the depth of the snare, attracting the 
 fish by the whiteness of their surface, and showing 
 by their motion when the prey was taken. 
 
 Not only in the smooth waters of the lagoon 
 channels is the hook and line used, but in the open 
 Ocean; as, notwithstanding the frail character of 
 their vessels, the barbarous natives of these oceanic 
 isles are skilful and fearless in navigation. Even 
 the terrific shark is attacked in his own element; 
 sometimes involved in a net, when frequently he 
 makes havoc among the fishermen before he can 
 be transfixed by their spears ; and sometimes caught, 
 as intimated above, with the insidious hook. The 
 most daring young men, usually the chiefs, are the 
 first to assault the monster ; while the elders watch 
 the proceedings in their canoes from a distance, par- 
 takers of the excitement, though no longer sharers 
 of the heroism. The eagerness with which these 
 expeditions are set on foot, and the ardour with 
 which they are prosecuted, are only equalled by the 
 excited feelings of those who, in other countries, 
 pursue the more noble objects of the chase. 
 
 The fishes of these seas are, many of them, in- 
 teresting ; some of them have been already named. 
 The Albacore and the Bonito are common in the 
 tropical parts of the Pacific, and are both members 
 
316 THE OCEAN. 
 
 of the Mackerel family. They are of considerable 
 size, but the Albacore {Scoher Germo) is the larger, 
 sometimes being found six feet in length. Like its 
 relative, our own Mackerel, it is a fish of much 
 elegance, and its colours are beautiful. The back 
 is bright azure, with a golden tint; the belly and 
 sides silvery, with rainbow reflections, like mother- 
 of-pearl, and the same notched fins near the tail 
 are bright yellow. In slight winds, when the mo- 
 tion of a ship is slow, these fishes are usually to 
 be seen around her; if she be becalmed, and con- 
 sequently motionless, they remain at some little 
 distance, when the most tempting bait is ineffec- 
 tual; but if she be sailing rapidly before a brisk 
 breeze, they pertinaciously keep her company, keep- 
 ing close alongside, and seizing the hook with avi- 
 dity. The Albacore, as already hinted, is one of 
 the hunters of the little Flying-fish. It is said to 
 be highly' interesting to watch one of these fishes 
 keenly engaged in pursuit of its volatile prey: to 
 mark the precision with which it keeps exactly be- 
 neath during the aerial leaps of the victim, keeping 
 it steadily in sight, prepared to snap it up, on the 
 instant of its submersion. The Flying-fish, how- 
 ever, by its exceeding agility, darting again into 
 the air in a moment, sometimes contrives to escape 
 the fearful jaws of its adversary. 
 
 The Albacore, in its turn, has occasion to exer- 
 cise cunning and contrivance, to evade the attacks 
 of a still mightier foe. Mr. F. D. Bennett mentions 
 that, on one occasion, ^' The Albacore around the 
 ship afforded us an extraordinary spectacle ; they 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. git 
 
 were collected close to the keel of the vessel, in one 
 dense mass, of extraordinary depth and breadth, 
 and swam with an appearance of trepidation and 
 watchfulness. The cause of this unusual commo- 
 tion was visible in a Sword-fish lurking astern, 
 awaiting a favourable opportunity to rush upon 
 his prey when they should be unconscious of danger, 
 or away from the protection of the ship. The 
 assembled Albacore continued, in the mean time, to 
 pass under the keel of the vessel, from one side to 
 the other, often turning simultaneously on their side 
 to look for the enemy : their abdomens glittering 
 in the sun as a wide expanse of dazzling silver. It 
 was evident that the Sword-fish desired but a clear 
 field for his exertions; and in the course "of the 
 day we observed him make several dashes amongst 
 the shoal, with a velocity which produced a loud 
 rushing sound in the sea; his body, which, when 
 tranquil, was of a dull brown colour, assuming at 
 these times an azure hue." '^ 
 
 Mr. Bennett conjectures with much probability, 
 that it is as a protection against the attacks of the 
 Sword-fish, that Albacore and other fishes so often 
 attach themselves to a ship, or the body of a whale ; 
 the vicinity of so large a body being sufficient to 
 deter the former from making his impetuous thrusts 
 among the shoal, lest his bony weapon being driven 
 into the solid substance by the violence of his 
 assault, he might not be able to retract it. Instances 
 are not rare, however, in which the Sword-fish, 
 perhaps forgetting his usual caution, (for he is re- 
 
 * Whaling Voyage, vol. i. p. 270. 
 2d2 
 
S18 THE OCEAN. 
 
 puted a very cautious fish,) has left his sword in 
 the hull of a ship. The Foxhound, a South Sea 
 whaler, was cruising in the Pacific in 1817, when 
 one day, when most of the crew were below at 
 dinner, a loud splashing was suddenly heard in the 
 sea by a New Zealander on deck, who, on looking 
 over the side, saw a large dark body sinking, and 
 immediately gave the alarm of a man overboard. 
 The crew, however, were found to be complete, 
 and the occurrence passed over. Soon after, one 
 of the men observed a rugged object projecting 
 from the vessel's side, which, on examination, proved 
 to be the snout of a Sword-fish, with part of the 
 head attached, broken off by the fracture of the 
 skull. On the vessel's arriving at Sydney, the pro- 
 jecting part was sawn off, after vain endeavours to 
 extract the weapon; and at the conclusion of the 
 voyage, the pierced wood was taken out and placed 
 in the British Museum. 
 
 It is worthy of observation that, with very few 
 exceptions, the immense population of the Ocean 
 is carnivorous. The principal circumstance that 
 regulates the choice of diet among fishes seems to 
 be the power of mastery. Of terrestrial creatures, 
 a very large number are peaceful, never, under 
 ordinary circumstances, willingly taking the life of 
 even the most helpless around them ; but the sea 
 is a vast slaughter-house, where nearly every inha- 
 bitant dies a violent death, and finds a grave in the 
 maw of his fellow. We have just seen the Sword- 
 fish preying upon the Albacore, and the Albacore 
 upon the Flying-fish; while the Flying-fish itself, 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 319 
 
 though SO general a favourite, is the greedy devourer 
 of other fishes smaller than itself. Yet let us not 
 arraign the providence of God, as if it were cruel 
 and unkind : a sudden termination of existence is 
 the most merciful mode, as far as we can conceive, 
 by which the overflow of animal life could be 
 checked. 
 
 V 
 
 "Harsh seems the ordinance, that life by life 
 Should be sustained ; and yet when all must die, 
 And be like water spilt upon the ground, 
 Which none can gather up, — the speediest fate. 
 Though violent and terrible, is best. 
 0, with what horrors would creation groan, 
 What agonies would ever be before us, — 
 Famine and pestilence, disease, despair. 
 Anguish and pain in every hideous shape, 
 Had all to wait the slow decay of Nature ! 
 Life were a martyrdom of sympathy; 
 Death, lingering, raging, writhing, shriekijig torture; 
 The grave would be abolished ; this gay world 
 A valley of dry bones, a Golgotha, 
 In which the living stumbled o^er the dead. 
 Till they could fall no more, and blind perdition 
 Swept frail mortality away forever. 
 *Twas wisdom, mercy, goodness that ordain*d 
 Life in such infinite profusion, — Death 
 So sure, so prompt, so multiform to those 
 That never sinn'd, that know not guilt, that fear 
 No wrath to come, and have no heaven to lose,"* 
 
 Before we leave these charming regions, we will 
 for a moment notice a few other of the various 
 tribes of living beings that make the sea their home. 
 A curious example of instinctive stratagem occurs 
 
 in a little crab {Hyas ?) which is common upon 
 
 the shore-reefs. It is about six inches in circum- 
 
 * Pelican Island. 
 
320 THE OCEAN. 
 
 ference, of a dull brown hue, the body and legs 
 entirely covered with stiff, curved bristles. It covers 
 itself with decaying vegetable rubbish, mud, sand, 
 &c., and thus lies in ambush for its passing prey. 
 Thus masked, it maintains its assumed character 
 by the most sluggish movements, as if the little 
 heap were slightly moved by the tide ; but, when 
 taken into the hand, or otherwise alarmed, it can 
 be sufficiently active. The spines upon its body 
 to retain the rubbish, the short but strong claws 
 easily concealed, the eyes placed at the end of long 
 footstalks, curving upwards and thus raised above 
 the mass, show beautiful adaptations of its structure 
 to its economy. 
 
 Another crab of the reef {Calajjj^a tuherculata), 
 makes use of another artifice for concealment. It 
 is heart-shaped, with the margin of its shell pro- 
 jecting broadly. When alarmed, it draws its feet 
 under the margin, and folds them close to its side, 
 claps its broad flat claws upon its head, and lies 
 motionless, in which state it may be handled with- 
 out manifesting any sign of life. A sailor seeing 
 one of these little crabs on the shore, picked it up, 
 and after admiring it awhile, put it into his pocket 
 as a '^ curious stone ;'' he was presently astonished by 
 the efforts of his prize to escape from durance vile. 
 
 On the barrier reefs are found elegant animal- 
 flowers {Diazona\ expanding their numerous tenta- 
 cles of pink and white, which form a wide circular 
 disk, at the summit of a round fleshy stem. If 
 touched, or otherwise alarmed, they rapidly fold in- 
 w»arJs their beautiful tentacles, and sink to the rock, 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 321 
 
 contracting to a very diminutive size, so as easily 
 to elude observation. The same reefs are enlivened 
 also b}^ numbers of another species of Sea-anemone 
 {Zoanthus\ which cover large surfaces of the rock, 
 like beautiful carpets or mats of wide expanse. 
 When opened beneath the water, under the beams 
 of the sun, they display a series of squares with 
 elevated margins, the interior being of a bright 
 green, the exterior of a fawn colour. These, also, 
 sjontract instantly on the slightest touch; and thus 
 entire fields of them, being connected together by 
 a common fleshy disk upon the rock, are changed 
 in a moment, as if by magic, from brilliant green to 
 dull brown, which again, as they recover from their 
 alarm, is soon replaced by the verdant hue. 
 
 Numerous species of Squid and Cuttle are ob- 
 served in the Pacific, several of which have the 
 power of making long leaps out of the water, even 
 to the same height and distance as the Flying-fish, 
 whence these kinds are denominated by seamen, 
 Flying Squid. One of these, which appears to have 
 been an Onydioteuthis^ is described by Mr. F. D. Ben- 
 nett, as having fallen, in one of its leaps, upon the 
 deck of the ship in which he was sailing. The 
 whole class to which these animals belong is re- 
 markable for the powerful apparatus with which the 
 animals are endowed for seizing prey, in the nume- 
 rous long and flexible arms, furnished with cup- 
 like suckers, which forcibly adhere to any object 
 at the will of the creature. But the genus just 
 mentioned is favoured above its fellows; for, in ad- 
 dition to the usual structure, there is placed in each 
 
 21 
 
322 THE OCEAN". 
 
 sucker-cup of the long feet, a sharp projecting 
 hook. On the smooth and glossy scales of fishes, 
 lubricated with slime, it might not be always easy 
 at once to create a vacuum; but these hooks are 
 plunged by the action of the sucker into the flesh 
 of the struggling victim, whereby a firm hold is 
 obtained, and the prey is dragged to the powerful 
 beak. 
 
 Some of these animals frequent the crevices and 
 holes of the rocks, whence they protrude their long 
 arms for the capture of prey. They form a6 ac- 
 ceptable article of food to the South-Sea islanders, 
 who have exercised their ingenuity in devising a 
 mode of entrapping them. The instrument employ- 
 ed for this purpose is described as a straight piece 
 of hard wood, a foot long, round, and polished, and 
 not half an inch in diameter. Near one end of 
 this, a number of the most beautiful pieces of the 
 cow^ry, or tiger-shell, are fastened one over another, 
 like the scales of a fish or the plates of a piece of 
 armour, until it is about the size of a turkey's egg, 
 and resembles the cowry. It is suspended in a 
 horizontal position, by a strong line, and lowered 
 by the fisherman from a small canoe, until it nearly 
 reaches the bottom. The fisherman then gently 
 jerks the line, causing the shell to move as if inhabit- 
 ed by an animal. The Cuttle, deceived by the ap- 
 pearance of the supposed cowry (for no bait is used), 
 darts out one of its arms, which it winds around 
 the shell, adhering fast by its suckers. The fish- 
 erman continues jerking the line, and the Cuttle 
 strengthens its hold by affixing more of its arms, 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 323 
 
 ■until its adhesion is very strong, when, rather than 
 quit its prey, it permits itself to be dragged from 
 its retreat to the surface of the water, and cap- 
 tured."^^ 
 
 There are certain species of oceanic birds which 
 it is difficult to identify with any particular region, 
 as they are true cosmopolites. The Tropic-birds, 
 Albatrosses, Terns, Petrels, and Boobies, are of this 
 extended character, following and attending the 
 voyager for many thousands of miles, and even from 
 one ocean into another. Yet there are certain, 
 'though somewhat indefinite, limits to their range; 
 limits governed, however, by climate, rather than by 
 physical boundaries. Thus the Dusky Albatross 
 {Diomedea fuligiiiosa) was observed by Captain 
 Beechy to be numerous in the Atlantic from the 
 Rio de la Plata to the latitude of 51° south; when 
 it suddenly disappeared; but after rounding Cape 
 Horn, the species again occurred at the very same 
 latitude of 51°, and continued numerous all up the 
 coast of Chili. 
 
 The Tropic-birds {Phaeton) in like manner, as 
 their name imports, chiefly frequent the Ocean 
 within the tropics ; and according to the statements of 
 all voyagers, are very rarely seen beyond the parallel 
 of 35°. In a voyage to Newfoundland, however, in 
 1827, I frequently saw the Tropic-bird, though our 
 latitude during the whole voyage was not so low 
 as 40°. Elevated in the air, far above the mast- 
 head, the long projecting tail-feathers, looking like 
 a single slender shaft, while it turns its head to 
 
 * Ellis. 
 
324 THE OCEAN. 
 
 and fro, as on suspended wing it examines the ves- 
 sel below, it is not liable to be confounded with 
 any other ocean-bird. The seamen have given it 
 the name of "boatswain;" perhaps on account of its 
 shrill whistling note, like the official call of that 
 authoritative personage; or, as I was told, because 
 it carries a marline-spihe. This was, doubtless, P. 
 jEtherius; which has the feathers of the tail white, 
 but the Pacific species (P. Phomkurus) is much 
 more handsome, the tail being scarlet. They are 
 thoroughly ocean-birds, rarely approaching the land 
 except to lay and hatch their eggs. The Eed-tailed 
 Phaeton excavates a hollow in the sand for this 
 purpose, beneath the shade of bushes, where she 
 lays one egg : the islanders frequently take the old 
 birds from the nest, for the tail-feathers, which are 
 highly esteemed. 
 
 The Albatrosses are large birds, being but little 
 inferior to a swan in size. The floating carcass of a 
 whale affords a rich feast to many sea-birds, among 
 which these are pre-eminent, now swooping in the 
 air, now alighting on the body, now swimming and 
 feeding on the fragments of oily fat that escape; 
 now screaming harshly as they quarrel for the offal. 
 They are powerfully endued for flight, and make 
 vast excursions from land, ranging through the whole 
 Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. 
 
 I have already alluded to the singular manner in 
 wliich the body of a sea-bird is penetrated by air. 
 Mr. Bennett records a very curious circumstance 
 resulting from this structure, in the case of a bird 
 allied to the Albatross, taken in the Pacific Ocean. 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 325 
 
 It "was shot in the wing, and brought on board 
 alive, iSghting savagely with its beak and feet. 
 With a view to preserving its plumage uninjured, I 
 endeavoured to destroy the bird by compressing its 
 windpipe; but found that as the breathing became 
 laborious, a loud whistling sound was emitted from 
 some part of the body ; and upon close investigation 
 traced it to the bone of the wing, which was frac- 
 tured across, and projected through the skin, and 
 admitted within its tube a forcible current of air, 
 whenever the lungs made an effort at respiration : 
 the bird was, in fact, breathing through its broken 
 wing; and so sufficient was the supply of air the 
 lungs received through this novel channel, that I 
 was wearied by my attempts to suffocate my prize, 
 and was compelled to destroy it in another man- 
 ner."^ 
 
 Every one who has read the romantic narratives 
 of the old voyagers, is familiar with the name of 
 the Booby {Sula fusca), so named by seamen from 
 its apparent stupidity and familiarity, suffering itself 
 to be knocked down with a stick or taken with 
 the hand, when it alights, as it often does, on the 
 spars or shrouds of a vessel. This habit seems quite 
 unaccountable; many other birds have manifested 
 a similar fearlessness of man when first discovered, 
 but have soon learned the necessity of precaution : 
 but the Booby will manifest the same unnatural 
 tameness after being long accustomed to the cruelty 
 of man. It does not arise from helplessness, as it 
 is a bird of powerful wing, like its relative, the com- 
 
 * Whaling Voyage, i. 260. 
 2E 
 
326 THE OCEAN. 
 
 mon Gannet; neither is it a sufficient explanation 
 to affirm, as is sometimes done, that it arises from 
 a peculiar difficulty in rising to flight after alight- 
 ing, because it is not unfrequently caught in the air 
 by the hand; so incautiously does it approach man. 
 Notwithstanding this apparent stupidity, the Booby 
 is a dexterous fisher ; hovering over a shoal of fishes, 
 he eagerly watches their motions, turning his head 
 from side to side in a very ludicrous 'manner; he 
 presently sees one of the unwary group approach 
 the surface ; down he pounces like a stone, plunging 
 into the w^ave, which boils into foam with the shock. 
 Nor fails he to seize the scaly victim, with which 
 he emerges into the air, and soon it is lodged 
 whole in his capacious stomach. But the Frigate- 
 bird {Tachypetes aquilus) has watched the proceeding, 
 and instantly betakes himself to the pursuit; flight 
 is vain from the swiftest ranger of the Ocean, whose 
 extended wings measure a width of seven feet. The 
 Frigate-bird swooping down upon the unfortunate 
 Booby, compels him to disgorge the fish which he 
 has just swallowed, and which, long ere it can reach 
 the water, is seized, and again devoured by the op- 
 pressor. 
 
 The Frigate-bird neither swims nor dives; the 
 seamen fully believe that it even sleeps upon the 
 wing; whether this be so or not, there is good 
 evidence that the same individuals will remain in 
 the air for several successive days : they are never 
 known to alight on a vessel. Though the chase of 
 the Booby is so usual as to be considered one of 
 its constant means of dependence, yet it also fishes 
 
THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 32t 
 
 for itself; precluded, however, from plunging into 
 the sea; it can take only such as, like the Flying- 
 fish, leap into another element. With such suc- 
 cess, however, does it attack these, that it has been 
 seen to snap up three in succession in the course 
 ' of a few minutes. If, after having captured a fish, 
 it is awkwardly placed in the beak, it hesitates 
 not to drop it, secure of seizing it again in the 
 descent. 
 
 To the immense congregations of aquatic birds, 
 for the purpose of hatching and rearing their young 
 in places congenial to their habits, allusion has 
 already been made; and the following picture, vividly 
 drawn by the pen of an accomplished naturalist, is 
 probably not overcharged. 
 
 Le Vaillant, on visiting the tomb of a Danish 
 captain at Saldanha Bay, near the Cape of Good 
 Hope, beheld, after wading through the surf, and 
 clambering up the rocks, such a spectacle as he 
 supposed had never appeared to the eye of mortal. 
 **A11 of a sudden, there arose from the whole sur- 
 face of the island an impenetrable cloud, which 
 formed, at the distance of forty feet above our heads, 
 an immense canopy, or rather a sky, composed of 
 birds of every species, and of all colours; — cormo- 
 rants, sea-galls, sea-swallows, pelicans, and, I believe, 
 the whole winged tribe of that part of Africa, 
 was here assembled. All their voices mingled to- 
 gether, and, modified according to their different 
 kinds, formed such a horrid music, that I was every 
 moment obliged to cover my head to give a little 
 relief to my ears. The alarm which we spread was 
 
328 THE OCEAN. 
 
 SO much the more general among these innumerable 
 regions of birds, as we principally disturbed the 
 females which were then sitting. They had nests, 
 eggs, and young to defend. They were like furious 
 harpies let loose against us, and their cries ren- 
 dered us almost deaf. They often flew so near us, 
 that they flapped their wings in our faces, and 
 though we fired our pieces repeatedly, we were not 
 able to frighten them: it seemed almost impossible 
 to disperse this cloud." 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 
 
 The remaining great division of the waters of our 
 globe is considerably less extensive than either of 
 the others, but is scarcely less important, inasmuch 
 as it is the pathway of the richest commerce of the 
 world, the high road on which are borne the gems, 
 and gold, and spices of Ihe gorgeous East. It is 
 separated from the Pacific by that grand assemblage 
 of islands known as the Oriental Archipelago, which, 
 for their immense size, the teeming luxuriance' of 
 their vegetation, and the valuable character of many 
 of their productions, have no rivals. The isles of 
 New Guinea, Borneo, and Sumatra are the largest 
 in the world: their soil possesses a fertility that 
 seems inexhaustible; their produce consists of the 
 .nutmeg, the clove, and other costly spices ; frankin- 
 cense, camphor, and other odoriferous gums; dia- 
 monds, rubies, and other precious stones; gold, 
 silver, silks, tortoise-shell, pearls, sandal- wood, and 
 drugs, the most valued of earthly things. 
 
 It is a singular fact, that at the very same point 
 of time when the genius and daring of Columbus 
 were leading Spain into the possession of a new 
 world in the west, Portuguese enterprise was laying 
 open the still more splendid and gorgeous regions 
 of Asia in the east. It was in 1497 that Vasco de 
 
 2 E 2 (329) 
 
330 THE OCEAN. 
 
 Gama rounded the Cape of Good Hope, and pene- 
 trated to climes which had hitherto been invested 
 with all the romance of mystery and fable ; then 
 commencing a commerce which has poured incalcu- 
 lable wealth into the lap of Europe. 
 
 This immense archipelago, which occupies a tract 
 of the Ocean four tkousand miles in length, and 
 fourteen hundred in breadth, is an assemblage of 
 islands perfectly unique. The multitudinous islets 
 of the Pacific, if all united, would not together form 
 a third-rate island of this group. The land, though 
 broken with countless thousands of isles, so equally 
 divides the space with the sea, that one is at a loss 
 to say which predominates. A large majority of 
 the smaller isles and reefs are of the same struc- 
 ture as the coral atolls of Polynesia, and present 
 a similar character in their zoology and botany ; but 
 the larger tracts of land, almost a continent in their 
 dimensions, are of the old formations. The widely - 
 scattered groups of small islands on the northern 
 boundary, indeed,-^the Ladrones, the Carolines, the 
 Pelews, &c., we are at a loss to distinguish : they 
 are usually arranged in the Indian Archipelago, 
 while they are decidedly Polynesian in their cha- 
 racters. 
 
 The boats which are used by the natives of these 
 islands, from their very peculiar construction, as 
 well as from their unrivalled powers of sailing, 
 demand a moment's notice. Lord Anson, who first 
 met with them at the Ladrone Islands, and who calls 
 them flying proas, considers them "so singular and 
 extraordinary an invention, that it would do honour 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 331 
 
 to any nation, however dexterous and acute. Since, 
 if we consider the aptitude of this proa to the 
 navigation of these islands, which, lying all of them 
 nearly under the same meridian, and within the 
 limits of the trade- wind, requires the vessels made 
 use of in passing from one to the other to be 
 peculiarly fitted for sailing with the wind upon the 
 beam ; or, if we examine the uncommon simplicity 
 and ingenuity of its fabric and contrivance, or the 
 extraordinary velocity with which it moves, we shall 
 in each of these particulars find it worthy of our 
 admiration, and deserving a place amongst the 
 mechanical productions of the most civilized na- 
 tions, where arts and sciences have most eminently 
 flourished."^ 
 
 In direct contradiction to the practice of civilized 
 nations, the proa is built with the two ends alike, 
 but the two sides different. It is intended never 
 to turn, but always to present the same side to the 
 wind; the bow becoming the stern, and the stern 
 the bow, at pleasure. The ends of the boat are 
 high and project much above the water ; the wind- 
 ward side is rounded, as in other vessels ; but the 
 lee side is flat, and almost perpendicular. As the 
 depth greatly exceeds the breadth, it would, of 
 course, instantly fall over on the leeward side, but 
 for an ingenious contrivance already alluded to as 
 used in the Polynesian islands. A light but strong 
 frame is run out horizontally to windward, to the 
 end of which is fastened a hollow log, fashioned into 
 the shape of a small boat, which floats upon the 
 
 ^ * Anson's Voyage, p. 339. 
 
332 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 water, preventing the capsizing of the proa in that 
 direction ; while the weight of the apparatus, called 
 an outrigger, prevents the same accident on the 
 other. A mast rises perpendicularly from the wind- 
 ward edge of 'the proa, fastened to the heel of the 
 outrigger; a bamboo yard is slung near the mast- 
 
 PROAS OP THE LaDRONES. 
 
 head, so that its foot shall come into the boat in 
 a diagonal direction near the head, there being a 
 socket at each end to receive the foot of the yard, 
 according as the proa is on either tack. The sail 
 attached is made of matting, and is triangular, the 
 lower side being fastened to a boom running hori- 
 zontally from the foot of the yard over the stern. 
 When it is intended to alter the course by going 
 upon another tack, the foot of the yard is lifted 
 from the one socket, carried round to leeward, and 
 
TH^ INDIAN OCEAN. 333 
 
 placed in the other, while the fast sheet being let 
 fly, and the loose sheet hauled in, the boat is 
 immediately trimmed again, without loss by lee- way. 
 From their extraordinary power of lying near the 
 wind, that is, of sailing nearly towards the point 
 from which the wind is blowing, as well as from 
 their extreme narrowness cutting the water with 
 little resistance, these boats are the fleetest vessels 
 known. Anson affirms that they will run nearly 
 twenty miles an hour, which, though greatly short 
 of what the Spaniards report of them, is yet a pro- 
 digious degree of swiftness. In more modern voy- 
 ages, we find the native boats called^ by the names 
 of 2:)rows and prahiis; as they seem, however, to 
 refer to vessels of the same construction as those 
 described by Anson, they are probably to be con- 
 sidered as somewhat closer approximations to the 
 true pronunciation of the native name. 
 
 The navigation of these seas is rendered pecu- 
 liarly unsafe by the swarms of Malay pirates by 
 which they are infested. Voyagers continually allude 
 to the alarm which every collection of native boats 
 inspires, as being so exceedingly swift, and the 
 men merciless and daring. Whole colonies of these 
 desperate adventurers proceed from Magindanao to 
 the coast of Borneo, where they seek some con- 
 venient, but retired, harbour, in which they make 
 their home; not living, however, upon the land, 
 but on board their prahus (or proas), which are fre- 
 quently of sixty tons' burthen. During the south- 
 east monsoon they cruise about near the entrance 
 of the Straits of Malacca, ready to pounce upon 
 
334 THE OCEAlSr. 
 
 the native traders resorting to Singapore; when 
 about to return home, they surprise some defence- 
 less native village, and carry off the whole of the 
 inhabitants to be sold into slavery. During the 
 absence of the pirates, their wives and children 
 remain in the harbour, to take charge of the booty 
 that may be brought in ; and as these are scarcely 
 less warlike than the men, no other guard is neces- 
 sary against the inoffensive natives of Borneo. "When 
 the band has acquired a considerable amount of 
 plunder, they return to their own island, and others 
 supply their place. Even in the neighbourhood of 
 Singapore, although a British dependency, the Ma- 
 lay pirates absolutely swarm. The numberless little 
 islands in the Straits, divided by channels known 
 only to themselves, are like so many impregnable 
 fastnesses, into which they drag their unfortunate 
 victims, and plunder them at their leisure, defying 
 pursuit. The occupation has acquired all the form 
 and Tegularity of a system. A chief of some petty 
 Malay state, whose fortunes have been rendered 
 desperate by gambling, collects around him a few 
 adventurous and restless spirits, and sails to some 
 retired island. A village is formed, as a depot for 
 the booty, and the armed prahus lie in wait or prowl 
 about. If the adventure prove successful, the chief 
 soon gains accessions; the village grows into a town; 
 and the fleet separates into squadrons, which scour 
 the seas of different localities. They usually sail 
 in company, the fleets consisting of three to twenty 
 prahus, each of which carries large and small guns, 
 and from fifteen to forty men. The captured vessels 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 335 
 
 are burnt at the depot, and the goods put on 
 board prahus disguised like traders, and sold at 
 Singapore. The captives are sold into slavery at 
 Sumatra, to work on the pepper plantations of the 
 Malays. 
 
 Though their assaujts are generally upon the 
 native trading-boats, yet occasionally they venture to 
 attack square-rigged craft. 
 
 "An English merchant, who had resided several 
 years in Java, embarked at Batavia on board one 
 01 his own vessels, a large brig, taking with him 
 a considerable sum of money for the purchase of 
 the produce of the eastern districts. These facts 
 having reached the ears of a famous piratical chief, 
 he determined to waylay the vessel, and accordingly 
 mustering a sufficient number of prahus, cruised 
 about, and meeting with the brig as he had expect- 
 ed, commenced an attack upon her. The crew of 
 the latter vessel consisted of two Englishmen, the 
 captain and the chief officer, and about thirty Java- 
 nese seamen, who, together with the owner, defended 
 the vessel for some time. Towards the evening, 
 however, the unfortunate merchant was killed by a 
 spear fired from a musket, and the pirates taking 
 advantage of the confusion produced by this event, 
 immediately boarded. The two remaining English- 
 men, being well aware that certain death awaited 
 them should they remain, threw themselves into the 
 sea, and succeeded in reaching a bamboo fishing- 
 buoy. The pirates, too busily employed in plunder- 
 ing their prize to think of any thing else, did not 
 perceive their place of refuge, and the vessels soon 
 
33ft THE OCEAN. 
 
 drifted away out of sight. The condition of the 
 persons who had thus escaped had altered very little 
 for the better; they were immersed to the neck in. 
 water, dreading every moment the attack of sharks : 
 nor had either, during the whole of the night, the 
 comfort of knowing that his companion was still iu 
 existence. Soon after daylight some fishermen ap- 
 peared, by whom they were perceived ; but instead 
 of rescuing them immediately from their perilous 
 situation, the Javanese consulted together for a few 
 minutes, and then approached the sufferers, and 
 demanded who they were. On being told they were 
 Englishmen, whose vessel had been attacked and 
 captured by pirates, they were taken on board, 
 treated kindly, and conveyed to the Dutch Settlement 
 at Indramayo. Had they belonged to one of the 
 Dutch cruisers, their fate would probably have been 
 different ; for the fishermen are on bad terms with 
 the officers of the government prahus, whom they 
 accuse of robbing them of their fish."* 
 
 The pirates who thus infest the Indian Archipe- 
 lago are invariably Mahometans ; none of the Pagan 
 natives ever being known to engage in these mur- 
 derous expeditions. They show no mercy: the 
 Europeans that fall into their hands are murdered, 
 and the native seamen sold into slavery. 
 
 The larger islands of the archipelago do not pre- 
 sent a very interesting appearance from the sea. 
 Though clothed from the tops of the mountains 
 down to the very water's edge with the most lux- 
 uriant vegetation, it is too uniform to be agreeable. 
 
 EarFs " Eastern Seas," p. 38. 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 337 
 
 The eye seeks in vain for some variation, some break 
 in the vast forest; all is rich massy foliage, like 
 enormous heaps of green velvet. The solemn silence 
 that prevails, joined with this gorgeous uniformity, 
 creates an oppressive feeling of awe and loneliness. 
 And when the dews of evening descend, and tlie 
 gentle breeze blows. off the land, it comes loaded, 
 with what have been described as spicy odours, but 
 which are, in sober reality, but the sickly sweats 
 produced by immense masses of vegetation in decom- 
 position. They bear, in fact, the pestilence upon 
 their wings. 
 
 But while this is the general character of the 
 great islands, there are exceptions. Java, settled by 
 the Dutch, contrasts with Sumatra and Borneo ; the 
 gloom of the forest is enlivened here and there by 
 verdant fields and lawns, while the white villas of 
 the Europeans chequer the hills, and give a peace- 
 ful and inviting air to the landscape. The smaller 
 isles are said to be exquisitely lovely. 
 
 " The sea near Batavia is covered with innumer- 
 able little islets, all of which arc clothed with lux- 
 uriant vegetation. Native prahus, with their yellow 
 mat-sails, are occasionally seen to shoot from behind 
 one of them, to be shielded from view immediately 
 afterwards by the green foliage of another; and 
 over the tops of the trees may often be descried 
 the white sails of some stately ship, threading the 
 mazes of this little archipelago. One group, appro- 
 priately named the Thousand Isles, has never yet 
 been explored, and its intricacies afford concealment 
 
 to petty pirates who prey upon the small prahus and 
 22 2F 
 
338 THE OCEAN. 
 
 fishing-boats. "^ ^ "^ A number of large fishing- 
 boats were coming in from sea, and standing with 
 us into the roads; and although we were running 
 at the rate of seven knots an hour, they passed us 
 with great rapidity. They had a most graceful 
 appearance ; many of them were fourteen or fifteen 
 tons' burthen, and each boat carried one immense 
 square-sail. As the breeze was strong, a thiok 
 plank was thrust out to \\indward for an outrigger, 
 on which several of the numerous crew sat, or stood, 
 to prevent the press of sail they were carrying from 
 capsizing the boat. They were occasionally hidden 
 from our view by their passing behind some of the 
 small islets ; but in a few seconds they would appear 
 on the other side, having shot past so rapidly, that 
 we could scarcely fancy we had lost sight of them at 
 all."* 
 
 In sailing amongst the numberless islands of the 
 Indian Archipelago, the voyager is struck with the 
 frequent appearance of towns or villnges built 
 actually over the sea. The houses are constructed on 
 stout piles, which are firmly driven into the ground. 
 A flat place is selected, where the tide ebbs and 
 flows, that all dirt and filth from their habitations 
 may be regularly carried away without trouble, and 
 that they may be free from the presence of unplea- 
 sant and venomous reptiles. The houses are chiefly 
 of split bamboo, thatched with leaves: the windows 
 are made of the transparent inner shell of the pearl- 
 oyster: they are arranged in rows or streets, with 
 walks three or four feet wide reaching to the land, 
 
 * Earl's ^^Easteru Seas/' p. 11. 
 
s 
 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 341 
 
 but all heavy goods are transported by canoes, which 
 pass under the houses. The mode of driving the 
 piles, which are inserted into the bottom to the 
 depth of six feet, is curious and ingenious. A canoe 
 loaded with stones to the weight of two or three 
 tons is lashed on each side of a pile at high, water, 
 which, as the tide falls, are suspended from it; a 
 heavy piece of timber is then made successively 
 to fall upon the head, which, conjointly with the 
 great weight of the canoes, sinks it into the bottom 
 rapidly. Towns covering a square mile may be 
 seen formed in this manner. 
 
 The harbours and straits are crowded during the 
 season with Chinese junks; which fail not to strike 
 an eye accustomed to the elegant proportions and 
 graceful tracery of an European ship, as ludicrously 
 monstrous. Mr. Crawfurd says, "The appearance 
 of a Chinese junk is remarkably grotesque and sin- 
 gular. The deck presents the figure of a crescent. 
 The extremities of the vessel are disproportionately 
 high and unwieldy, conveying an idea that any 
 Sudden gust of wind would not fail to upset her. At 
 each side of the bow there is a large white spot or 
 circle to imitate eyes. These vessels, except before 
 the wind, are bad sailers, and very unmanageable. 
 They require a numerous crew to navigate them : 
 of one of the largest size, it often takes fifty men 
 to manage the helm alone." The high stern and 
 bow are alike flat, the latter having nothing answer- 
 ing to a cut-water. There are from two to four 
 masts, the main-mast being disproportionately larger 
 than the others ; each of which carries a single huge 
 
 2f2 
 
342 THE OCEAN. 
 
 square-sail made of mats of split bamboo, extended 
 by horizontal rods of bamboo, on which the sail 
 is rolled up when reefing is necessary. The largest, 
 though sometimes of twelve hundred, tons, have but 
 one deck, but the immense hold is divided into com- 
 partments, allotted to the several adventurers and 
 their goods. Mr. Earl describes one which he met 
 with in Banca Straits, in somewhat unfavourable 
 style. " While wind-bound," he observes, " a Chinese 
 junk passed close by us. A considerable number 
 of the crew were standing on the high, thatched 
 habitation erected on their quarter-deck, and per- 
 ceiving a Chinese passenger whom we had on board, 
 they all hailed together to demand the state of the- 
 markets ; but they asked so many questions at once, 
 that our friend became quite bewildered, and the 
 junk passed astern before he could decide to which 
 he should first reply. Even if he had spoken, the 
 junk-people could not have profited by his efforts, 
 for they continued bawling until quite out of hear- 
 ing. This junk, which was about two hundred tons' 
 burthen, carried two immense mat-sails, with a num- 
 ber of small yards extending along them, giving 
 them the appearance of bats' wings. She passed us 
 quickly, on account of the current being in her 
 favour; but, although the breeze was strong, she 
 went slowly through the water, and might be deemed 
 little better than an unwieldy hulk."'^ — The inflated 
 ideas which the Chinese maintain of their own per- 
 fection are adverse to any improvement in these 
 singular structures; indeed, an attempt at innova- 
 
 * Eastern Seas, p. 129. 
 
 I 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 
 
 343 
 
 tion, some years ago, in their form, bringing them 
 nearer to the model of an European ship, was so 
 severely reprehended in high quarters, that it was 
 found prudent to desist from the indiscreet improve- 
 ment. At the same time, it must be confessed, 
 that compared with the vessels of their immediate 
 neighbours, the junk, as a commercial vessel, has a 
 vast superiority; and in the seas which they navi- 
 gate, so regular are the monsoons, tiat they get on 
 tolerably well. 
 
 Occasionally, however, they must encounter those 
 terrific tempests called typhoons, which are peculiar 
 to these seas, and which, with the hurricanes of the 
 opposite hemisphere, are the most furious storms 
 
 Ship under bare Poles. 
 
 that blow. They rise with fearful rapidity, often 
 coming on suddenly from a calm; and before the 
 
344 THE OCEAN. 
 
 canvas can be secured, the gale is howling shrilly 
 through the spars and rigging, and the crests of 
 the waves are torn off, and driven in sheets of spray 
 across the decks. The lightning is terrible : at very 
 short intervals the whole space between heaven and 
 earth is filled with vivid flame, showing every rope 
 and spar in the darkest night as distinctly as in the 
 broadest sunshine, and then leaving the sight ob- 
 scured in pitchy darkness for several seconds after 
 each flash ; darkness the most intense and absolute ; 
 not that of the night, but the effect of the blinding 
 glare upon the eye. The thunder, too, peals now 
 in loud, sharp, startling explosions, now in long mut- 
 tered growls all around the horizon. In the height 
 of the gale, curious electrical lights, called St. Ulmo's 
 fires, are seen on the projecting points of the masts 
 and upper spars, appearing from the deck like dim 
 stars. Soon after their appearance the gale abates, 
 and presently clears away with a rapidity equal to 
 that which marked its approach. 
 
 The storms are found, by carefully comparing 
 the directions of the wind at the same time in dif- 
 ferent places, or successively at the same place, to 
 blow in a vast circle around a centre : a fact of the 
 utmost importance, as an acquaintance with this 
 law will frequently enable the mariner so to deter- 
 mine the course of his ship, as to steer out of the 
 circle, and consequently out of the danger; when, 
 in ignorance, he might have sustained the whole 
 fury of the tempest. The course of the circle is the 
 opposite of that taken by the hands of a watch, and 
 is the same with that of the still more striking phe- 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 
 
 345 
 
 nomena, waterspouts. These are, perhaps, the most 
 majestic of all. those "works of the Lord, and his 
 wonders in the deep," which they behold who " go 
 down to the sea in ships.'' They frequently appear 
 as perpendicular columns, apparently of many hun- 
 dred feet in height, and three feet or more in dia- 
 meter, reaching from the surface of the sea to the 
 clouds. The edge of the pillar is perfectly clean 
 and well-defined, and the effect has been compared 
 to a column of frosted glass. A series of spiral 
 
 Waterspouts. 
 
 lines run around it, and the whole has a rapid spiral 
 motion, which is very apparent, though it is not 
 always easy to determine whether it is an ascending 
 or descending line. Generally, the body of clouds 
 
346 THE OCEAN. 
 
 above descend below the common level, joining the 
 pillar in the form of a funnel, but sometimes the 
 summit is invisible, from its becoming gradually 
 more rare. Much more constant is the presence of 
 a visible foot ; the sea being raised in a great heap, 
 with a Avhirling and bubbling motion, the" upper 
 part of which is lost in the mass of spray and foam 
 which is driven rapidly round. The column, or 
 columns, for there are frequently more than one, 
 move slowly forward with a stately and majestic 
 step, sometimes inclining from the perpendicular, 
 now becoming curved, and now taking a twisted 
 form. Sometimes the mass becomes more and more 
 transparent, and gradually vanishes; at others, it 
 separates, the base subsiding, and the upper por- 
 tion shortening with a whirling motion, till lost in 
 the clouds. The pillar is not always cylindrical : a 
 very frequent form is that of a slender funnel de- 
 pending from the sky, which sometimes retains that 
 appearance without alteration, or, at others, lengthens 
 its tube towards the sea, which at the same time 
 begins to boil and rise in a hill to meet it, and soon 
 the two unite atid form a slender column, as first 
 described. 
 
 When these sublime appearances are viewed from 
 a short distance, they are attended with a rushing 
 noise, somewhat like the roar of a cataract. The 
 phenomenon is doubtless the effect of a whirlwind, 
 or current of air revolving with gr^at rapidity and 
 violence; and the lines which are seen, are probably 
 drops of water ascending in the cloudy column. 
 They are esteemed highly dangerous : instances have 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 347 
 
 been known, in wliicli vessels that have been crossed 
 by them have been instantly dismasted, and left a 
 total wreck. It is supposed that any sudden shock 
 will cause a rupture in the mass, and destroy it ; and 
 hence it is customary for ships to fire a cannon at 
 such as, from their proximity of course, there is any 
 reason to dread. They are seen in all parts of the 
 world, but are most frequent in the Pacific and 
 Indian Oceans. 
 
 That a Chinese junk, so clumsily rigged and so 
 unwieldy, must be ill adapted to sustain the fury 
 of a typhoon, or to evade the rush of a waterspout, 
 we may well imagine, and doubtless many are 
 wrecked from these causes. The following affect- 
 ing narrative of a crew under such painful circum- 
 stances will be read with interest : — 
 
 " The dark sullen waters of the China Sea never 
 looked less friendly nor more portentous than on 
 the morning of the 12th of January, 1837 ; tempes- 
 tuous weather, and a sea rising in mountains around 
 and over the ship's side, hurled her rapidly on her 
 passage homewards, when suddenly a wreck was dis- 
 covered to the westward. The order to shorten sail 
 was as promptly obeyed as given, and the vessel was 
 hauled towards what was discovered to be a China 
 junk without masts or rudder, having many persons 
 on deck vehemently imploring assistance. The ex- 
 hibition of their joy, as they beheld our approach, 
 was of the most wild and extravagant nature ; but 
 it was doomed to be transient, the violence of the 
 elements driving the ship swiftly past the wreck. It 
 became necessary to put her on the other tack, a 
 
348 THE OCEAN. 
 
 manoeuvre whicli the)^ construed into abandonment, 
 and the air rang with the most agonizing shrieks 
 of misery : hope appeared to have been rekindled 
 at the eleventh hour, but to render despair more 
 desperate, and death more frightful. 
 
 " The excitement on board was intense. A boat 
 was immediately lowered, in which the hawser was 
 placed, with a small line attached to it, as a mes- 
 senger, and was thrown to the wreck for the pur- 
 pose of towing her to the ship ; but this intention 
 was frustrated by the breaking of the windlass to 
 which it was fastened. The anxiety of these un- 
 fortunate people to quit their perilous position was 
 so great, that it became dangerous to approach 
 them : one man, in a paroxysm of despair, jumped 
 overboard after the hawser, as the windlass broke, in 
 the vain hope of reaching the boat; he was an 
 expert swimmer, but no human power could prevail 
 against that sea; the furious Ocean mocked his 
 efforts ; he rose and sunk upon the swelling billows 
 until nature was exhausted : he was lost in sight 
 of his companions in misfortune, and of the persons 
 sent to their aid, without any being able to afford 
 him relief. 
 
 "Fears were entertained for the boat and her 
 crew, as seen from the ship contending with the 
 violence of the element in which she floated, and 
 a moment of doubt passed the mind as to the ex- 
 pediency of permitting another attempt. It was 
 only for a moment: the piercing cries borne upon 
 the hollow blast, fell upon the sense with such ter- 
 rific horror, that indecision seemed a crime; direc- 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 349 
 
 tions were then issued to keep tlie boat away, and 
 a rope with a bowline-knot at one end, was thrown 
 to the jnnk, into which signs were made for each 
 man to place himself, and then plunge into the 
 water, whence he was dragged into the boat, and 
 eventually, in like manner, to the ship. Thus were 
 eighteen persons rescued from the very grasp of 
 death at a moment when every ray of hope ap- 
 peared to be utterly extinguished. Their gratitude 
 was boundless : they almost worshipped the officers, 
 the crew, and the vessel; prostrated themselves, 
 kissed the feet of the former, and the very planks 
 of the latter. * ^ ^ * 
 
 " After being on board five days, we made Pulo 
 Aor, where we took in water, and so desirous were 
 those simple-hearted people of testifying their gra- 
 titude, that they would not permit the men to carry 
 it, but filled the casks themselves ; and at parting, 
 knelt down and kissed each man's feet with the fer- 
 vour of devotion. Here we separated from seven- 
 teen men who had been nine days at sea upon a 
 miserable wreck, water-logged, without water to 
 drink, and scarcely food to eat. One of them, an 
 old man, died on the preceding evening from the 
 effects of fatigue and exhaustion; the others, I doubt 
 not, have long ere this time reached their homes, 
 and taught their friends and children to bless the 
 Englishmen and the English ship, which, under 
 Providence, snatched them from a watery grave, 
 and returned them to their affections."^ 
 
 The principal object of commercial enterprise with 
 
 *Unit. Serv. Journ. 1837, iii, 512. 
 
 2a 
 
350 THE OCEAN. 
 
 the Chinese, in their annual visits to the Oriental 
 Isles, and, by consequence, that which forms the 
 chief lading of the returning junks, is the edible 
 birds'-nest ; the production of a species of Swallow 
 {Hirundo esculenta)\ of which, as it seems to be 
 an oceanic production, I shall give a short account. 
 For many ages the nests have been in use in China, 
 and it is a remarkable instance of the fictitious value 
 often attached by fashion to things of little moment 
 in themselves, but procured from a distance with 
 much expense, difficulty, and danger. From the 
 accounts of travellers, which differ much in detail, 
 we gather, that certain large caverns in the interior 
 of the island, as well as on the coast, are frequented 
 by immense numbers of these birds, of which there 
 seem to be at least two species, one being, accord- 
 ing to many observers, smaller tlian a wren; the 
 other, according to Sir. E. Home, wiio dissected 
 some brought home by Sir Stamford Ivaflfles, "dou- 
 ble the size of our common swallow.'' M. Poivre, 
 who, in 174:1, visited the Straits of Sunda, observed 
 these birds in a little island called the Little Tocque. 
 A party having landed to shoot green pigeons, this 
 gentleman, accompanied by a sailor, walked along 
 the . beach in search of shells and jointed corals, 
 which were very abundant. After having walked 
 some distance, he was called by his companion, who 
 had discovered a deep cavern. M. Poivre, hastening 
 to the spot, found the entrance darkened by an im- 
 mense cloud of small birds, pouring out in swarms. 
 He entered, and Avitli ease knocked down many of 
 the little birds, witli which he was at that time un- 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 35 1 
 
 acquainted. As he proceeded, he found the roof of 
 the cave entirely covered with small nests, shaped 
 "like holy-water pots." Each of the nests con- 
 tained two or three eggs or young, which lay softly 
 on feathers, such as clothed the breast of the parents. 
 They were found to be glued firmly to the rock, but 
 having detached several, and brought them on board, 
 they were recognized to be the same with those 
 which form so valuable an article of merchandize in 
 China. The sailor, profiting by this information, 
 preserved his portion, which he afterwards sold well 
 at Canton. The intelligent traveller, on the other 
 hand, took coloured drawings of his captures, and 
 epeculated concerning the nature of the nest. He 
 conjectures, that it is composed of a gluey substance 
 often seen floating^n those seas, which he considers 
 to be fish spawn. 
 
 More recent accounts agree generally with this. 
 In a little island on the coast of Java, called the Cap, 
 Sir George Staunton found some caverns running 
 horizontally into the side of the rock, in which were 
 numbers of these birds'-nests. "They seemed to be 
 composed of fine filaments, cemented together by a 
 transparent viscous matter, not unlike what is left 
 by the foam of the sea upon stones alternately 
 covered by the tide, or those gelatinous animal sub- 
 stances found floating on every coast. The nests 
 adhere to each other, and to the sides of the cavern, 
 mostly in rows without any break or interruption. 
 The birds that build these nests are small grey swal- 
 lows, with bellies of a dirty white. They were flying 
 about in considerable numbers; but they were so 
 
352 THE OCEAN. 
 
 small, and their flight so quick, that they escaped 
 the shots fired at them. The same nests are said 
 also to be found in deep caverns at the foot of the 
 highest mountains in the middle of Java, and at a 
 distance from the sea. * * ^ The nests are placed 
 in horizontal rows at different depths, from fifty 
 to five hundred feet. Their value is chiefly deter- 
 mined by the uniform fineness and delicacy of their 
 texture ; those that are white and transparent being 
 most esteemed, and fetching often in China their 
 w^eight in silver. These nests are a considerable 
 object of traffic among the Javanese; and many are 
 employed in it from their infancy. The birds, hav- 
 ing spent near two months in preparing their nests, 
 lay each two eggs, which are hatched in about fif- 
 teen days. When the young birds become fledged, 
 it is thought time to seize upon their nests, which 
 is done regularly thrice a year, and is effected by 
 means of ladders of bamboo and reeds, by which 
 the people descend into the cavern: but w^hen it 
 is very deep, rope ladders are preferred. This ope- 
 ration is attended with much danger, and several 
 break their necks in the attempt.""^ 
 
 Some of the caves on the coast of Java are only 
 to be reached by a perpendicular descent of many 
 hundred feet, on these frail ladders of cane, while 
 the sea rages with fury far beneath, the feet. When 
 attained, the cavern must be explored by torchlight, 
 the adventurous fowler securing a precarious footing 
 over the damp and slippery surface of the irregular 
 recesses, where a false step would plunge him down 
 
 * Embassy to China, i. 287. 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 353 
 
 into the boiling surf/ or impale liim upon the sharp 
 processes of the rocks. The best nests are obtained 
 from such gloomy caves as these; for there are 
 several qualities, the best being white, or nearly 
 transparent, as if composed of threads of isinglass ; 
 others, which are inferior, are coarser in texture, 
 darker in colour, streaked with blood, or mixed ^vith 
 feathers, or defiled with the food and ordure of the 
 young. When procured, they are simply dried in 
 the shade, and packed in boxes, each containing a 
 pmil^ equal to about one hundred and thirty-three 
 pounds. In the Chinese markets they fetch prices 
 varying, according to the quality, from 250Z, up to 
 above 900Z. sterling per picul; the latter price being 
 at the rate of nearly seven pounds sterling per pound, 
 and consequently almost equal to double the weight 
 of the article in silver! The amount shipped from 
 the archipelago is estimated by Mr. Crawfurd at 
 1818 picids^ 242,4001bs., worth to the sellers at 
 the islands, 284,290?. In defenceless and remote 
 situations, exposed to lawless plunder, the caverns 
 are of little value; but in other more favourable 
 localities, the clear profit is very great; for it is 
 computed that the whole expense of collecting, dry- 
 ing, and packing, does not much exceed one-tenth 
 part of the whole amount. 
 
 The nests are used in China, by the luxurious, 
 in thickening rich soups ; but though considered by 
 them a great delicacy, have been but little esteemed 
 by Europeans, who have tasted the preparations at 
 Chinese tables. The substance of which they are 
 composed is now generally agreed to be a sea- weed 
 
 2Z 2e2 
 
354 THE OCEAN. 
 
 wliich floats on the Indian waters, a species of 
 Gelidium^ which can be reduced, by boiling or soak- 
 ing in water, almost entirely into a clear jelly. It 
 is probable, however, that the substance^ undergoes 
 some preparation in the stomach of the bird before 
 it is applied, or else that the filaments are cemented 
 by a glutinous saliva. 
 
 No inconsiderable part of the cargoes of the 
 return junks is made up of a sea- weed called Ojgar- 
 agar^ collected upon the coasts of Malacca. Boats 
 go out to procure it from the reefs on which it 
 grows, when it is well washed in tlie rivers, drie-l, 
 and packed in baskets. It grows in small bunches, 
 with long and narrow fronds resembling shreds, of 
 a light-yellow hue. The finest portions are used 
 in China to make a clear, tasteless jelly ; while the 
 coarser parts are boiled down inio a strong and sub- 
 stantial glue, used in the manufacture of furniture 
 and lacquered ware. A size is also produced from 
 it, for stiffening paper and silk. In Canton, ' this 
 substance produces from twenty to thirty -five shil- 
 lings per hundredweight. It is, however, light in 
 proportion to its bulk. It is probable that this is 
 the species described by botanists by the name of 
 Gracillaria tenax, of which 27,000 pounds are said 
 to be annually imported into China, and of which 
 windows are made. 
 
 Another important article of traffic with the Chi- 
 nese, is the animal called by them trepang^ the beche 
 de mer {Holuthuria). There are several species of 
 these animals, which are curious creatures. Gene- 
 rally, they have some resemblance in form to a 
 
THE TNDTAX OCEAN. 
 
 355 
 
 cncnnibo7\ wlience tho}^ are sometimes termed Sea- 
 cucumbers; iu llie water, liowever, the body is often 
 
 Sea-cucumbers {Holothurice), 
 
 greatly lengthened, and, on being touched, is sud- 
 denly contracted so as completely to alter the form. 
 The mouth is at one end of the animal, furnished 
 vrith shelly teeth converging to a centre, as in the 
 Star-fishes, and surrounded by numerous tentacles. 
 Mr. Crawfurd describes it as "an unseemly-look- 
 ing substance, of a dirty-brown colour, hard, rigid, 
 scarcely possessing any power of locomotion, nor 
 appearance of animation." The usual length is 
 eight or nine inches, the diameter about an inch, 
 but some are two feet in length, and seven or eight 
 inches in girth. They frequent the shallow waters, 
 on reefs and in lagoons ; often exposed on the rock, 
 but sometimes nearly buried in the coral-sand, their 
 feathered tentacles alone appearing and floating 
 loosely in the water. The large kinds are often 
 
350 TTTE OCEAN. 
 
 obtained bj^ spearing them upon the rocks in sballow 
 water; but the ordinary mode of obtaining them is 
 by diving in from three to five fathoms, and collect- 
 ing them by hand. A man will bring up thus eight 
 or ten at a time. They are prepared for the mar- 
 ket by being split down one side, boiled, and pressed 
 flat with stones : then, being stretched on bamboo 
 slips, they are dried in the sun, and afterwards in 
 smoke, and packed away in bags. In this state it 
 is put on board the junks, and is in great demand 
 in China for the composition of nutritious soups, 
 in which that singular people so much delight. The 
 quantity of this article of food, annually sent to 
 China from Macassar, amounts to 8333 hundred- 
 weight ; the price of which varies, according to the 
 quality, (for there are upwards of thirty varieties 
 distinguished in the market,) from thirty shillings 
 sterling to upwards of twenty guineas per hundred- 
 weight. The extent of the traffic may be inferred 
 from the number of vessels employed in it : Captain 
 Flinders was informed, when near the north coast 
 of New Holland, that a fleet of sixty proas, carrying 
 a thousand men, had left Macassar for that coast 
 two months before, in search of this sea-slug; and 
 Captain King was informed that two hundred proas 
 annually leave Macassar for this fishery. They sail 
 in January, coasting from island to island, till they 
 reach Timor, and thence steer for New Holland, 
 when they scatter themselves in small fleets, and 
 having fished along the coast, return about the end 
 of May, when the westerly monsoon breaks up. 
 The periodical change of the direction of the 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 357 
 
 wind in tlie northern part of the Indian Ocean, by 
 which the north-east trade-wind is exchanged for 
 one directly opposite, commonly called the setting in 
 of the south-west monsoon, is attended with very 
 remarkable effects on the weather. It is the com- 
 mencement of the rainy season, which is ushered 
 in by storms of thunder, lightning, and rain, of such 
 violence, as those acquainted only with a temperate 
 climate have no conception of. Mr. Elphinstone thus 
 describes the scene on the coast of India : " The ap- 
 proach of the monsoon is announced by vast masses 
 of clouds that rise from the Indian Ocean, and 
 advance towards the north-east, gathering and thick- 
 ening as they approach the land. After some threat- 
 ening days, the sky assumes a troubled appearance 
 in the evenings, and the monsoon in general sets in 
 during the night. It is attended by such a thunder- 
 storm as can hardly be imagined by those who have 
 only seen that phenomenon in a temperate climate. 
 It generally begins with violent blasts of wind, which 
 are succeeded by floods of rain. For some hours 
 lightning is seen almost without intermission ; some- 
 times it only illumines the sky, and shows the clouds 
 near the horizon ; at other times it discovers the dis-. 
 taut hills, and again leaves all in darkness: when 
 in an instant, it reappears in vivid and successive 
 flashes, and exhibits the nearest objects in the bright- 
 ness of day. During all this time the distant thun- 
 der never ceases to roll, and is only silenced by some 
 nearer peal, which bursts on the ear with such a 
 sudden and tremendous crash as can scarcely fail to 
 strike the most insensible heart with awe. At length 
 
358 THE OCEAN. 
 
 the thunder ceases, and nothing is heard but the 
 continued pouring of the rain, and the rushing of 
 rising streams. The next day presents a gloomy 
 spectacle : the rain still descends in torrents, and 
 scarcely allows a view of the blackened fields ; the 
 rivers are swollen and discoloured, and sweep down 
 along with them the hedges, the huts, and the re- 
 mains of the cultivation which was carried on during 
 the dry season in their beds."^ 
 
 The effect upon the sea is graphically depicted by 
 Mr. Forbes : " At Anjengo," observes this author, 
 "the monsoon commences with great severity, and 
 presents an awful spectacle : the inclement Aveather 
 continues with more or less violence, from May 
 to October. Daring that period the tempestuous 
 Ocean rolls from a black horizon, literally of ' dark- 
 ness visible,' a series of floating mountains heaving 
 under hoary summits, until they approach the shore; 
 when their stupendous accumulations flow in suc- 
 cessive surges, and break upon the beach; every 
 ninth wave is observed to be generally more tre- 
 mendous than the rest, and threatens to overwhelm 
 the settlement. The noise of these billows equals 
 that of the loudest cannon, and w^ith the thunder 
 and lightning so frequent in the rainy season, is 
 truly awful. During the tedious monsoon I passed 
 at Anjengo, I often stood upon the trembling sand- 
 bank to contemplate the solemn scene, and derive 
 a comfort from that sublime and omnipotent decree, 
 * Hitherto shalt thou come, but no further; and, 
 here shall thy proud waves be stayed !' "f 
 
 * Account of Ciiubiil, p. 126. f OricDtul Memoirs. 
 
THE INDIAN oCEAN. 359 
 
 An effect, scarcely less sublimely magnificent, is 
 produced by the coming in of the periodical spring- 
 tide at the mouth of some of the large rivers of 
 India, which is called the Bore. The rising flood, 
 confined by the narrowing coasts of a deep estuary, 
 takes the •form of an immense wave, which comes 
 majestically rolling along, like an advancing cataract, 
 bearing every thing before it. So rapid is its march, 
 that its progress from Hooghly Point to Hooghly 
 Town, a distance of seventy miles, occupies but four 
 hours. At Calcutta the wave is five feet high ; but 
 in the chan,nels formed by the numerous islands in 
 the Burhampooter, its height is twelve feet ; and so 
 terrific is it, that no boat dares to navigate the river 
 at the time of spring-tide. As the middle of the 
 river, however, is comparatively free from the in- 
 fluence, and only one side, usually, is subject to its 
 greatest violence, the boats and larger craft hasten, 
 on its approach, into the open water of the current ; 
 but if unhappily overtaken, they are inevitably over- 
 turned or swamped, while even large ships, that 
 present their broadsides to its advance, are rolled 
 so violently, that their yard-arms are dipped in the 
 wave. 
 
 The multitudes of fishes of brilliant hues and fan- 
 tastic shapes, that play in the tepid waters of these 
 regions of the sun, are incalculable. Numerous 
 bands of Parrot-fishes (Scarus) and Eock -wrasses 
 {Labrus) sport about the reefs, whose bodies are 
 ornamented with crimson, yellow, and silvery tints, 
 often arranged in the form of bands or stripes ; Gur- 
 nards {Trigla)j whose large fins' resemble in their 
 
J50 THE OCEAN. 
 
 form . and delicate pencillings the wings of a butter- 
 fly, take momentary flights above the surface; and 
 the petty tribe of Chcetodons^ several of which are 
 noted for the singular habit of shooting flies with 
 a drop of water projected from their beak-like 
 mouths, fearlessly approach the hand immersed in 
 the water. But none of these are more curious than 
 the Toad-fishes, or Anglers {Antennanus\ whose 
 pectoral and ventral fins have much of the form and 
 also the functions of the feet of a quadruped, en- 
 abling them to crawl out of the water, and travel 
 over the land. The head is armed with horn-like 
 projections, terminating in shining filaments, which 
 play freely in the water, and attract small fishes 
 within the reach of its enormous mouth; a very 
 remarkable instance of the superintending care exer- 
 cised by the beneficent Creator over the well-bemg of 
 his creatures. The form of the fish is clumsy, and 
 its motions slow and heavy, and without this provi- 
 sion for the attraction of its prey, it would probably 
 fare but poorly. 
 
 It is doubtless a species of Aiitennarius that is 
 thus described by Mr. Earl, as observed on the coast 
 of 'Borneo : ^' Large tracts of mud had been left 
 uncovered by the receding tide, and flocks of gulls 
 and other birds were feeding on the worms and small 
 fish. Vast numbers of little amphibious creatures 
 were running about in the mud, and they appeared 
 to be sought after by some of the larger birds. 
 They were from two to eight inches long, resem- 
 bling a fish in shape, of a light-brown colour, and 
 could run and jump by means of two strong pectoral 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 361 
 
 fins. On the approach of an enemy, they buried 
 themselves in the mud with inconceivable rapidity, 
 so that their sudden disappearance seemed to be the 
 work of magic. One of the Malays was employed 
 in ca^tching them, as they are considered to be a 
 great delicacy. He used for the purpose a thin 
 plank, four feet long, and one foot broad ; on one 
 end of which were fixed several sharp-pointed nails, 
 the points projecting beyond the end of the plank. 
 He placed the plank flat upon the mud, and with the 
 right knee resting on it, and kicking the mud 
 with the left foot, he shot along the surface with 
 great rapidity, the sharp- pointed nails transfixing 
 the little creatures before they could succeed in 
 burying themselves sufficiently deep to avoid it. 
 This is a dangerous sport, and requires great skill 
 in the fishermen to prevent accidents ; for should 
 he lose his plank, death would be almost inevit- 
 able, the mud not having sufficient consistence to 
 support him without the aid of this simple contriv- 
 ance."* 
 
 Numberless creatures of the inferior classes, some 
 of which are of exquisite delicacy and beauty, float 
 oil the surHacOk of the Indian Ocean; often in sucli 
 immense hosts as to cover the sea for miles around. 
 Tlie Violet-snail {Janthina fragilis) is one of these, 
 whose shell much resembles that of our garden-snail 
 in form and size, but is of a pearly-white above, 
 and beneath violet. When alive it is covered witli 
 a slippery membrane. A singular floating appa- 
 ratus projects horizontally from the aperture of the 
 
 * Eastern Seas, p. 213. 
 2H 
 
3G2 THE OCEAN. 
 
 shell, resembling a collection of air-bubbles, but 
 composed of a delicate white membrane, inflated, 
 and puckered on the surface into the bubble-like 
 divisions alluded to; it is oblong, about an inch in 
 length. The buoyancy of this float supports the 
 animal at the surface, where it lies with the con- 
 vexity of the shell downward. Three or four drops 
 of a blue liquid are contained in the body, which 
 has been supposed to answer the purpose of con- 
 cealment in time of danger, by imparting an obscu- 
 rity to the water ; but it is hardly sufficient for this 
 purpose, as the whole quantity secreted by one 
 animal will not discolour half a pint of water. Be- 
 neath the float, at certain seasons, the eggs are sus- 
 pended by pearly threads ; and as the flo.its are fre- 
 quently found in great numbers v\'ith eggs thus 
 attached, but separate from the original, animals, 
 it is thought that they have the power of throwing 
 off this appendage and forming a new one; in which 
 case it serves the purpose of sustaining the eggs, and 
 probably the young, within the reach of the liglit 
 and heat of the sun. 
 
 The Portuguese Mau-of-war {PliyS'iUs vclrirjio')^ 
 numerous in the warm parts of tlie Atlantic, is still 
 more abundant in the seas of which I a.m writing. 
 It is a beautiful little creature, though of \y-^'y 
 simple structure, consisting merely of a semi-trans- 
 parent membranous bag, round at one end, and 
 pointed at the other, along one side of which runs a 
 wide membrane, puckered into perpendicular folds, 
 and capable of being contracted and dilated ; wliile 
 from the opposite side depends a thick frmge of blue 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 363 
 
 tentacles, among which are some of a great length, 
 and of a crimson and purple hue. The tentacles 
 have the faculty of severely stinging the hand that 
 touches them, though ever so slightly; and it is 
 probable that this power is in some way connected 
 with the sustenance of the animal, as minute fishes 
 are frequently found in a benumbed state attached 
 to these processes. The little creature, as it floats 
 upon the broad billows, bears a very striking resem- 
 blance to a little ship, of which the bladder is the 
 hull, and the puckered membrane the sail; and as 
 the edge of the sail is a beautiful pink hue, and the 
 lower part of the hull deep blue, a fleet of them, 
 floating and rolling in a calm upon the long glassy 
 swell of the sea, presents a scene of striking novelty 
 and elegance. 
 
 Another creature much resembling this in appear- 
 ance is found in the same regions in equal numbers. 
 It is called by sailors the Sallee-man {Velella mutica)] 
 and consists of an internal cartilage, of a semi-pel- 
 lucid white hue, enclosed in soft parts, of a purplish 
 green. A broad oval base floats on the water, across 
 Avhich runs obliquely an arched crest or sail : be- 
 neath are placed the brown viscera, covered with 
 a thick mat of colourless tubular pcqnllce : the edge 
 of the oval base is fringed with slender blue tentacles. 
 No part of this animal seems to have the power of 
 stinging, so formidable in the preceding. 
 
 It will be remembered, that in the description 
 of the Arctic Seas, a little animal {Olio borealis) was 
 mentioned as forming a large portion of the food 
 of the whale. Its place is supplied in the Paoiho 
 
864 
 
 THE OCEAN. 
 
 and Indian Oceans by two or three species nearly- 
 allied to it in structure, but furnished with a glassy 
 shell. One of these is named Hyalea tridentata; 
 
 Glass Shells. {Hyalea tridentata, and Cleodora joyramidata.) 
 
 its shell is small and somewhat globular, resembling 
 a bivalve without a hinge; the hinder part being 
 consolidated and armed with three spines ; the sides 
 have a narrow fissure through which a semi-trans- 
 parent membrane protrudes. The animal is fur- 
 nished with a wing or fin on each side, which it uses 
 as oars. A kindred species {Cleodora cusindatd) is 
 of extreme delicacy and beauty. The shell is glassy 
 and colourless, very fragile, nearly in the form of 
 a triangular pyramid, with an aperture at its base, 
 from which proceeds a long and slender glassy spine ; 
 and a similar spine projects from each side of the 
 middle of the shell. The animal is like the preced- 
 ing; but the hinder part is globular and pellucid, 
 and in the dark vividly luminous, presenting a sin- 
 gularly-striking appearance, as it shines through its 
 perfectly-transparent Inntern. Both of these arc 
 found floating in great numbers on the surface of 
 the sea. 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 3(»5 
 
 Among tlie sea-sliells whicli attain a large size in 
 these seas, the Giant •Clamp {Tridacne gigas) stands 
 pre-eminent. It is found in abundance on the coasts 
 of Sumatra, as well as of other islands, attached 
 to the rocks by a strong cable. This, which is called 
 byssus, is formed of many tough threads, but slightly 
 elastic, spun by the animal, or rather, cast in a 
 mould thread by thread ; a glutinous fluid being 
 secreted in a long groove or canal formed by the 
 foot, which in the air rapidly acquires solidity. 
 When complete, the united threads form, as ob- 
 served above, a cable, projecting through an open- 
 ing: in the back of the shell, and adherins: bv the- 
 other extremity to the rock, so firmly as to resist 
 the agitation of the sea, and so tough as to be severed 
 only by an axe. Marsden mentions one which was. 
 more than three feet three inches Ions; and two 
 feet one inch wide : and specimens have been seen 
 which had attained the enormous length of four 
 feet. They are sometimes taken, when not adhering, 
 by thrusting a long bamboo between the open 
 valves, which immediately close firmly, and they are 
 dragged out. The substance of the shell is perfectly 
 white, several inches thick; and is worked by the 
 natives into arm-rings, and by European artists is 
 made to receive a polish equal to the finest statuary 
 marble. 
 
 Pearls, whose exquisite beauty have made them 
 celebrated from the earliest ages, are well known to 
 be marine productions; and as the shores of the 
 Indian Ocean yield the finest specimens, I may here 
 say a word of the fishery for them. Many bivalve 
 
 2h2 
 
3G6 THE OCEAN. 
 
 shells produce pearls of greater or less perfection; 
 but what is known as the Pearl Oyster is the Avicula 
 margaritifera of conchologists. The interior so.rface 
 of the shell is covered with very thin plates, or 
 lamelloe^ which are furrowed with microscopically 
 minute and close parallel grooves, and in this struc- 
 ture lies the property of reflecting opaline tints; 
 a property which has been communicated to other 
 substances by mechanically impressing the surface 
 with similar grooves. In some diseased states of 
 the animal, or when the shell has received a trifling 
 injury, or some foreign body — a grain of sand, for 
 example — has found its way within the mantle, the 
 pearly secretion is poured out in great abundance 
 around the part, and, layer being imposed upon 
 layer, produces a pearl, either attached to the inner 
 surface of the shell, or loose and held merely in the 
 folds of the mantle. 
 
 The most productive fishery is in the Persian 
 Gulf^ and the finest pearls are found there i above 
 90,000^. sterling are sometimes realized from this 
 source in the course of two months. Those with 
 which we are most acquainted, are carried on on 
 the coasts of Coromandel and of Ceylon ; the former 
 being in the hands of the East India Company, the 
 latter in those of the British Government. The 
 Ceylon fishery has been well described by Captain 
 Percival, the Count de Noe, and lately by Mr. Ben- 
 nett. As the banks would soon be exhausted if 
 fished every year, portions only are selected in turn, 
 while the rest remains untouched to be recruited. 
 In the month of November, the Government ap- 
 
^IIE INDIAN OCEAN. 36^ 
 
 points an inspection of the state of tlie banks, and 
 those selected as fit for fishing are advertised ac- 
 cordingly, the fishery for the ensuing season being 
 ofi^red for sale. In January, the boats begin to 
 assemble, and the adventurers from all parts of 
 India congregate on a narrow spot of barren sand 
 which is deserted for the greatest portion of the 
 year, but now presents the life and gaiety of a fair. 
 "There is, perhaps, no spectacle," says Captain 
 Percival, "which the Island of Ceylon affords, more 
 striking to an European than the bay of Condatchy 
 during the season of the pearl-fishery. This desert 
 and barren spot is at that time converted into a 
 scene Avhich exceeds in novelty and variety almost 
 any thing I ever witnessed; several thousands of 
 people of different colours, countries, castes, and 
 occupations, continually passing and repassing in a 
 busy crowd ; the vast numbers of small tents and 
 huts erected on the shore, with the bazaar or mar- 
 ket-place before each; the multitude of boats re- 
 turning in the afternoon from the pearl banks, some 
 of them laden with riches; the anxious expecting 
 countenances of the boat-owners, while the boats 
 are approaching the shore, and the eagerness and 
 avidity with which- they run to them when arrived, 
 in hopes of a rich cargo ; the vast numbers of jewel- 
 lers, brokers, merchants, of all colours, and all de- 
 scriptions, both natives and foreigners, who are 
 occupied in some way or other with the pearls, some 
 separating and assorting them, others weighing and 
 ascertaining their number and value, while others 
 are hawking them about, or drilling and boring them 
 for future use ; — all these circumstances tend to im- 
 
 /^ 
 
3GS THE OCEAN. 
 
 press the mind with the value and importance of that 
 object which can of itself create this scene.""^ 
 
 The actual fishery begins in February and con- 
 tinues during six weeks, or at most two months. 
 The boats, being prepared, each carrying twelve or 
 fourteen hands and ten divers, leave the shore at 
 the signal- gun of the government officer, and arrive 
 at the bank before daylight. At sunrise diving com- 
 mences, and the divers, divided into two parties, 
 descend alternately, the one set breathing while the 
 other is below. To expedite his descent, each man 
 has a conical piece of granite, through a hole in 
 which a rope is passed; he grasps the rope with 
 the toes of his right foot, which he uses with nearly 
 the same pliancy as the fingers of his hands, and 
 taking in his left a net like an angler's landing-net, 
 seizes another rope in his right hand, and closes his 
 nostrils with his left thumb and finger. The weight 
 of the stone causes him to descend rapidly, and he 
 loses no time, but hastily fills his net with the oys- 
 ters he finds around. When he can retain his breath 
 no longer, he jerks the second rope, and is instantly 
 hauled to the surface by his fellows, leaving the 
 stone to be pulled up afterwards. Generally, from 
 a minute and a half to two minutes, is as long as 
 a diver can remain under water ; but Captain Per- 
 cival records a case in which a man " absolutely re- 
 mained under water full six minutes." The effects 
 of so long a submersion as even ordinarily takes 
 place, are severe, and manifest themselves by gush- 
 ings of water from the ears, mouth, and nose, and 
 sometimes by discharges of blood. Yet they are 
 
 * Percivars Ceylon, p. 59. 
 
THE r^^DIAN OCEAN. 3^9 
 
 rca'ly to take their turn agjiin. rreqnently making 
 forty or fifty plunges a day, and bnngiug up at each 
 turn about a hundred oysters. 
 
 The greatest danger to these adventurous mea 
 arises from the sharks, to whose rapacity allusion 
 has before been made. But against them the poor 
 people believe that they possess an inviolable de- 
 fence in the charms sold to them by pretended con- 
 jurors, whose impudence and address secure their 
 hold on their deluded votaries, even in spite of the 
 frequent evidence of their fallibility. It is probable, 
 the constant bustle and noise, and the frequent 
 splashings of the divers, deter the sharks in a great 
 measure from approaching the scene. 
 
 *^ As soon as the oysters are landed, they are placed 
 in pits on the shore, and left to undergo decomposi- 
 tion; in which state they diffuse an intolerable odour, 
 but to which habit speedily reconciles the people. 
 When the flesh is decayed under that burning sun, 
 the shells are opened with ease, and minutely ex- 
 amined for pearls : some, however, elude the utmost 
 vigilance, to obtain which, numbers of people continue 
 to search the sands for months after the merchants 
 have departed, and they are now and then rewarded 
 by a pearl of value. In 1797, a common fellow, of 
 the lowest class, thus got by accident the most 
 valuable pearl seen that season, and sold it for a 
 large sum." 
 
 In the Straits of Sunda and the adjacent seas, 
 
 there are found several floating sea- weeds, which 
 
 have a general resemblance to the Gulf- weed of the 
 
 Atlantic, but possess a much more striking similarity 
 
 u 
 
3Y0 THE OCEAN. 
 
 to terrestrial plants. Two species in particular^ 
 naraed from this resemblance Sargassum aqiiifolmm 
 and S, ilicifolmm^ so closely imitate our common 
 holly in their branches, berries, and twisted spinous 
 leaves, as to induce a belief, at the* first glance, that 
 they are no other than sprigs of that familiar plant. 
 Another species, found in the same locality, is called 
 S. Taxifoliurrij from its likeness to the yew. The 
 former are highly interesting on another account: 
 they afford a remarkable illustration of the fact, 
 that the seed -receptacles of some sea-plants are 
 metamorphosed after the discharge of their seeds into 
 leaves and air-vessels. Few would suspect that the 
 round air-cells, that look like green berries, or the 
 curled and thorny leaves, were alike the slender pro- 
 cesses containing the seed, only in another stage of 
 development; yet specimens are often found in 
 which the process is actually going on, both the one 
 and the other being but partially transformed. The 
 pores with which the surface of the leaves are stud- 
 ded, are but the orifices through which the seeds 
 escaped. 
 
 As we approach the Cape of Good Hope, the sea- 
 birds peculiar to high latitudes again appear, and 
 the sea and air are enlivened by myriads of gulls, 
 terns, petrels, frigate-birds, and albatrosses. But 
 among them we have yet to notice one pre-eminent 
 among them, a master- fisher,^ which, for its powers 
 of consuming the finny prey, is perhaps unrivalled. 
 It is the Pelican {Pelicanus onocrotalus), which 
 abounds all around the shores of the Indian Ocean, 
 ranging to the distance of several hundred miles 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 3^1 
 
 from the coasts. This bird has great powers of 
 flight, the extend^id wings covering a space of twelve 
 feet. The throat is dilated into a capacious bag, 
 •which can be wrinkled up when not in use, but 
 when the animal is fishing forms a convenient pouch, 
 in which the prey is stored as it is caught, until it 
 is filled, when the booty is borne to shore, to feed 
 the callow young, or to be eaten at leisure. The 
 pouch of a full-grown Pelican, when distended, will 
 contain ten quarts of water. They fly to a long 
 distance, and at a lofty elevation, and remain un- 
 tired on the wing for a protracted period. A flock 
 of Pelicans beating for prey is a splendid spectacle. 
 Sometimes the whole troop soars upwards to an im- 
 mense height, and then suddenly swoops down with 
 arrowy velocity, splashing the sea in every direc- 
 tion ; presently they emerge, and again soar on high, 
 till again they simultaneously dash down upon the 
 shoals ; and thus the flock perform their evolutions 
 in concert, ranging over a wide bay, or a given space 
 of water, with perfect order and regularity, and with 
 astonishing rapidity. At other times they fly al- 
 most at the very surface, beating the water with 
 their wings, till the whole sea is one undistinguish- 
 able mass of foam. 
 
 In the beautiful poem of Montgomery, " The Peli- 
 can Island," which I have before quoted, the manners 
 of these interesting birds are ably described : — 
 
 '' Eager for food, their searching eyes^ey fix'd 
 On ocean's unrolFd volume, from a height 
 That brought immensity within their scope ; 
 Yet with such power of vision looked they down, 
 
312 THE OCEAN. 
 
 As though they watchM the shell-fish slowly gliding 
 
 O'er sunken rocks, or climbing trees of coral. 
 
 On indefiitigiible wing upheld, 
 
 Breatli, pulse, existence, seem'd suspended in them : 
 
 They were as pictures painted*on the sky; 
 
 Till,' suddenly, aslant, away they shot. 
 
 Like meteors changed from stars to gleams of lightning, 
 
 And struck upon the deep; where, in wild play. 
 
 Their quarry floundered, unsuspecting harm ; 
 
 With terrible voracity, they plunged 
 
 Their heads among th' affrighted shoals, and baat . 
 
 A tempest on the surges, with their wings. 
 
 Till flashing clouds of foam and spray conceal'd them. 
 
 Nimbly they seized and secreted their prey. 
 
 Alive and wriggling in the elastic net. 
 
 Which Nature hung beneath their grasping beaks ; 
 
 Till swoll'n with captures, the unwieldy burtiien 
 
 Clogg'd their slow flight, as heavily to land 
 
 These mighty hunters of the deep returned.' 
 
 There on the cragged cliffs they perched at ease, 
 
 Gorging their hapless victims one by one ; 
 
 Then, full and weary, side by side they slept, 
 
 Till evening roused them to the chase again." 
 
 I have reserved till the last of these gleanings from 
 the Ocean, one of the most curious of its phenomena, 
 and one that, while it vividly strikes the fancy of the 
 voyager when he beholds it for the first time, fails 
 not to maintain its power to interest after jeavs of 
 observation have made it familiar, I have reserved it 
 until the last, because it is peculiar to no sea, but 
 common to all, being observable in the frozen ocean 
 of either pole, and under the burning line ; in the 
 Atlantic and in the Pacific. Still there seem to be 
 greater intensity and brilliance in the display of the 
 phenomenon in the tropical seas than in colder 
 climates. No sooner has nioht descended over the 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 373 
 
 Ocean, than the whole surface is seen to be, as it were, 
 composed of light, assuming, however, various forms 
 and aspects. The most usual appearances, as far as 
 they have fallen under my own observation in the 
 Atlantic, are as follows: On looking over the stern, 
 when the ship has steerage-way, her track is visible 
 by a line or belt of light, not a bright glare, but a 
 soft, subdued yellowish light, which inimediately 
 under the eye reseud)les milk, or looks as though the 
 keel stirred up a " sediment of chalk which diffuses 
 itself in opaque* clouds through the neighbouring 
 water, only that it is light and not whiteness. 
 Scattered about this cloudiness, and particularly 
 where the water whirls and eddies with the motion 
 of the rudder, are seen innumerable sparks of light 
 distinctly traced above the mass by their brilliancy, 
 some of which vanish and others appear, while others 
 seem to remain visible for some time. Generally 
 speaking, both these phenomena are excited by the 
 action of the vessel througli the waves, though a few 
 sparks may be observed on the surface of the waves 
 around. But now and then, when a short sea is run- 
 ning without breaking waves, there are seen broad 
 flashes of light from the surface of a wave, coming 
 and going like sudden fitful flashes of lightning. 
 These may be traced as far as the sight can reach, 
 and in their intermittent gleams are very beautiful : 
 tliey have no connection with the motion of the ship. 
 In a voyage to the Gulf of Mexico, I saw the water 
 in those seas more splendidly luminous than I had 
 ever observed before. It was indeed a magnificent 
 
 sight, to stand in the fore part of the vessel and 
 
 2 I 
 
374 THE OCEAN. 
 
 watch her breasting the waves. The mass of water 
 rolled from her bows as white as milk, studded with 
 those innumerable sparkles of blue light. The 
 nebulosity instantly separated into small masses, 
 curdled like the clouds of marble, leaving the water 
 between of its own olcar blackness ; the clouds soon 
 subsided, but the sparks remained. Sometimes one 
 of these points, of greater size and brilliancy than 
 the rest, would suddenly burst into a small cloud of 
 superior whiteness to the mass, and to be then lost 
 in it. The curdling of the milky appearance into 
 clouds and masses, and its quick subsidence^ were 
 what I had never observed elsewhere. 
 
 Many veryinterasting observations have been made 
 on these luminous appearances, and there seems no 
 doubt that to a very large extent they are produced 
 by living animalt^; but as many species, varying 
 greatly from each other, and belonging even to differ- 
 ent classes of the animal kingdom, have been recog- 
 nized as contributing to the luminousness, we need 
 the less wonder that there should be variations in its 
 aspects. Dr. Baird, in some quotations from a jour- 
 nal kept during a voyage to India, furnishes some 
 interesting notes of the origin of the light. The 
 writer speaks of "the broad bright flash, vivid enough 
 to illuminate the sea for some distance round, while 
 the most splendid globes of fire were seen wheeling 
 and careering in the midst of it, and by their bril- 
 liancy outshining the general light." On drawing a 
 bucket-full of water the narrator '* allowed it to re- 
 main quiet for some time, when, upon looking into it 
 in a dark place, the animals could be distinctly seen 
 
THE INDIAN OCEAN. 3'75 
 
 emitting a bright speck of light. Sometimes this 
 was like a sudden flash, at others appearing like an 
 oblong or round luminous point, which continued 
 bright for a short time, like a lamp lit beneath the 
 water, and moving through it, still possessing its defi- 
 nite shape, and then suddenly disappearing. When 
 the bucket was sharply struck on the outside, there 
 would appear at once a great number of these lumi- 
 nous bodies, which retained their brilliant appearance 
 for a few seconds, and then all was dark again. 
 They evidently appearbd to have it under their own 
 will, giving out their light frequently at various 
 depths in the water, without any agitation being 
 given to the bucket. At times might be seen mi- 
 nute but pretty bright specks of light, darting across 
 a piece of water, and then vanishing ; the motion of 
 the light being exactly that of the Gychps through 
 the water. Upon removing a tumbler-full from the 
 bucket, and taking it to the light, a number of Cy- 
 clops Avere accordingly found swimming and darting 
 about in it."^ Dr. Baird concludes from these facts 
 that the bright globes were large Sea-blubbers 
 {Medusa\ and that the sparks were minute Entomo- 
 straca, somewhat similar in form to those figured 
 in the former part of this volume. 
 
 In some highly interesting observations made 
 during a series of years by M. Ehrenberg, chiefly in 
 the Eed Sea, we find many minute animals mentioned 
 as luminous; but it is remarkable that after many 
 trials he could not detect the slightest light from any 
 species of the Entomostmca. The water was found 
 
 « Zoologist, 1843, p. 55. 
 
3Y6 THE OCEAN. 
 
 to be ver}^ fall of small slimy particles without any 
 definite fornix wliich gave out light when the water 
 was stirred. These were probably Mechtsoe^ torn but 
 yet living, as in some cases fragments of these ani- 
 mals are very tenacious of life. • Several minute Me- 
 diisce- of various species gave out light, which seemed 
 to be more vivid on any extraordinary excitement of 
 the animals. A drop of sulphuric acid being put 
 into a glass of water, several bright flashes of light 
 were seen. One of the little animals was taken up in 
 a drop of water on the point of a pen ; ou a drop of 
 acid being added, it gave out a momentary spark and 
 instantly died. Several new species of luminous 
 animals were discovered by thus mingling acid with 
 quantities of sea- water. The light of different spe- 
 cies is found to vary in character ; some of the sparks 
 being yellow and dull, others clearer and whiter, and 
 more lasting. The creature which produces the 
 brightest light of all is a kind of sea- worm {Nereis 
 cirrigera) ; it lives in groups or large masses, among 
 the branches of sea- weed; and when portions of this 
 are thrown on shore by the waves, the animals sur- 
 vive and continue to shine very brilliantly for several 
 days. In our own seas, a great deal of the light is 
 owing to the presence of an exceedingly minute 
 animal {Noctiluca miliaris)^ which does not excecl 
 iQJ5Ji P^^^ ^f ^^ vcioXi in diameter. It consists of a 
 transparent globe, with a kind of tail proceeding 
 from one part of the circumference. In the interior 
 may be seen an oval nucleus^ not in the centre, fron? 
 which proceed numerous branching vessels. The 
 luminous property appears to reside in these vessels, 
 
THE TNDTAX OCEAN. ^11 
 
 which, while the animal is alive, are seen to dilate 
 and contract with a very rapid pulsation. The little 
 globe is propelled in any direction by a jerking mo- 
 
 NocTiLUCA MiLiARis, greatly magnified. 
 
 tion of the tail or stem ; and as it is a restless crea- 
 ture, it is not a very easy matter to obtain a good 
 sight of it for observation. 
 
 Several species of fishes are undoubtedly lumi- 
 nous: the Sun-fish {Cephalus molct), when seen at a 
 considerable distance below the surface in a dark 
 night, is said to glow like a cannon-ball heated to 
 whiteness. Ehrenberg found that the whole skeleton 
 of an Egyptian fish {Heterotis Nilotica) emitted such 
 a vivid light as he never saw equalled by any other 
 fish, alive or dead. And ]\Sr. F. D. Bennett discovered 
 a new species of Shark, which he named Sqiidlits 
 fidgens^ from the whole surface of whose body pro- 
 ceeded a greenish light, which rendered the animal 
 the most gliastly object imaginable. But there can 
 be. no doubt that the main source of oceanic efful- 
 
 2i2 
 
-2^ 
 
 378 THE OCEAN. '^Z , S' 7 
 
 gence is to be found in the countless millions of 
 minute animals which throng the sea, but which are 
 invisible without the aid of high microscopic powers. 
 And, truly, when from a lofty station on board a ship 
 we survey a space of many square miles, and see 
 every portion of its surface gleaming and jBashing in 
 living light; or mark the pathway of the vessel 
 ploughing up from fathoms deep her radiant furrow, 
 so filled with luminous points that, like the milky 
 way in the heavens, all individuality is lost in the 
 general blaze, and reflect that wherever on the broad 
 sea that furrow happened to be traced, the result 
 would be the same ; one can scarcely conceive a more 
 magnificent idea of the grandeur, the unimaginable 
 immensity of the Creation of God. 
 
 " O Lord, how manifold are thy works ! in wisdom 
 hast thou made them all. The earth is full of thy 
 riches : so is this great and wide sea, wherein are 
 things creeping innumerable, both small and great 
 beasts. There go the ships : there is that leviathan, 
 whom thou hast made to play therein. These wait 
 all upon thee ; that thou mayest give them their meat 
 in due season. That thou givest them, they gather; 
 thou openest thine hand, they are filled with good." 
 
 THE END. 
 
V 
 
^ ^- 7 ^ -^ ' 
 
s^g" 
 
 ms:sssi